DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
-I >
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
CALL FOR KIDNEYS AND EYES DONATION .......• • • 1
TRAINING COURSES FOR FULL-TIME TEACHERS 3 ’
ALL NIGHT PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICES ON LUNAR MEV
YEAR’S EVE......................................*..... 4
CONSULAR OFFICIALS VISIT MEW TOWNS ......................5
YOUTH MOVEMENT PIONEERS AWARDED BADGES 6
EXECUTIVES COMPLETE LAND ADMINISTRATION COURSE ...... 7
DSW VISITS ST. CHRISTOPHER’S HOME ..................... 8
SHA TIN URBAN CLEARWAY RESTRICTION REVISED......... 9
POSTAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR LUNAR NEW YEAR .............. 9
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1978
1
CALL FOR KIDNEYS AND EYES DONATION ft ft ft ft ft ft
THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR. K.L. THONG, TODAY APPEALED TO THE PUBLIC TO DONATE THEIR KIDNEYS AND EYES FOR USE IN TRANSPLANT OPERATIONS.
HE SAID NEW VENTURES INTO ANY SPECIALISED FIELD OF MEDICINE SUCH AS KIDNEY AND CORNEA TRANSPLANTS COULD SUCCEED ONLY IF THE PATIENTS, THEIR RELATIVES AND THE COMMUNITY AT LARGE ARE PREPARED TO CO-OPERATE WITH THE MEDICAL PROFESSION.
DR. THONG WAS SPEAKING AT THE ROTARY CLUB OF ISLAND EAST LUNCHEON MEETING THIS AFTERNOON ON THE SUBJECTi +OF KIDNEYS, EYES AND MEN+.
THERE ARE EXPERTISE AVAILABLE IN SPECIALIST UNITS OF GOVERNMENT HOSPITALS AND HE HOPED THAT THEY ARE NOT WASTED.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE NUMBER OF KIDNEY TRANSPLANTS DONE LOCALLY HAS BEEN QUITE LIMITED.
♦THIS SEEMS ALL THE MORE A PITY BECAUSE WE HAVE THE ORGANISATION, THE EQUIPMENT AND THE EXPERTISE TO PERFORM SUCH OPERATIONS BUT SADLY LACK THE DONORS,* HE SAID.
HE SAID ALTHOUGH THE EXISTING LAW PROVIDES FOR THE USE OF PARTS OF BODIES OF DECEASED PERSONS FOR THERAPEUTIC PURPOSES AND FOR MEDICAL EDUCATION AND RESEARCH, IT WAS EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO GET THE CONSENT OF THE RELATIVES OF THE DECEASED.
+THIS HAS OCCURRED QUITE FREQUENTLY WHEN RELATIVES HAVE BEEN ASKED, AND THE REFUSAL HAS OFTEN BEEN ASSOCIATED WITH DISBELIEF AND SURPRISE ABOUT BEING ASKED AND A RATHER LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT WAS INVOLVED,* HE ADDED.
THE DIRECTOR SAID THERE WAS THUS A GREAT NEED TO PERSUADE POTENTIAL DONORS AND THEIR RELATIVES TO SUPPORT THE IDEA OF KIDNEY AND CORNEA DONATIONS WHICH IS +AMONG THE MORE WORTHWHILE SERVICE TO THE COMMUNITY AND CERTAINLY ESSENTIAL TO THOSE WHO NEED THEM*.
HE SAID IN THE PAST IT HAS OFTEN BEEN SAID THAT THE LACK OF DONORS WAS DUE TO +LACK OF EDUCATION.*
HOWEVER, HE SAID, HEALTH EDUCATION WAS NOT SIMPLY A ONE-WAY PROCESS OF IMPARTING KNOWLEDGE. IT WAS, IN FACT, +A COMPLEX PROCESS WHEREBY A RADICAL CHANGE IN INGRAINED ATTITUDES AND BEHAVIOURAL PATTERNS OF A COMMUNITY HAS TO BE ACHIEVED.*
IN ATTEMPTING TO CHANGE THE BASIC ATTITUDE AND TRADITIONS OF THE COMMUNITY, THE SIMPLE IMPARTING OF KNOWLEDGE IN A SPORADIC AND +FLASH IN THE PAN* FASHION IS NOT LIKELY TO PRODUCE ANY GOOD OR PERMANENT EFFECTS, SAID DR. THONG.
/♦THERE HAVE .....
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1978
- 2
+THERE HAVE BEEN TOO MANY EXAMPLES OF SUCH ATTEMPTS IN THE PAST WHICH HAVE RESULTED ONLY IN EXPENDITURE OF EFFORTS AND RESOURCES WITHOUT ANY LASTING RESULTS,* HE ADDED.
DR. THONG CALLED FOR A CHANGE IN THE APPROACH TO EDUCATIONAL ACTIVITIES, WHICH, HE SAID, MUST BE CARRIED OUT IN A MORE SUSTAINED AND REGULAR FASHION.
HE SAID IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE SHOULD BE INVOLVED FROM WITHIN AND DIRECTLY THROUGH THE ACTIVE PARTICIPATION OF SPECIAL GROUPS IN THE COMMUNITY WHO ARE PARTICULARLY AND SOLELY INTERESTED IN THE SUBJECT.
+THEY WOULD THUS BE ABLE TO CONCENTRATE AND KEEP THE SUBJECT ALIVE CONSTANTLY IN THE MINDS OF THE PUBLIC,* HE SAID.
OF COURSE, SAID DR. THONG, ANY OTHER INTERESTED AGENCIES, BOTH GOVERNMENTAL AND NON-GOVERNMENTAL, SHOULD ALSO PLAY THEIR PARTS AND BE ABLE TO CONTRIBUTE AND SUPPORT SUCH EFFORTS BY THESE SPECIAL GROUPS WHENEVER NECESSARY.
A CENTRAL HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT WHICH IS BEING ESTABLISHED IN THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT WILL SOON BE ABLE TO CONTRIBUTE BOTH IN TERMS OF RESOURCE MATERIAL AND EXPERTISE IN HEALTH EDUCATION TECHNIQUES AND METHODOLOGY, HE SAID.
IN THE CASE OF EYES, DR. THONG SAID, MUCH HAS ALREADY BEEN DONE BY THE HONG KONG EYE BANK AND RESEARCH FOUNDATION.
HE SAID THE FOUNDATION HAS BEEN INSTRUMENTAL IN KEEPING A DONORS’ LIST AND DOING MUCH USEFUL WORK IN ARRANGING FOR DONATIONS OF CORNEAS AND THE APPROPRIATE RECIPIENTS.
IN THE CASE OF KIDNEYS, HE SAID, INTERESTED PARTIES ARE IN THE PROCESS OF FORMING A RENAL SOCIETY IN HONG KONG.
+l AM CONFIDENT THAT AMONG THE ACTIVITIES AND OBJECTIVES OF SUCH ORGANISATIONS, HEALTH EDUCATION ACTIVITIES AND DRIVES FOR DONORS WOULD BE AMONG THEIR TOP PRIORITIES FOR ACTION,* HE SAID.
-----o------
/3
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1978
- 3 -
TRA IN l_NG_COURSES FOR FULL-TIME TEACHERS ******---------------------------------
THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S THREE COLLEGES OF EDUCATION ARE (FFERING TRAINING COURSES FOR TEACHERS EMPLOYED FULL-TIME IN (OVERNMENT-AIDED OR PRIVATE SCHOOLS WHO WISH TO BECOME ^QUALIFIED "EACHERS+. ■
THE COURSES RUN FOR TWO ACADEMIC YEARS 1978 TO 1980 AND ARE FREE OF CHARGE. THEY CONSIST OF LECTURES, TUTORIALS, DEMONSTRATION LESSONS, ASSIGNMENTS AND SUPERVISION OF TEACHING.
CERTIFICATES ACCORDING ^QUALIFIED TEACHER STATUS WILL BE /WARDED TO THOSE WHO SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETE THE BOURSES.
FULL DETAILS OF THE COURSES ARE CONTAINED IN A GENERAL SCHOOLS TRAINING CIRCULAR ISSUED TODAY BY THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION.
THERE ARE THREE TYPES OF COURSES - ONE FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS AND THE OTHER TWO FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS. THE PRIMARY COURSE IS CONDUCTED IN CHINESE EXCEPT FOR THE SUBJECTi ENGLISH LANGUAGE. THE SECONDARY COURSES ARE CONDUCTED EITHER IN CHINESE OR ENGLISH, DEPENDING ON WHICH LANGUAGE THE TEACHERS ISE AS THE MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION.
EACH OF THE THREE COURSES IS DIVIDED INTO TWO CLASSES, AN EVENING CLASS AND A DAY-RELEASE CLASS. APPLICANTS THUS HAVE A CHOICE 0: ATTENDING EITHER FOR THREE EVENINGS A WEEK OR FOR ONE DAY A WEEK FOR THE DURATION OF THE COURSE. THIS ARRANGEMENT GIVES SJCCESSFUL APPLICANTS AND THEIR SPONSORING SCHOOLS FLEXIBILITY IN A{RANGING ATTENDANCE AT THE COURSES..
ELIGIBLE APPLICANTS FOR ALL COURSES MUST HAVE HAD AT LEAST T/0 YEARS APPROVED TEACHING EXPERIENCE. THIS REQUIREMENT IS, HOWEVER, RELAXED FOR HOLDERS OF WEAR POST-SECONDARY COURSE DIPLOMAS.
APPLICATION FORMS.FOR- ALL COURSES ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS, LEE GARDENS THIRD FLOOR, HYSAN AVENUE, HONG KING AND EDUCATION DEPARTMENT KOWLOON SUB-OFFICE, 405 NATHAN ROAD, S XTH FLOOR, KOWLOON. THESE FORMS ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM NORTHCOTE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, 9A BONHAM ROAD, HONG KONG (SECONDARY ENGLISH COURSE ONLY), GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, HUNG HOM ANNEXE, 19 HOK YUEN STREET, KOWLOON (PRIMARY COURSE ONLY) AND SIR ROBERT BLACK COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, PIPER’S HILL, KOWLOON (SECONDARY CHINESE COURSE ONLY).
ALL COMPLETED FORMS MUST BE -DELIVERED TO THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION TO WHICH ADMISSION IS SOUGHT, BY 5 P.M. ON FEBRUARY 28.
- - - - o ----------
/4
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1978
ALL NIGHT PUBLIC TRANSPORT ON LUNAR NEW YEAR’S EVE
* K * * * *
(
ALL NIGHT BUS SERVICES ON CERTAIN ROUTES WILL BE INTRODUCED FOR THE FIRST TIME ON BOTH SIDES OF THE HARBOUR DURING LUNAR NEW YEAR’S EVE TO AUGMENT NON-STOP TRAM AND FERRY SERVICES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SAID THAT NORMAL KMB SERVICES WOULD ALSO BE EXTENDED UNTIL 2.30 A.M. ON FEBRUARY 7 AND THAT THEREAFTER THE FOLLOWING ROUTES WOULD OPERATE ALL NIGHT:-
* ROUTE 1 - STAR FERRY TO WANG TAU HOM"
* ROUTE 5 - STAR FERRY TO CHOI HUNG" AND
M ROUTE 6 - STAR FERRY TO LAI CHI KOK BRIDGE.
CMB WILL OPERATE NORMAL SERVICES ON LUNAR NEW YEAR’S EVE AND
AT THE END OF WHICH THE FOLLOWING ROUTES WILL OPERATE ALL NIGHT:-
* ROUTE 304 - CAUSEWAY BAY MAGISTRACY TO WAH FU ESTATE VIA ABERDEEN"
M ROUTE 305 - CAUSEWAY BAY MAGISTRACY TO KENNEDY TOWN- AND
* ROUTE 308 - CAUSEWAY BAY MAGISTRACY TO CHAI WAN.
CROSS HARBOUR TUNNEL ROUTES 102, 104 AND 105 WILL BE EXTENDED BY ONE HOUR OF THEIR USUAL FINISHING TIMES WHILE ROUTES 121 AND 122, THE REGULAR ALL NIGHT CROSS-HARBOUR BUSES, WILL BE SUPPLEMENTED WITH TWO ADDITIONAL ROUTES, 111A AND 112A.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE +STAR+ FERRY AND TRAMS, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE KENNEDY TOWN TO HAPPY VALLEY TRAM SERVICE, WILL ALSO OPERATE ALL NIGHT ON LUNAR NEW YEAR’S EVE.
HE ADDED: +ALL IN ALL THE PUBLIC SHOULD HAVE A FAIRLY COMPREHENSIVE TRANSPORT SERVICE ON LUNAR NEW YEAR’S EVE.+
-----0------
/5
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1978 - 5 - .........
CONSULAR OFFICIALS VISIT NEW TOWNS
* M * M
NINE CONSULS-GENERAL IN HONG KONG TODAY WERE TAKEN ON A DAY-LONG TOUR OF THE FAST-DEVELOPING NEW TOWNS OF SHA TIN AND TJEN MUN BY THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. JOHN T3DD, AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER (DEVELOPMENT), MISS FRANCHESCA SIDNEY.
THEY VISITED THE NEW TOWNS AFTER A BRIEFING ON THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENTS BY THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES.
IN THE CONSULAR PARTY WERE MR. AND MRS. ALEX LABOYRIE CF THE NETHERLANDS- MR. AND MRS. MOHAMAD AL I RASHTI OF IRAN-MR. AND MRS. F.M. DOS REIS CALDEIRA OF PORTUGAL--.MR. AND MRS. RICHARD C. WOLF OF SWITZERLAND- MR. AND MRS. MINHAJ HUSXlN OF PAKISTAN-MRS. FELICIDAD GONZALES OF THE PHILIPPINES- MR. AND MRS. CHINDA ATTANAN OF THAILAND- MR. YVES RODRIGUES OF FRANCE- AND MR. AND MRS. ALFRED PREISSL OF AUSTRIA.
IN SHA TIN, THE PARTY WENT UP TO A VANTAGE POINT BEHIND SHA TIN WEI TO TAKE A SWEEPING VIEW OF THE NEW TOWN. HERE THE SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICER,MR. GERRY HIGGINSON, AND THE NEW TOWN’S PROJECT MANAGER, MR. JOHN DON, GAVE THEM A BRIEFING ON THE PROGRESS OF DEVELOPMENT ACHIEVED SO FAR AND THE FUTURE PLANS FOR THE NEW TOWN.
THE VISITORS LATER WENT TO THE NEW TOWN’S FIRST
PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE -- LEK YUEN ESTATE — WHERE THEY TOURED A SUPERMARKET, SAW CHILDREN AT PLAY IN A KINDERGARTEN AND CALLED ON ONE OF THE FAMILIES LIVING THERE.
THE PARTY THEN WENT TO LUNCH AT ISLAND HOUSE HOSTED BY MR. AND MRS. AKERS-JONES.
IN THE AFTERNOON, THE CONSULAR OFFICIALS TOURED TUEN MUN WHERE THEY WERE ACCOMPANIED BY THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. PETER KG, AND THE NEW TOWN’S PROJECT MANAGER, MR. N.K. CHAN.
-------0 --------
/6
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1978
- 6 -PIONEERS OF YOUTH MOVEMENT AWARDED BADGES * * * *
SIX PIONEER TEAMS OF THE COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB GROUPS (C.Y.C.) TODAY RECEIVED SPECIAL GOLDEN BADGES AT THE C.Y.C. INAUGURATION CEREMONY HELD IN THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES’ THEATRE AT BEACONSFIELD HOUSE.
THE RECIPIENTS WERE FROM THE HAPPY VALLEY AND CANAL ROAD DISTRICT KAI-FONG ASSOCIATION SCHOOL, THE ST. JOAN OF ARC SCHOOL (PRIMARY SECTION), THE TAI PO OLD MARKET PUBLIC SCHOOL, THE RAIMONDI COLLEGE, AND THE KOWLOON LOK SIN TONG YAU TONG BAY PRIMARY A.M. AND P.M. SCHOOL.
PRESENTING THE BADGES, THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR. KENNETH TOPLEY, SAID THE C.Y.C. MOVEMENT WAS CONCERNED WITH THE WHOLE FIELD OF COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT.
+ITS AIM IS TO FIND OUT AS MUCH ABOUT OUR COMMUNITY AS POSSIBLE AND THEN TRY TO TAKE AN ACTIVE PART IN IMPROVING SOME PART OF COMMUNITY LIFE.
+ITS REPRESENTS A BALANCE OF PURE EDUCATION, STUDYING THE (COMMUNITY) SYSTEM, FINDING OUT WHAT IT IS ABOUT, AND HOW ITS WORKS, AND OF PRACTICAL INVOLVEMENT, GETTING OUT HANDS DULY TRYING TO PUT SOMETHING RIGHT,+ MR. TOPLEY SAID.
MR. NG YIN NAM, DISTRICT GOVERNOR OF LIONS INTERNATIONAL DISTRICT 303 WHICH HAD DONATED $250,000 TO THE MOVEMENT, STRESSED THE CLUB’S INTEREST IN ASSISTING +ANY UNDERTAKING THAT HAS AS ITS OBJECTIVE, THE UPBRINGING AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE JUVENILES IN OUR COMMUNITY TO FIT THEM TO BE RESPONSIBLE CITIZENS OF THE FUTURE.
ALSO SPEAKING AT THE FUNCTION, MR. ARTHUR BROWN, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (CHIEF INSPECTOR OF SCHOOLS), TRACED THE HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE MOVEMENT.
HE SAID C.Y.C. GROUPS WERE ORIGINALLY FORMED IN 1974 AS PART OF THE DRIVE TO +KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN + IN THE FORM OF SCHOOL CLUBS. FOLLOWING THE INTEREST SHOWN BY PUPILS, THE IDEA OF EXPANDING THE ACTIVITIES OF THE C.Y.C. GROUPS TO FORM A MULTIINTEREST CIVIC CONSCIOUS BAND OF CONCERNED YOUNG CITIZENS TOOK ROOT.
THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR SAID THE RESPONSE OF SCHOOLS SINCE LAST NOVEMBER WAS MOST ENCOURAGING.
+BY THE END OF JANUARY, WE HAVE RECEIVED APPLICATIONS FROM 266 PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS WITH A TOTAL NUMBER OF 1,225 GROUPS AND 13,500 MEMBERS.+ MR. BROWN SAID.
+THE PRESENT COMMUNITY CLUB MOVEMENT WAS FORMED IN THE AUTUMN AND AIMS TO MAKE IT POSSIBLE FOR YOUNG PEOPLE IN THE UPPER PRIMARY AND LOWER SECONDARY CLASSES TO TAKE PART IN A WIDE RANGE OF EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES AS WELL AS IN ACTUALLY DOING WORK FOR THE COMMUNITY,* HE ADDED.
o --------
/7
WEDNESDAY,- FEBRUARY 1, 1978
7
GOVERNMENT OFFICERS COMPLETE LAND ADMINISTRATION COURSE M * * *
SIXTEEN LAND EXECUTIVES OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED A CERTIFICATE COURSE IN LAND ADMINISTRATION UNDER A PILOT TRAINING SCHEME JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC.
THEY WILL RECEIVE THEIR CERTIFICATES FROM THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. JOHN TODD, AT A CEREMONY,TO BE HELD TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AT THE DEPARTMENT’S HEADQUARTERS.
THE 16 GRADUATES COME FROM VARIOUS DISTRICT OFFICES.
THIS IS THE SECOND GROUP TO HAVE COMPLETED THE TWO-YEAR PART-TIME DAY RELEASE COURSE CONDUCTED AT THE POLYTECHNIC. SEVENTY OTHER LAND EXECUTIVES ARE ATTENDING THE THIRD AND FOURTH COURSES.
THE COURSE AIMS AT PROVIDING LAND ADMINISTRATION TRAINING IN LINE WITH INCREASING COMPLEXITY OF THE WORK DUE TO RAPID DEVELOPMENTS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE COURSE INCLUDES TRAINING IN VALUATION OF LAND AND BUILDING, LAND SURVEYING AND MAP INTERPRETATION, AND LAW RELATED TO LAND ADMINISTRATION.
NOTE TO EDITORS*
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE CERTIFICATE PRESENTATION CEREMONY WHICH STARTS AT 4.30 P.M. TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AT THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION’S CONFERENCE ROOM ON THE 4TH FLOOR, HOUSING AUTHORITY HEADQUARTERS BUILDING, 01 MAN ESTATE, KOWLOON.
0
/8
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1978
8 -
DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE VISITS ST. CHRISTOPHER’S HOME ******
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE, SPENT THIS (WEDNESDAY) AFTERNOON VISITING THE ST. CHRISTOPHER’S HOME IN TAI PO, THE NEW TERRITORIES AS PART OF A SERIES OF VISITS TO VOLUNTARY WELFARE AGENCIES TO KEEP HIMSELF INFORMED OF THEIR OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT.
HE WAS ACCOMPANIED DURING THE VISIT BY MRS. EVELYN DOE, HEAD OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S FAMILY SERVICES DIVISION. ON ARRIVAL, THEY WERE MET BY THE RT. REV. GILBERT BAKER, BISHOP OF HONG KONG AND MACAU AND CHAIRMAN OF THE COUNCIL COMMITTEE OF THE HOME.
THE ST. CHRISTOPHER’S HOME, PREVIOUSLY KNOWN AS THE TAI PO RURAL HOME AND ORPHANAGE,WAS FOUNDED IN 1935. THROUGHOUT ITS HISTORY, THE HOME HAS GONE THROUGH MANY CHANGES FROM AN ORPHANAGE TO A CHILDREN’S HOME, AND FROM A SINGLE HUT TO AN INSTITUTION WITH A CHILDREN’S SECTION AND A BABIES’ SECTION. THE HOME HAS A PRIMARY SCHOOL ATTACHED TO IT PROVIDING PRIMARY EDUCATION FOR THE CHILDREN.
THE MAIN OBJECTIVES.OF THE HOME ARE TO PROVIDE RESIDENTIAL CARE, SCHOOLING AND GUIDANCE TO CHILDREN WHO ARE EITHER WITHOUT PARENTS, OR WITH FAMILY PROBLEMS, OR FOR SOME OTHER SOCIAL REASONS. IT ALSO ASSISTS THE OLDER CHILDREN TO FURTHER THEIR STUDIES OR TO FIND EMPLOYMENT FOR THEM WHEN THEY LEAVE THE HOME.
ST. CHRISTOPHER’S HOME HAS A CAPACITY OF 300 WITH 110 PLACES FOR THOSE AGED UNDER SIX IN THE BABIES’ SECTION AND 190 PLACES FOR THOSE AGED SIX AND OVER IN THE CHILDREN’S SECTION.
A PLAYGROUND WAS COMPLETED LAST YEAR PROVIDING FACILITIES FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING OF THE CHILDREN.
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 1978
- 9
SHA TIN URBAN CLEARWAY RESTRICTION REVISED ******
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FROM 10 A.M. ON FRIDAY (FEBRUARY 3), THE EXISTING 7 A.M. TO MIDNIGHT URBAN CLEARWAY RESTRICTION ON THE NORTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF SHA TIN BY-PASS IN SHA TIN WILL BE REVISED.
THE NEW RESTRICTION WILL START FROM LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD AND TO END AT A POINT 236 FEET NORTH OF THE NEW ACCESS ROAD LEADING TO THE NEW SHA TIN MARKET BUS TERMINUS AND ALSO FROM 407 FEET NORTH OF THAT ACCESS ROAD UP TO TAI PO ROAD IN LEK YUEN.
ALL MOTOR VEHICLES, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES, ARE PROHIBITED FROM LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS AND PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS WITHIN THESE RESTRICTED AREAS BETWEEN 7 A.M. AND MIDNIGHT DAILY.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
MEANWHILE, THE DEPARTMENT ALSO ANNOUNCED THAT THE CUL-DE-SAC AT THE SOUTHERN END OF CHI MAN STREET, HO MAN TIN, WILL CONTINUE TO BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC UNTIL THE END OF THIS MONTH IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE SITE FORMATION WORKS IN THE AREA.
0
POSTAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR LUNAR NEW YEAR
******
THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT THERE WILL BE ONE MAIL DELIVERY ON FEBRUARY 8 (WEDNESDAY) DURING THE THREE LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS.
ON THAT DAY, 32 POST OFFICES, INCLUDING THE GENERAL POST OFFICE, THE KOWLOON CENTRAL POST OFFICE AND THE TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE, WILL BE OPENED FOR BUSINESS BETWEEN 9 A.M. AND NOON.
BUT ON THE OTHER TWO DAYS -- FEBRUARY 7 AND 9 — THERE WILL BE NO MAIL DELIVERIES AND ALL POST OFFICES WILL ALSO BE CLOSED.
- o -
PRH-7
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 2, 1978
v y.
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
EMPLOYMENT CHANGES IN DECEMBER 1977 ...........k . 1
VISIT BY SIR ANTHONY AND LADY ROYLE ....i................... 3
PRESS CONFERENCE ON TSUEN WAN DEVELOPMENT AND MTR EXTENSION PLANS............................................... 4
16 LAND EXECUTIVES COMPLETE TRAINING ..............*........... 4
HOLIDAY ARRANGEMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT CLINICS ................. 5
DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE VISITS HOME FOR THE AGED ........
LUNAR NEW tEAR ACTIVITIES IN TUEN MUN ......................
PART-TIME EVENING COURSES AT TECHNICAL INSTITUTES P.-.......
PLB RESTRICTED ZONE IN SHA TIN .............................
Issued by Government Information Services. Beaconsfield House. Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 2, 1978
1
EMPLOYMENT CHANGES IN DECEMBER 1977 • ******
A TOTAL OF 755,100 PEOPLE WERE EMPLOYED IM MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS IN DECEMBER LAST YEAR — A DECLINE OF 3,200 OR 0.4 PER CENT COMPARED WITH SEPTEMBER, ACCORDING TO THE FOURTH QUARTER SURVEY OF 1977 BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
COMPARED WITH DECEMBER.1976, THE FIGURE SHOWS A DECREASE OF 18,600 OR 2.4 PER CENT.
THE NUMBER OF MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS IN DECEMBER 1977, HOWEVER, INCREASED BY 433 WHEN COMPARED WITH SEPTEMBER, AND AN INCREASE OF 1,265 COMPARED WITH THE CORRESPONDING MONTH IN 1976.
IN TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT, THE FIVE LARGEST INDUSTRY GROUPS REMAINED WEARING APPAREL, TEXTILES, ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPLIANCES AND SUPPLIES, PLASTICS PRODUCTS AND FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS.
A COMPARISON OF THEIR EMPLOYMENT BETWEEN SEPTEMBER 1977 AND DECEMBER 1977 ARE GIVEN BELOW j
CHANGE OF
INDUSTRY GROUPS PERSONS ENGAGED IN DEC. 1976 PERSONS ENGAGED 1N SEPT. 1977 PERSONS ENGAGED IN DEC. 1977 OVER SEPT. 1977
PERSONS ENGAGED % CHANGE
WEARING APPAREL 265,913 248,737 251,273 ♦2,536 +1.0
TEXTILES 115,912 104,500 102,461 -2,039 -2.0
ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPLIANCES AND SUPPLIES 88,057 91,776 89,525 -2,251 -2.5
PLASTICS PRODUCTS 76,994 81,476 78,449 -3,027 -3.7
FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS 69,781 71,027 70,931 -96 -0.1
/Main increases .....
*T
THURSDAI, HSB1ASY 2, 1978 - 2 -
MAIN INCREASES AND DECREASES AT THE INDUSTRY SECTOR LEVEL BETWEEN SEPTEMBER 1977 AND DECEMBER 1977 ARE AS FOLLOWS I
CHANGE OF
DEC. 1977
OVER SEPT. 1977
INDUSTRY SECTOR PERSONS ENGAGED IN DEC. 1976 PERSONS ENGAGED IN SEPT. 1977 PERSONS ENGAGED IN DEC. 1977 PERSONS • ENGAGED % CHANGE
GARMENTS 211,098 194,449 198,519 ♦4,070 ♦2.1
WATCHES AND CLOCKS 12,880 14,401 15,326 ♦925 +6.4
HANDBAGS 13,139 11,575 12,215 ♦640 +5.5
CONTAINERS AND BOXES OF PAPER AND PAPERBOARD 6,956 6,590 7,205 +615 +9.3
HAND TOOLS AND GENERAL HARDWARE 6,599 6,855 7,440 ♦585 ♦8.5
ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS 70,998 72,210 70,188 ‘ -2,022 -2.8
WOOL KNITTING 16,789 17,782 15,796 -1,986 -11.2
PLASTIC TOYS 41,119 43,992 42,369 -1,623 -3.7
KNITWEAR FROM YARN 21,403 22,743 21,516 -1,227 -5.4
MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS 28,990 30,118 29,215 -903 -3.0
GLOVES 12,256 12,048 11,395 -653 -5.4
JOB PRINTING 14,661 15,131 14,554 -577 -3.8
DETAILED FIGURES OF EMPLOYMENT BROKEN DOWN BY OTHER INDUSTRY GROUPS OR INDUSTRY SECTORS ARE OBTAINABLE ON REQUEST FROM THE EMPLOYMENT STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
-----o------
Z5
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 2, 1978
- 3 - ...
VISIT BY SIR ANTHONY AND LADY ROYLE ******
SIR ANTHONY ROYLE, M.P. (CONSERVATIVE) AND LADY ROYLE WILL BE MAKING A PRIVATE VISIT TO HONG KONG THIS WEEK.
THEY ARE DUE TO ARRIVE TODAY (THURSDAY) AND WILL STAY AT GOVERNMENT HOUSE AS THE GUESTS OF THE GOVERNOR.
DURING HIS FOUR-DAY STAY, SIR ANTHONY, WHO WAS PARLIAMENTARY UNDER-SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS FROM 1970 TO 1974, WILL TAKE THE OPPORTUNITY OF RENEWING OLD ACQUAINTANCES AND UPDATING HIMSELF ON DEVELOPMENTS HERE IN RECENT YEARS.
HE WILL VISIT THE HOUSING AUTHORITY AND HAVE A FIRST-HAND LOOK AT THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY.
SIR ANTHONY WILL ALSO TAKE THE OPPORTUNITY OF MEETING VARIOUS GOVERNMENT OFFICERS, UMELCO MEMBERS, URBAN COUNCILLORS, CITY DISTRICT OFFICERS, BUSINESS LEADERS AND OTHER LOCAL PERSONALITIES AS TIME PERMITS.
NOTE TO EDITORSi
SIR ANTHONY IS DUE TO ARRIVE BY QF027 TODAY (THURSDAY), E.T.A. 1855 HOURS. A PHOTOGRAPHIC FACILITY WILL BE ARRANGED FOR THE PRESS TO COVER SIR ANTHONY'S ARRIVAL. THOSE WISHING TO DO SO ARE ASKED TO ASSEMBLE IN THE PRESS ROOM ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF THE AIRPORT PASSENGER TERMINAL BUILDING AT LEAST HALF AN HOUR BEFORE THE ARRIVAL TIME. G.I.S. OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.
A
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 2, 1978
- 4 .
NOTE TO EDITORS!
PRESS CONFERENCE ON TSUEN WAN AND MTR EXTENSION PLANS ******
A PRESS CONFERENCE TO ANNOUNCE DETAILS OF A DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR NORTH TSUEN WAN AND THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY EXTENSION TO THE NEW TOWN WILL TAKE PLACE IN THE G.I.S. THEATRE, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, FIFTH FLOOR TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AT 11 A.M.
PRESENT WILL BE THE MASS TRANSIT ADVISER, MR. ALAN WILKINS-THE TOWN MANAGER AND DISTRICT OFFICER, TSUEN WAN, MR. JIMMY HAYES- THE DIRECTOR OF HOUSING (ACTING), MR. BERNARD WILLIAMS- THE PROJECT MANAGER, TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN, MR. EDDIE SHORT- AND THE PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGER OF THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION, MR. JOHN GOLD.
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO ATTEND.
16 LAND EXECUTIVES RECEIVE CERTIFICATES ******
THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. JOHN TODD.
A 900D NEWS F0R H,S LAND EXECUTIVES WHEN HE PRESENTED
CERTIFICATES THIS AFTERNOON TO 16 OF THEM
WHO HAD COMPLETED A TWO-
YEAR COURSE IN LAND ADMINISTRATION
MR. TODD TOLD THE GRADUATES THAT THE AGREED TO REDUCE THE PROBATION PERIOD FOR THREE TO TWO YEARS.
CIVIL SERVICE BRANCH HAD LAND EXECUTIVES FROM
♦THIS WILL MEAN AWARDED TO THOSE WHO
THAT AN EARLIER CONFIRMATION INCREMENT WILL BE JOINED THE LAND EXECUTIVE GRADE IN EARLY 1975 AND SIMILARLY WILL BENEFIT NEW APPOINTEES,+ HE SAID.
THE 16 GRADUATES WERE THE SECOND GROUP OF LAND EXECUTIVES TO HAVE COMPLETED THE PART-TIME DAY RELEASE COURSE JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION AND THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC.
MR. TODD SAID THE COURSE WAS DESIGNED TO EQUIP NEWLY-APPOINTED LAND EXECUTIVES WITH THE TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE AND TRAINING TO DEAL WITH THE COMPLEXITY OF THE DAY-TO-DAY WORK OF A DISTRICT OFFICE.
♦WE ARE ALL AWARE OF THE MASSIVE DEVELOPMENT SCHEMES AND CONSTRUCTION OF NEW TOWNS THAT ARE BEING UNDERTAKEN IN THE NEW TERR ITOR IES,♦ HE SAID.
HE TOLD THE GRADUATES! +THOSE OF YOU IN DISTRICT OFFICES WILL BE CALLED UPON TO EXERCISE THE SPECIALISED KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERTISE WHICH I AM SURE THIS COURSE HAS HELPED TO PROVIDE.^
AT PRESENT, 70 OTHER LAND EXECUTIVES ARE ATTENDING THE THIRD AND FOURTH COURSES, WHICH INCLUDE TRAINING IN VALUATION OF LAND AND BUILDING, LAND SURVEYING AND MAP INTERPRETATION AND LAW RELATED TO LAND ADMINISTRATION.
-----0----
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 2, 1978
- 5
HOLIDAY ARRANGEMENTS FOR GOVERNMENT CLINICS
******
THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT TODAY ANNOUNCED THAT ALL GOVERNMENT OUT-PATIENT AND EVENING CLINICS WILL BE CLOSED ON FEBRUARY 7 AND 8 DURING THE LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS.
BUT, ON FEBRUARY 9, ONLY SIX GOVERNMENT OUT-PATIENT CLINICS WILL BE OPENED FROM 9 A.M. TO 1 P.M.
THESE ARE THE VIOLET PEEL POLYCLINIC AND THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB CLINIC (SHAU KEI WAN) ON THE ISLAND- THE ROBERT BLACK HEALTH CENTRE AND THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB CLINICS IN KWUN TONG AND YAU MA TEI, KOWLOON- AND THE LADY TRENCH POLYCLINIC IN TSUEN WAN, THE NEW TERRITORIES.
ALL OTHER GOVERNMENT OUT-PATIENT CLINICS WILL REMAIN CLOSED ON THAT DAY.
- - 0
DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE VISITS CHEUNG CHAU HOME FOR THE AGED
* * * * ^
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE,'MR. THOMAS LEE, THIS (THURSDAY! MORNING VISITED THE CHUNG SHEK HEI HOME FOR THE AGED ON CHEUNG * CHAU ISLAND AND DISTRIBUTED SWEETS AND CAKES TO THE RESIDENTS.
THIS WAS PART OF HIS SERIES OF VISITS TO VOLUNTARY WELFARE ORGANISATIONS TO SEE THEIR DAY-TO-DAY OPERATION.
MR. LEE'WAS ACCOMPANIED ON HIS VISIT BY MR. CHE YUE-KEE. OFFICER-IN-CHARGE OF OLD PEOPLE WELFARE UNIT. ON ARRIVAL THEY WERE MET BY MRS. SIU HON-SUM, CHAIRMAN OF THE HOME’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
CHUNG SHEK WITH ASSISTANCE SUBVENTION FROM
HEI HOME FOR THE AGED WAS ESTABLISHED IN 1969 FROM THE LOTTERIES FUND AND IT HAS BEEN RECEIVING THE GOVERNMENT SINCE 1972.
AT PRESENT, THE HOME CAN ACCOMMODATE 145 ELDERLY PEOPLE.
o - - - -
/6
- 6 .
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 2, 1978
LUNAR NEW TEAR ACTIVITIES IN TUEN MUN - ******
A SE2,ES„.RECREATIONAL AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES WILL ™L*EEKeND ,N TUEN MON To GIVE THE LOCAL COMMUNITY. f£.RUf^A8LT ™E W°R*ERS, A GOOD TIME DURING THE LUNAR NEW YEA^ HOLIDAYS.
!HE PB06RAMRES VARIED AND DESIGNED TO CATER FOR EVERYONE FROM THE OLDEST TO THE YOUNGEST. - ---
KATURE A Y0UTH LEADERSHIP TRAINING CAMP, ATHLETIC MEET, CROSS-COUNTRY TRAINING AND COMPETITION, MINI-SOCCE& MATCH, BARBECUE, TABLE-TENNIS COMPETITION AND A VARIETY SHOW FOR THE AGED. ujl„„ IK! ARE BE,N6 ORGANISED BY THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE JL1IIL9IK? GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, RURAL COMMITTEE AND COMMUNITY ORGANI SATIONS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE SAID TODAY SOME OF THE PROGRAMMES WERE STILL OPEN FOR REGISTRATION AMD PEOPLE FROM ALL WALKS OF LIFE WERE WELCOME TO TAKE PART.
THOSE WHO WISH TO JOIN IN THE PROGRAMMES THE DISTRICT OFFICE AT 12-613210, HE SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THE ACTIVITIES WOULD
COULD RING UP
LAST UNTIL THE
MIDDLE OF THIS MONTH, AND MOST OF THEM WOULD BE FREE OF CHARGE ONLY TOKEN FEES ARE TO BE CHARGED FOR SOME OF THEM TO HELP WITH THE NECESSARY EXPENSES.
- - o - -
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 2, 1978 - 7 -
PART-TIME EVENING SHORT COURSES
*****
THE KWUN TONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AND THE HAKING WONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE ARE INVITING APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION TO NINE PART-TIME EVENING SHORT COURSES. ...
FIELDS OF STUDY INCLUDE COURSES IN HOTEL-KEEPING AND TOURISM, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING, TEXTILE INDUSTRIES AND CLOTHING INDUSTRIES. THE COURSES WILL ALL START IN MARCH.
APPLICATIONS FORMS ARE NOW OBTAINABLE IN PERSON FROM ANY OF THE FOLLOWING FOUR TECHNICAL INSTITUTES FROM 9 A.M. TO 5 P.M. AND 7 P.M. TO 8 P.M. ON WEEKDAYS AND FROM 9 A.M. TO NOON ON SATURDAYSt-
* MORRISON HILL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE 6, .01 KWAN ROAD, WANCHAI, HONG KONG-
* KWAI CHUNG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE HING SHING ROAD, KWAI CHUNG, NEW TERRITORIES-
* KWUN TONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE 25, HIU MING STREET, KWUN TONG, KOWLOON- AND
* HAKING WONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE
702, LAI CHI KOK ROAD, CHEUNG SHA WAN, KOWLOON.
DULY COMPLETED APPLICATION FOR>IS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE RESPECTIVE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES OFFERING THE COURSES NOT LATER THAN FEBRUARY 16.
PLB RESTRICTED ZONE IN SHA TIN
* * * *
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS ON THE NEW ACCESS ROAD LEADING TO SHA TIN MARKET FROM SHA TIN BY-PASS FROM 10 A.M. ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 4).
THE INTRODUCTION OF THE PUBLIC LIGHT BUS RESTRICTED ZONE ON THE NEW ROAD IS TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW IN THE AREA.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO INDICATE THE RESTRICTION.
o - -
PRH 7
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 1978
CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
MAJOR DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR TSUEN WAN LINKED WITH MTR EXTENSION .......................................... 1
APPOINTMENTS OF SECRETARY FOR THE CIVIL SERVICE AND DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION ............................ 4
SIR ANTHONY ROYLE COMMENDS HOUSING ACHIEVEMENTS IN HONG KONG .............................................. 5
BILL TO SUPERVISE AND CONTROL OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS .......................................... 6
GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS FOR NOVEMBER 1977 ................. 7
BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION SITES EMPLOYMENT SURVEY IN DECEMBER 1977 .......................................... 8
DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE IS +NO. 1 FOSTER FATHER* IN TOWN ............................................. 9
GOVERNMENT TRAINING SCHEME FOR CRAFT AND TECHNICAL APPRENTICES .......................................... 11
SIR ANTHONY ROYLE TO GIVE PRESS CONFERENCE ........... 11
I
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 1978
MAJOR DEVELOPMENT FOR TSUEN WAN PLAN LINKED WITH MTR EXTENSION * * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT HAS DECIDED TO COMBINE THE $4,100 MILLION EXTENSION OF THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY TO THE NEW TERRITORIES WITH A PLAN TO GIVE TSUEN WAN A NEW COMMERCIAL CENTRE AND HOMES FOR 30,000 PEOPLE.
A RECOMMENDATION THAT THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY SHOULD PLAY A KEY ROLE IN THE PROGRAMME BY DEVELOPING A KOWLOON BAY TYPE RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL COMPLEX ABOVE ITS TSUEN WAN DEPOT WILL BE CONSIDERED BY THE CORPORATION BOARD. THE COMPLEX WILL BE BUILT ON A SEVEN HECTARE PODIUM ABOVE THE DEPOT AND WILL PROVIDE 4,000 FLATS FOR ABOUT 20,000.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT AS PART OF THE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL HAD APPROVED THE LOCATION OF THE MTR DEPOT AND TERMINUS AT NORTH TSUEN WAN, WHICH IS COMPATIBLE WITH AN EXISTING GOVERNMENT PLAN TO DEVELOP 30.5 HECTARES OF LAND BETWEEN SHING MUN ROAD AND ROUTE TWISK NORTH OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD AS PART OF THE NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT.
NORTH TSUEN WAN WILL BE DEVELOPED IN A MODERN BALANCED WAY WITH HOUSING, SCHOOLS, LARGE COMMERCIAL AREAS, NEW ROADS, RECREATIONAL AREAS, A CLINIC, AN AMBULANCE DEPOT AND OTHER COMMUNITY FACILITIES.
IN ADDITION, SURFACE TRANSPORT WILL BE INTEGRATED WITH THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY AT TSUEN WAN STATION BY THE PROVISION OF A BUS STATION, PUBLIC LIGHT BUS AND TAXI STANDS AND A MULTI-STOREY CAR PARK, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
ON ADJACENT SITES ALONG CASTLE PEAK ROAD THE GOVERNMENT WILL MAKE COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL LOTS AVAILABLE TO PRIVATE DEVELOPERS TO BUILD HOMES FOR A FURTHER 10,000 PEOPLE.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE LOCATION OF THE MTR DEPOT AT NORTH TSUEN WAN INSTEAD OF KWAI CHUNG, AS ORIGINALLY PROPOSED, WOULD BENEFIT BOTH THE COMMUNITY AND THE ECONOMY.
♦THE 10.6 HECTARES OF LAND WHICH HAD BEEN RESERVED AT KWAI CHUNG FOR THE MTR WILL NOW BE AVAILABLE FOR SALE FOR MUCH NEEDED SERVICES FOR THE CONTAINER PORT, WHICH HAS ALREADY ESTABLISHED ITSELF AS ONE OF THE BUSIEST IN.THE WORLD,+ HE SAID.
♦OVERALL THIS IS A MUCH MORE EFFICIENT USE OF LAND FOR TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN,+ HE ADDED.
IN ORDER TO MAKE WAY FOR THE NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT, THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL HAD ALSO APPROVED THE PHASED RESUMPTION UNDER THE CROWN LANDS (RESUMPTIONS) ORDINANCE OF ABOUT 21 HECTARES OF LAND AT NORTH TSUEN WAN.
/THE RES’.TH’TION........
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 1978
2
THE RESUMPTION OF THE FIRST TWO PHASES WAS ANNOUNCED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY AND PLANS CAN BE SEEN AT THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE. IN ADDITION FOUR TENEMENT BLOCKS AND A SECONDARY SCHOOL IN THE AREA ARE TO BE RESUMED UNDER THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY (LAND RESUMPTION AND RELATED PROVISIONS) ORDINANCE - KNOWN AS THE MTR ORDINANCE. THIS WILL BE DONE BECAUSE THE BLOCKS WOULD NOT OTHERWISE HAVE BEEN AFFECTED BY THE NORTH TSUEN WAN DEVELOPMENT AS PREVIOUSLY PLANNED.
THE SPOKESMAN DESCRIBED THE SINGLE PROJECT UNDERTAKEN IN THE
DEVELOPMENT AS THE BIGGEST TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN.
+OVER THE NEXT FIVE YEARS, THE PROGRAMME WILL GIVE A COMPLETELY NEW LOOK TO AN AREA THAT IS NOW STUDDED WITH THOUSANDS OF OFTEN SUBSTANDARD AND POTENTIALLY DANGEROUS RESIDENTIAL AND INDUSTRIAL SQUATTER STRUCTURES WHICH SPRANG UP IN THE EARLY POST-WAR YEARS,* HE SAID.
+THE MTR EXTENSION TO TSUEN WAN IS SCHEDULED FOR COMPLETION BY THE END OF 1982, BY WHICH TIME MANY OF THE RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS ARE EXPECTED TO BE WELL ADVANCED.*
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT TWO HISTORICAL LANDMARKS IN THE AREA WOULD BE PRESERVED AND INCORPORATED AS IMPORTANT FEATURES OF THE DEVELOPMENT.
+THE ORIGINAL PART OF THE SAM TUNG UK VILLAGE, WHICH WAS BUILT IN THE LATE 18TH CENTURY, WILL BE RETAINED AND RENOVATED, POSSIBLY USED AS HOMES FOR OLD PEOPLE OR A MUSEUM. ITS PRESENT INHABITANTS ARE BEING MOVED TO NEW HOMES UNDER THE REDEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME.
+THE EARLY 18TH CENTURY TIN HAU TEMPLE IN THE AREA WILL ALSO BE KEPT AND RESTORED AND MADE A FEATURE OF AN OPEN SPACE AMENITY.*
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT ABOUT 12,000 PEOPLE WOULD BE AFFECTED BY THE RESUMPTION FOR THE REDEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE RAILWAY IN NORTH TSUEN WAN.
HE EMPHASISED THAT NO ONE WOULD BE LEFT HOMELESS BY THE DEVELOPMENT. ALL FAMILIES ELIGIBLE WOULD BE OFFERED PUBLIC HOUSING IN TSUEN WAN DISTRICT AND THOSE WHO ARE INELIGIBLE WOULD BE OFFERED ACCOMMODATION IN TEMPORARY HOUSING AREAS.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE GOVERNMENT WOULD PAY A WIDE VARIETY OF STATUTORY AND EX-GRATIA COMPENSATION.
A NUMBER OF OLD VILLAGES WOULD BE AFFECTED. +BUT SITES HAVE ALREADY BEEN RESERVED IN THE LOCALITY TO BUILD NEW VILLAGE HOUSES PROVIDING COMFORTABLE ACCOMMODATION FOR THOSE AFFECTED,* HE SAID, +AND THE GOVERNMENT WILL MEET THE COST OF BUILDING THEM.*
HE ADDED THAT THE CLEARANCE OF THE AREA WOULD BE CARRIED OUT IN SIX STAGES, THE FIRST AROUND THE MIDDLE OF THIS YEAR AND THE LAST EARLY IN 1980.
/IK ORDER TO .....
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 1978
3
IN ORDER TO IMPLEMENT THE RAILWAY EXTENSION TO TSUEN WAN AN IMPORTANT STEP WAS TAKEN TODAY WHEN THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS DEPOSITED THE RAILWAY AREA PLAN FOR THAT SECTION OF THE RAILWAY BETWEEN LAI CHI KOK BAY AND TSUEN WAN IN THE LAND OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR GENERAL’S DEPARTMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MTR ORDINANCE.
THE SECTION OF THE RAILWAY EXTENSION LINKING LAI CHI KOK BAY TO THE NEW TOWN WILL HAVE FIVE STATIONS - LAI KING, KWAI FONG, KWAI HING, TAI WO HAU AND TSUEN WAN - AND WILL FORM THE FINAL STAGE OF THE ID-STATION 10.5 KILOMETRE LINE FROM PRINCE EDWARD STATION.
THIS SECTION WILL BE SEVEN KILOMETRES LONG, MOSTLY UNDERGROUND WITH ABOUT THREE KILOMETRES AT GROUND LEVEL OR OVERHEAD.
ONE SECTION OF THE OVERHEAD LINE WILL PASS THROUGH KWAI FONG HOUSING ESTATE, THE LAYOUT OF WHICH WAS DESIGNED TO ALLOW THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY TO PASS THROUGH IT.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THIS OVERHEAD SECTION WILL BE ENCLOSED TO REDUCE NOISE.
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE RAILWAY THROUGH KWAI CHUNG FROM LAI CHI KOK BAY TO THE DEVELOPMENT AREA AT NORTH TSUEN WAN WOULD REQUIRE THE REMOVAL OF PART OF A LARGE TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA AT HA KWAI CHUNG AND A SMALL ONE AT KWAI HING. CERTAIN COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL SHORT TERM TENANCY AGREEMENTS WOULD NEED TO BE CANCELLED AND SOME OTHER INDUSTRIAL TENANTS WOULD ALSO BE AFFECTED. ALL AUTHORISED DOMESTIC TENANTS IN THE TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA WILL BE OFFERED PUBLIC HOUSING. ADDITIONALLY, EASEMENTS WILL BE NEEDED IN A NUMBER OF LOCATIONS.
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT AS WELL AS GIVING THE GOVERNOR THE POWER TO ORDER RESUMPTIONS OR EASEMENTS, THE MTR ORDINANCE ALSO EMPOWERS THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS TO REQUIRE THE OWNER OF ANY BUILDING IN THE RAILWAY AREA TO REMOVE ANY OBJECT OR STRUCTURE WHICH IS ATTACHED TO OR PROJECTS FROM THE BUILDING IF HE CONSIDERS ITS REMOVAL NECESSARY FOR THE PURPOSE OF BUILDING THE RAILWAY. IN ADDITION THE MTR ORDINANCE GIVES THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS THE RIGHT TO INSPECT AND CARRY OUT REMEDIAL WORKS IN PROPERTIES WITHIN THE RAILWAY AREA AND WITHIN 70 METRES THEREOF.
THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE RAILWAY DOES NOT MEAN THAT REDEVELOPMEN7 OF SITES ADJACENT TO THE RAILWAY AREA WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY FROZEN. HOWEVER, AS A SAFEGUARD AGAINST POSSIBLE CONFLICT BETWEEN PRIVATE DEVELOPMENT PROPOSALS AND THE RAILWAY WORKS, THE BUILDING AUTHORITY, WHO IS THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, HAS THE POWER UNDER THE MTR ORDINANCE TO REFUSE APPROVAL OR TO MODIFY BUILDING PLANS IF HE CONSIDERS THEY ARE INCOMPATIBLE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE RAILWAY.
/a number 0? ....
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 197?
- 4 -
A NUMBER OF PERMANENT AND TEMPORARY STREET ALTERATIONS WILL BE NECESSARY TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION OF THE RAILWAY AND WHEN THE DETAILS OF THESE REQUIREMENTS ARE FINALISED APPROPRIATE STATUTORY ACTION WILL BE TAKEN, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
AS WITH THE MODIFIED INITIAL SYSTEM CLAIMS CAN BE MADE IN RESPECT OF ALL BUSINESSES AFFECTED BY MTR CONSTRUCTION. ADDITIONALLY OPERATORS OF SMALL SHOPS AND BUSINESSES WHOSE TRADE IS AFFECTED CAN APPLY FOR MONTHLY PAYMENTS UNDER THE +ADVANCED PAYMENTS OF COMPENSATION FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS DUE TO STREET CLOSURE* SCHEME.
ALL CLAIMS UNDER THE MTR ORDINANCE SHOULD BE MADE IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS. THE TIME LIMIT FOR THE SUBMISSION OF CLAIMS IS IN MOST CASES ONE YEAR AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE EVENT AS LAID DOWN IN THE MTR ORDINANCE.
COPIES OF THE RAILWAY AREA PLAN MAY BE INSPECTED FREE OF CHARGE DURING OFFICE HOURS AT THE ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICES, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING, GROUND FLOOR- THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, 19TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING- ALL CITY DISTRICT OFFICES AND THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS TOWN MANAGEMENT OFFICES AT HOI PA STREET, TSUEN WAN, AND IN KWAI CHUNG.
-------0 -
APPOINTMENTS OF SECRETARY FOR THE CIVIL SERVICE AND DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION ******
TWO SENIOR GOVERNMENT APPOINTMENTS WERE ANNOUNCED TODAY, BOTH TO TAKE EFFECT ON MARCH 20, 1973. MR. MARTIN ROWLANDS, AGED 52, WILL BECOME SECRETARY FOR THE CIVIL SERVICE. MR. RON BRIDGE AGED 45, WILL BECOME DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION.
MR. ROWLANDS, WHO HAS BEEN DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION SINCE 1974, JOINED THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT 25 YEARS AGO. HIS PREVIOUS APPOINTMENTS HAVE INCLUDED DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES, PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT COLONIAL SECRETARY (SOCIAL SERVICES) AND DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS.
MR. BRIDGE JOINED THE HONG KONG ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE IN 1957. HE HAS WORKED IN THE CIVIL SERVICE BRANCH FOR OVER SIX YEARS, AND HAS BEEN SECRETARY FOR THE CIVIL SERVICE SINCE LAST AUGUST.
--------0----------
/5 • •• ’ ‘
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 1978
5
SIR ANTHONY ROYLE COMMENDS HOUSING ACHIEVEMENTS IN HONG KONG * * *
SIR ANTHONY ROYLE, M.P. (CONSERVATIVE) WAS BRIEFED BY THE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, MR. ALAN SCOTT, ON HONG KONG’S HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS, PARTICULARLY THE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME, WHEN HE CALLED AT THE HOUSING AUTHORITY HEADQUARTERS THIS MORNING.
SIR ANTHONY, WHO HAD VISITED HONG KCNG SEVERAL TIMES AND LAST LOOKED CLOSELY AT THE HOUSING SCENE IN 1969, COMMENDED THE GREAT EFFORTS BEING MADE TO CATCH UP ON HOUSING NEEDS IN HONG KONG.
HE IS NOW ON A FOUR-DAY PRIVATE VISIT HERE TO RENEW OLD ACQUAINTANCES AND UPDATE HIMSELF ON DEVELOPMENTS IN RECENT YEARS.
AFTER A GENERAL BRIEFING ON HOUSING PROGRESS, SIR ANTHONY VISITED HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME EXHIBITION CENTRE AT THE 01 MAN COMMERCIAL COMPLEX WHERE HE SHOWED KEEN INTEREST IN THE VARIOUS PROJECTS OF THE SCHEME.
HE SAID: +1 BELIEVE THAT THE OPPORTUNITY TO OWN ONE’S HOME IS THE MOST SIGNIFICANT CURRENT ACHIEVEMENT IN THE PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME IN HONG KONG.+
HE LATER TOURED THE MA CHAI HANG SQUATTER AREA AND SAW THE LIVING CONDITIONS WHICH HONG KONG’S GIANT HOUSING PROGRAMME IS DESIGNED TO IMPROVE IN THE COMING YEARS.
HE NOTED THAT ALTHOUGH INTERIM IMPROVEMENTS, SUCH AS THE PROVISION OF PROPER ELECTRICITY SUPPLIES ARE BENEFICIAL, THE AIM REMAINS TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE HOUSING FOR SUCH GROUPS OF THE COMMUNITY.
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 1978
6
LEGISLATION PROPOSED TO SUPERVISE AND CONTROL OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS ******
THE GOVERNMENT IS PROPOSING LEGISLATION TO PROVIDE NEW CONTROLS OF SUPERVISION OVER OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS.
THE PROPOSED LEGISLATION, WHICH IS CONTAINED IN THE BUILDINGS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978, IS DESIGNED TO PREVENT LARGE SCALE OIL SPILLAGES FROM EXISTING AND NEW OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS.
ONE CLAUSE IN THE BILL, WHICH IS PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE, RE-DEFINES +BUILDING+ TO INCLUDE OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS AND ALSO SPELLS OUT THE MEANING OF OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS.
ANOTHER ENABLES REGULATIONS TO BE MADE BY THE GOVERNOR-INCOUNCIL TO PROVIDE FOR LICENSING OF OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS AND THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A STANDING COMMITTEE TO ADVISE THE BUILDING AUTHORITY ON THIS SUBJECT.
THERE IS ALSO A CLAUSE PROPOSING MAXIMUM PENALTIES OF A $100,000 FINE AND IMPRISONMENT FOR TWO YEARS FOR CONTRAVENTIONS OF THE REGULATIONS.
ALSO GAZETTED TODAY ARE THE BUILDING (OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS) REGULATIONS 1978.
THESE PROVIDE A LEGISLATIVE BASIS FOR AN APPROVED CODE OF PRACTICE FOR THE DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS.
THE CODE WAS DRAWN UP FOLLOWING RECOMMENDATION CONTAINED IN THE REPORT OF THE COMMISSION OF INQUIRY INTO THE 1973 AP LEI CHAU OIL SPILL. IT WILL ALSO ENSURE THAT THE LICENSING AUTHORITY WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MINIMISING THE RISK OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION RESULTING FROM DEFECTIVE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS, OR UNSATISFACTORY INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE OR OPERATION.
THESE REGULATIONS ALSO SET OUT PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS FOR ISSUING LICENCES, WHICH WILL COST $2,000 A YEAR, AND THE ESTABLISHMENT OF AN ADVISORY STANDING COMMITTEE AS THE STATUTORY BODY TO ADVISE THE BUILDING AUTHORITY ON MATTERS RELATING TO OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS.
THE DANGEROUS GOODS(GENERAL) (AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS 1978, ALSO PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S GAZETTE, MAKE MINOR AMENDMENTS TO THE DANGEROUS GOODS (GENERAL) REGULATIONS TO ENSURE THAT THERE IS NO OVERLAP OF RESPONSIBILITY BETWEEN THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS AND THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES.
IT IS PROPOSED THAT THE BILL AND THE TWO SETS OF REGULATIONS SHOULD COME INTO OPERATION JOINTLY BY MAY 1.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE OIL INDUSTRY REPRESENTATIVE COMMITTEE WAS FULLY CONSULTED ON THE PROPOSED LEGISLATION.
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 1978
7
GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS FOR NOVEMBER 1977
******
THE GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS FOR THE MONTH OF NOVEMBER, 1977, SHOW A SURPLUS OF $697.6 MILLION, COMPARED WITH A SURPLUS OF $392 MILLION IN NOVEMBER, 1976.
THIS HAS RESULTED IN A SURPLUS OF $190 MILLION FOR THE FIRST EIGHT MONTHS OF THIS FINANCIAL YEAR, COMPARED WITH A DEFICIT OF $91 MILLION FOR THE SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR.
TOTAL EXPENDITURE, AT $638.1 MILLION, WAS $140.1 MILLION MORE THAN IN NOVEMBER, 1976.
TOTAL REVENUE AND RECEIPTS, AT $1,335.7 MILLION, WERE $445.7 MILLION MORE THAN FOR THE SAME MONTH IN 1976, DUE MAINLY TO INCREASED RECEIPTS FROM INTERNAL REVENUE AND LAND SALES.
- 0-----------
/e
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 1978
- 8 -
EMPLOYMENT AT BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION SITES IN DECEMBER 1977
* K * H
THE NUMBER OF MANUAL WORKERS EMPLOYED AT BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION SITES INCREASED BY FOUR PER CENT TO 63,010 IN DECEMBER COMPARED WITH SEPTEMBER 1977, ACCORDING TO A RECENT EMPLOYMENT SURVEY CONDUCTED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
COMPARED WITH DECEMBER 1976, THE NUMBER ROSE BY 14,249 OR 29 PER CENT.
THERE WERE 1,232 BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION SITES IN OPERATION IN DECEMBER 1977, 337 OF WHICH WERE TENDERED BY THE PUBLIC WORKS AND HOUSING DEPARTMENTS. THESE ACCOUNTED FOR 23,193 WORKERS, AN INCREASE OF 2,369 OR 11 PER CENT OVER SEPTEMBER.
THE NUMBER OF WORKERS EMPLOYED AT BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION SITES OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR, HOWEVER, DECREASED BY TWO PER CENT TO 32,291 DURING THE SURVEY PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER TO DECEMBER. EMPLOYMENT AT THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CONSTRUCTION SITES RECORDED AN INCREASE OF EIGHT PER CENT TO 7,526 IN DECEMBER COMPARED WITH SEPTEMBER 1977.
DETAILED STATISTICS ARE AS FCLLOWS:-
DECEMBER 1977
DECEMBER 1976
SEPTEMBER 1977
TENDER ING AUTHORITY SITES IN OPERATION MANUAL WORKERS ENGAGED SITES IN OPERATION MANUAL WORKERS ENGAGED SITES IN OPERATION MANUAL WORKERS ENGAGED
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 238 11,945 281 16,580 294 18,162
HOUS ING DEPARTMENT 19 2,378 33 4,244 43 5,031
MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY * 23 4,791 23 6,937 26 7,526
PRIVATE SECTOR 813 29,647 814 32,879 839 32,291
— —— ———— —— ———— ————— ——————
TOTAL 1,393 48,761 1,148 63,640 1,232 63,013
* CONSTRUCTION SITES UNDER THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY REFER TO M.T.R. CONTRACTS FOR WHICH WORK WAS IN PROGRESS DURING DECEMBER 1977.
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 1978
9 -
DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE IS +NO. 1 FOSTER FATHER* IN TOWN * * * *
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE. WHO ACTS AS THE LEGAL GUARDIAN OF ABOUT 929 CHILDREN, TODAY (FRIDAY) DESCRIBED HIMSELF AS THE +NO. 1 FOSTER FATHER* IN TOWN.
SPEAKING ON THE ROLE THAT THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT PLAYS IN THE PROTECTION OF WOMEN AND JUVENILES AT A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE LIONS CLUE OF HONG KONG CENTRAL, MR. LEE SAID NO ONE IN HONG KONG HAS SO MANY CHILDREN UNDER HIS GUARDIANSHIP AS A DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE WHO HAD BEEN MADE THE LEGAL GUARDIAN OF ABOUT 3,590 BOYS AND GIRLS SINCE EARLY 1959’S.
HE SAID THAT THESE INCLUDED CHILDREN ADOPTED BY CHINESE CUSTOMARY PROCEDURES, ABANDONED BABIES, ILLEGITIMATE INFANTS, THOSE IN ILL-TREATMENT CASES AND EXPOSED TO MORAL OR PHYSICAL DANGER.
MR. LEE NOTED THAT OF THE 3,500 CASES, GIRLS ADOPTED BEFORE 1973 BY CHINESE CUSTOMARY PROCEDURES NUMBERED ABOUT 1,500. THIS KIND OF ADOPTION WAS USUALLY MADE WHEN PARENTS, FORCED BY ECONOMIC SITUATION OR OTHER CIRCUMSTANCES, GAVE UP THEIR PARENTAL RIGHTS TO ANOTHER PERSON UPON THE SIGNING OF A 'RED PRESENTATION DEED’.
+THIS DOCUMENT, THOUGH MADE UNDER THE AGREEMENT OF BOTH PARTIES, DOES NOT HAVE ANY LEGAL BEARING AND THE WELFARE OF THE CHILD IS NOT GUARANTEED.
+RECOGNISING THIS, THE GOVERNMENT IN 1951 MADE IT COMPULSORY THAT ALL CHINESE CUSTOMARY ADOPTION OF FEMALE INFANTS MUST BE REGISTERED.
+AFTER REGISTRATION, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE IS THEN THE LEGAL GUARDIAN OF THE GIRL AND HER WELFARE IS SUPERVISED UNTIL SHE REACHES 21 OR GETS MARRIED,* HE SAID.
MR. LEE POINTED OUT THAT THE EXECUTION OF THIS KIND OF DUTY DEMANDED A GREAT DEAL OF TACT FROM THE SOCIAL WORKER, AS MOST ADOPTERS, NOW CALLED CUSTODIANS, HAD HIDDEN THE TRUTH FROM THE GIRLS SO THAT THEY WOULD BE LOOKED UPON AS THEIR REAL PARENTS.
+ IN ORDER TO MAKE THEIR HOME VISITS SEEM MORE NATURAL, THE SOCIAL WORKERS ARE USUALLY INTRODUCED AS LONG-TIME FAMILY FRIENDS OR RELATIVES WHO PAY VISITS TO THE FAMILY AS A WHOLE AND NOT TO THE GIRLS IN PARTICULAR,* HE SAID.
BY CONDUCTING REGULAR VISITS TO THE CUSTODIANS’ HOMES, SOCIAL WORKERS WOULD BE ABLE TO KEEP TRACK OF THE GIRLS’ DEVELOPMENT, AND RENDER ASSISTANCE WHEN NEEDED.
/'.VEET A GIRL..............
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 1978
10
WHEN A GIRL PLACED UNDER THE DIRECTOR’S GUARDIANSHIP PLANS TO GET MARRIED, THE SOCIAL WORKER ASSIGNED TO HER CASE WOULD HAVE TO FIND OUT DETAILS CONCERNING THE PROSPECTIVE GROOM.
+IF ALL COMES OUT TO BE SATISFACTORY, I WILL SIGN MY CONSENT AS HER LEGAL GUARDIAN TO HER MARRIAGE,* HE^ ADDED.
TURNING TO BOYS WHO WERE GIVEN AWAY BY THE RED PRESENTATION DEED, HE SAID THAT THE SAME LEVEL OF SUPERVISION WAS PROVIDED, THOUGH REGISTRATION WAS ONLY VOLUNTARY.
MR. LEE SAID AT PRESENT HE IS THE LEGAL GUARDIAN OF 320 CHILDREN ADOPTED BY CHINESE CUSTOMARY PROCEDURES.
ON ABANDONED CHILDREN INCLUDING THOSE BY UNWED MOTHERS MR. LEE SAID +A JUVENILE COURT WOULD APPOINT ME AS THE LEGAL GUARDIAN OF THESE CHILDREN AND I MUST EXERCISE MY RIGHTS IN HELPING TO PLAN A GOOD FUTURE FOR THEM,* HE SAID.
CHILDREN THAT ARE MENTALLY RETARDED OR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED WOULD BE PLACED UNDER THE CARE OF THE REHABILITATION CENTRES WHILE NORMAL ONES WOULD STAY AT THE CHILDREN’S HOMES UNTIL NEW PARENTS WERE FOUND FOR THEM THROUGH LEGAL ADOPTION.
HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT SOCIAL WORKERS OF THESE CENTRES AND HOMES HAVE TO MAKE EXTRA EFFORTS TO CONVEY TO THE CHILDREN, WHO HAVE TO GROW UP WITH THE FACT THAT THEY HAVE
NO PARENTS OF THEIR OWN, THAT THEY TOO ARE LIVING IN A WORLD OF LOVE.
IN THE PAST 20 YEARS, SOME 1,300 CHILDREN HAVE BEEN ENTRUSTED TO THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE BY COURT ORDER AND 547 ARE STILL UNDER HIS GUARDIANSHIP.
FOR GIRLS OVER 16 YEARS OF AGE WHO ARE IM NEED OF CARE AND PROTECTION, THE DIRECTOR CAN ASSUME GUARDIANSHIP BY MAKING A DECLARATION.
+ INCIDENCES LIKE THIS MAY HAPPEN WHEN SHE IS FOUND TO BE TREATED WITH CRUELTY OR DISCOVERED LIKELY TO BE EXPOSED TO MORAL OR PHYSICAL DANGER,+ HE EXPLAINED. +UP TILL NOW, MORE THAN 430 GIRLS HAD BEEN DECLARED AS WARDS OF THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, AND MY GUARDIANSHIP STILL HOLDS FOR SOME 50 GIRLS.*
MR. LEE ALSO SAID THAT HIS DEPARTMENT’S EFFORTS IN SUPERVISING THE WELFARE OF THESE CHILDREN WERE BUT SOME OF THE REMEDIAL ACTIONS TAKEN AFTER THE SOCIAL PROBLEMS HAD COME TO THE SURFACE.
+1 HOPE THAT WITH CONCERTED EFFORTS FROM ALL SECTORS OF THE COMMUNITY, WE CAN HELP THESE UNFORTUNATE CHILDREN BY IMPROVING THE SOCIAL CLIMATE AND CONDITIONS OF HONG KONG IN ORDER TO REDUCE THE CAUSES OF THESE PROBLEMS AND PREVENT THESE SAD INCIDENCES FROM HAPPENING,* HE ADDED.
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 1978
11 -
GOVERNMENT SCHEME FOR TRAINING CRAFT AND TECHNICAL APPRENTICES *****
THE GOVERNMENT’S SCHEME FOR TRAINING CRAFT AND TECHNICAL APPRENTICES OPERATED BY THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, HAS BEEN DESCRIBED AS A GREAT SUCCESS.
SPEAKING AT THE GRADUATION CEREMONY FOR GOVERNMENT APPRENTICES TODAY, THE PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEER, MR. J.A. WALLACE, SAID THAT SINCE THE SCHEME STARTED IN SEPTEMBER 1970, 359 CRAFT APPRENTICES HAD GRADUATED AS SKILLED TRADESMEN.
MOST OF THE GRADUATES, HE ADDED, WERE ENGAGED IN THEIR TRADE IN THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY AND FIRE SERVICES WORKSHOPS AND INSTALLATIONS.
REFERRING TO THE FUTURE OF THE GRADUATES, MR. WALLACE SAID: +A GREAT DEAL OF THE FACILITIES WE USE DEPEND THEIR MAINTENANCE ON THE SKILLED MAN.
+THIS MEANS THAT AS TIME GOES ON THERE WILL BE MORE AND MORE OPENINGS FOR THEM.+
DURING THE CEREMONY, MR. WALLACE PRESENTED GRADUATION CERTIFICATES TO 46 CRAFT APPRENTICES.
THE +LAISHLEY CUP+ WHICH IS AWARDED TO THE BEST CRAFT
APPRENTICE WAS WON THIS YEAR BY MR. WONG WING-KIT OF THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
--------0----------
NOTE TO EDITORS:
SIR ANTHONY TO GIVE PRESS CONFERENCE
******
SIR ANTHONY ROYLE, M.P. (CONSERVATIVE), CURRENTLY VISITING HONG KONG WILL GIVE A PRESS CONFERENCE AT 4.30 P.M. TOMORROW (SATURDAY^ IN THE G.I.S. THEATRE, 5TH FLOOR, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE.
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE EVENT. TELEVISION CREWS ARE REQUESTED TO ARRIVE EARLY SO THAT THEY WILL HAVE AMPLE TIME TO SET UP THEIR EQUIPMENT.
0
H—Hlfllffi] IgisI law
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 4, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
COUNTRY PARKS DESIGNATED IN SA I KUNG ....... 1
ROAD IMPROVEMENT WORKS TO BE CARRIED OUT IN KOWLOON TONG 2
TENDERS INVITED FOR NEW TUEN MUN FIRE STATION AND AMBULANCE DEPOT ............................. 3
DUTY FREE BRANDY FOR LUNAR NEW YEAR ......... 4
METHADONE TREATMENT CENTRES REMAIN OPEN DURING LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS ........................... 4
HOLIDAY ARRANGEMENTS FOR MARINE DEPARTMENT .. 4
PRH 7
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 4, 1978
1
SAI KUNG COUNTRY (EAST AND WEST) PARKS DESIGNATED
******
MOST OF THE SAI KUNG PENINSULA - A LAND AREA OF ALMOST 7,500 HECTARES (ABOUT 30 SQUARE MILES) - HAS BEEN DESIGNATED AS A COUNTRY PARK.
THE PENINSULA WILL BE PRESERVED FOR THE PROTECTION OF FLORA AND FAUNA AS WELL AS FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE PUBLIC SEEKING RECREATIONAL PURSUITS IN THE COUNTRYSIDE.
THE SAI KUNG COUNTRY PARKS, WHICH WERE INSPECTED LAST WEEK BY LADY MACLEHOSE, CONSISTS OF TWO ADJACENT AREAS: SAI KUNG EAST AND WEST.
SAI KUNG EAST (AN AREA OF 4,470 HECTARES) IS IMMEDIATELY EAST OF THE PAK TAM CHUNG-KO TONG ROAD AND STRETCHES FROM LONG HARBOUR SOUTHWARDS TO HIGH ISLAND. IT CONSISTS MOSTLY OF WOODS AND GRASSLAND HILLS AND INCLUDES THE AREA OF THE HIGH ISLAND RESERVOIR.
SAI KUNG WEST STARTS AT THE WONG CHUK WAN ROUNDABOUT, WHERE THE ROAD LEADS NORTH TO NAI CHUNG AND STRETCHES EASTWARDS TO PAK TAM CHUNG. THIS AREA CONSISTS OF ABOUT 3,000 HECTARES OF WOODLANDS, GRASSLANDS AND THE HIGH ISLAND CATCHMENT AREA AND INCLUDES 850 HECTARES OF FOREST PLANTATIONS.
THE HIGH ISLAND BARRIER GATE AT TAI MONG TSAI WILL BE MOVED ABOUT ONE KILOMETER EASTWARDS TO PAK TAM CHUNG WHERE A PARKING
• AREA IS BEING CONSTRUCTED FOR PRIVATE CARS.
IN ORDER TO PRESERVE THE REMOTENESS OF THE AREA, ROADWAYS TO THE EAST OF PAK TAM CHUNG WILL ONLY BE USED BY SERVICE VEHICLES AND COUNTRY PARK AUTHORITY PASSENGER VEHICLES.
ALTHOUGH NO PRIVATE VEHICLES WOULD BE ALLOWED BEYOND PAK TAM CHUNG THE AUTHORITY WOULD BE MAKING SPECIAL TRANSPORT ARRANGEMENTS FOR PICNICKERS GOING TO THE LESS ACCESSIBLE AREAS OF THE PARK.
BARBECUE PITS AND PLAY AREAS HAVE BEEN CONSTRUCTED ALONG THE ROADSIDE TO PAK TAM CHUNG FOR EASY ACCESS TO VISITORS. MORE PICNIC AREAS AND CAMPSITES ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED WITHIN THE PARK AREA INCLUDING HIGH ISLAND, WHEN THE RESERVOIR HAS BEEN COMPLETED.
A COUNTRY PARKS MANAGEMENT CENTRE IS IN OPERATION AT PAK TAM AU - THE CENTRE OF THE TWO PARKS - AND OTHERS ARE UNDER CONSTRUCTION AT HOI HA, KEI LING HA AND PAK TAM CHUNG.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AUTHORITY SAID TODAY THERE ARE A LARGE NUMBER OF WALKS WITHIN THE AREA WHICH PRESENTED COMMANDING VIEWS OF LONG HARBOUR, HIGH ISLAND RESERVOIR AND TAI LONG wAN. AND THERE ARE FERRY SERVICES WHICH CAN TAKE VISITORS TO WONG SHEK AND CHEK KENG WITHIN THE LONG HARBOUR AREA.
/NO NEM DEVELOPMENT......
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 4, 1978
2
— NO NEW DEVELOPMENT CAN TAKE PLACE WITHIN THE AREA WiTHOUT THE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE COUNTRY PARKS AUTHORITY WHO IS ALSO TH^ DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES. ,
+ANY INCOMPATIBLE DEVELOPMENT WOULD ROB THIS BEAUTIFUL AREA OF ITS NATURAL SCENIC BEAUTY, WHICH IT IS INTENDED WILL BE PRESERVED,+ HE SAID.
EIGHT COUNTRY PARKS SO FAR DES IGNATED*WI TH A TOTAL LAND AREa OF 12,003 HECTARES. THE DESIGNATED PARKS ARE AT SHING KUN, kam Shan, lion rock, tai po kau (special area), Aberdeen, tai tam, SAI KUNG EAST AND SAI KUNG WEST. IN ADDITION COUNTRY PARKS AT PLOVER COVE (4,500 HECTARES) AND SOUTH LANTAU (5,600 HECTARES) HAVE BEEN GAZETTED. A FURTHER NINE COUNTRY PARKS ARE PLANNED.
-----o ---------
ROAD IMPROVEMENT WORKS IN KOWLOON TONG # * * * *
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT WILL SHORTLY CARRY OUT A SERIES OF ROAD AND DRAINAGE WORKS IN KOWLOON TONG IN CONNECTION WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF A 600-METRE-L0NG ELEVATED ROAC IN THE AREA LATER THIS YEAR.
TENDERS FOR THE WORKS ARE BEING INVITED BY THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE . OF THE P.W.D.
MR. TOM ARMOUR, ACTING CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE HIGHWAYS (KOWLOON) DIVISION, SAID THE WORKS WOULD INVOLVE THE WIDENING OF APPROACHES ■ TO WATERLOO ROAD AT ITS JUNCTION WITH JUNCTION ROAD AND CORNWALL STREET.
IN ADDITION, PART OF WATERLOO ROAD BETWEEN SUFFOLK ROAD AND RUTLAND QUADRANT WOULD BE WIDENED AND A FOOTBRIDGE WOULD BE BUILT ACROSS ’WATERLOO ROAD AT ITS JUNCTION WITH SUFFOLK ROAD.
AT THE SAME TIME. FACILITIES AIMED AT IMPROVING PEDESTRIAN SAFETY WOULD BE PROVIDED.
MR. ARMOUR SAID THAT WORKS ON THE PROJECT WOULD BEGIN IN APRIL ‘ AND WOULD TAKE ABOUT TEN MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
ON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND THE ELEVATED ROAD, HE SAID, THE TRAVELLING TIME BETWEEN KOWLOON AND‘SHA TIN VIA THE LION ROCK TUNNELS WOULD BE GREATLY REDUCED.
- - 0 - -
/3
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 4, 1978 3 -
NEW FIRE STATION AND AMBULANCE DEPOT FOR, TUEN MUN
* K
A NEW FIRE STATION AND AN AMBULANCE DEPOT WILL BE BUILT AT SAN HUI, TUEN MUN TO COPE WITH THE RAPID EXPANSION OF THE NEW TOWN.
TENDERS FOR.THE PROJECT ARE BEING INVITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
THE SAN HUI FIRE STATION AND TUEN MUN AMBULANCE DEPOT WILL BE BUILT ON A SITE AT PUI TO ROAD, TUEN MUN.
MR. K.M. TSE'NG, CH I EFm ARCH ITECT, SAID TODAY THAT WORK ON THE PROJECTS WOULD BEGIN IN EARLY APRIL AND BE COMPLETED IN JUNE NEXT YEAR.
HE SAID THE FIRE STATION WOULD H^VE FOUR STOREYS AND THE AMBULANCE DEPOT WOULD BE OF TWO STOREYS.
’ THE LOWER FLOORS OF THE FIRE STATION, MR. TSENG SAID, WOULD CONTAIN ADMINISTRATION AND OPERATIONAL OFFICES, LECTURE ROOM, OFFICERS ACCOMMODATION AND WASHROOM FACILITIES.
OTHER FACILITIES ON THE TOP FLOORS WOULD INCLUDE A ' CANTEEN, OFFICERS DINING AND RECREATIONAL ROOMS, AND STAFF QUARTERS.
FIVE DOUBLE BAYS FOR TEN FIRE APPLIANCES WOULD BE PROVIDED AT THE NEW STATION, HE SAID.
THE STATION WILL SHARE A COMMON DRILL YARD WITH THE AMBULANCE DEPOT WHICH WILL HAVE FOUR BAYS FOR-AMBULANCES.
ACCOMMODATION FOR OFFICES, DINING AND RECREATION STORAGE, STAFF -QUARTERS AND WASHROOM FACILITIES WOULD ALSO BE PROVIDED IN THE DEPOT, MR. TSENG SAID.
- - 0 - -
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 4, 1978
DUTY FREE BRANDY * * *
THE TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT PASSENGERS ARRIVING FROM MACAU DURING THE TWO DAYS (FEBRUARY 8 AND 9) FOLLOWING THE CHINESE NEW YEAR DAY MAY BRING INTO HONG KONG A BOTTLE OF ONE LITRE PORTUGUESE BRANDY FREE OF DUTY IN LIEU OF THE CUSTOMARY ONE QUART BOTTLE OF GRAPE WINE.
METHADONE TREATMENT CENTRES TO OPEN FOR LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS ******
THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT TODAY ANNOUNCED THAT ALL THE METHADONE TREATMENT CENTRES WILL REMAIN OPEN DUR INC THE LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS.
ALL THE 16 EVENING DETOXIFICATION CENTRES WILL BE OPEN FROM
6 P.M. TO 10 P.M., WHILE THE DAY DETOXIFICATION CENTRES WILL BE OPEN ONLY IN THE MORNING FROM 9 A.M. TO 1 P.M. DURING THE HOLIDAYS.
THE FOUR MAINTENANCE CENTRES WILL BE OPERATING AS USUAL FROM 7 A.M. TO 9.30 P.M.
- - - - o-----
HOLIDAY ARRANGEMENTS FOR MARINE DEPARTMENT ***** THE MARINE DEPARTMENT HAS ANNOUNCED THAT ITS PORT COMMUNICATIONS CENTRE WILL REMAIN OPEN AS USUAL THROUGHOUT THE LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAY PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 7 TO 9.
OFFICES OF THE MACAU FERRY WHARF UNIT WILL OPERATE FROM 7.30 A.iii TO 1.30 A.M. THE FOLLOWING DAY DURING THE HOLIDAY PERIOD, AND THE VICTORIA SMALL CRAFT LICENSING SECTION AND THE ENTRY AND CLEARANCE OFFICE WILL BE OPEN BETWEEN 9 A.M. AND 11 A.M. ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 8).
THE DEPARTMENT’S THREE PUBLIC CARGO HANDLING AREAS AT WAN CHAI, YAU MA TEI AND KWUN TONG WILL BE CLOSED ON TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 7 AND 8). WORK WILL RETURN TO NORMAL AT 7 A.M. ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 9).
VESSELS WITH VALID PERMITS MAY BERTH ALONGSIDE THESE AREAS DURING THE HOLIDAYS.
ALL OTHER SECTONS OF THE DEPARTMENT WILL BE CLOSED THROUGHOUT THE HOLIDAY PERIOD.
--------0---------
PRH 7
[FKlSi] IGISI |m|
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
HONG KONG’S EXTERNAL TRADE FOR 1977 ....... 1
POPULATION IN HONG KONG EXCEEDS 4.5 MILLION AT THE END OF 1977 ...................................... 5
NEW ROAD TO BE BUILT IN NGAU CHI WAN ...... 6
REGISTRATION TEAM TO VISIT TAI 0 .......... 6
TRAINING WORKSHOP FOR YOUNG MUSICIANS ..... 7
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1978
1
HONG KONG’S EXTERNAL TRADE FOR 1977
X * X *
THE VALUE OF HONG KONG’S DOMESTIC EXPORTS LAST YEAR INCREASED BY 7.3 PER CENT , IMPORTS ROSE BY 12.5 PER CENT AND RE-EXPORTS BY 10.1 PER CENT RMPARED WITH THAT OF 1976.
DETAILED TRADE FIGURES RELEASED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY SHOWED THAT DOMESTIC EXPORTS WERE VALUED AT $35,004 MILLION LAST YEAR, IMPORTS AMOUNTED TO $48,701 MILLION AND RE-EXPORTS, $9,829 MILLION.
THE FOLLOWING 10 MAJOR PARTNERS: TABLE SHOWS HONG KONG’S DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO
1976 (HK$ MN) 1977 (HK$ MN) INCREASE/ DECREASE (HK$ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE
U.S.A. 11,236 13,552 + 2,316 + 20.6%
F.R. OF GERMANY 3,995 3,669 326 - 8.2%
UNITED KINGDOM 3,286 3,035 - 251 - 7.6%
JAPAN 1,400 1,386 14 - 1.0%
AUSTRALIA 1,368 1,247 121 - 8.8%
CANADA 1,396 1,171 - 225 - 16.1%
.SINGAPORE 782 904 + 121 + 15.5%
NETHERLANDS 756 763 + 8 + 1.0%
SWEDEN 713 600 - 113 - 15.9%
SWITZERLAND AND LIECHTENSTEIN 663 572 91 - 13.7%
THE PERFORMANCE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS IMPROVED SIGNIFICANTLY IN DECEMBER LAST YEAR. DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO U.S.A. ACCELERATED AT AN IMPRESSIVE GROWTH RATE OF 20.6 PER CENT LAST YEAR, WITH EXPORTS OF CLOTHING INCREASING BY 18.8 PER CENT TO $5,426 MILLION. PLASTIC TOYS AND DOLLS ROSE BY 27.4 PER CENT TO $1,215 MILLION, TRANSISTORISED RADIOS BY 14.1 PER CENT TO $920 MILLION, ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS AND PARTS FOR COMPUTERS BY 48.2 PER CENT TO $553 MILLION AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS BY 50.4 PER CENT TO $539 MILLION. SINGAPORE AND THE NETHERLANDS ALSO INCREASED THEIR PURCHASES FROM HONG KONG IN 1977.
EXPORTS TO OTHER MAJOR MARKETS IN 1977 FELL BELOW THE LEVEL ACHIEVED IN 1976. HOWEVER, THERE WERE INDICATIONS THAT DEMANDS IN THESE MARKETS PICKED UP TOWARDS THE END OF THE YEAR.
/AN ANALYSIS .....
SUMDAY, HBRUARY 5, 1978
_ 2 -
AN ANALYSIS OF THE SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS IS PRESENTED BELOW:
1976 (HK$ MN) 1977 (HK$ MN) INCREASE/ DECREASE (HK$ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE
CLOTHING 14,288 13,908 — 380 — 2.7%
MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY PLASTIC FLOWERS, TOYS AND DOLLS) 4,870 6,001 ♦ 1,131 + 23.2%
ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPLIANCES (MAINLY TRANSISTORISED RADIOS AND ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS) 4,196 5,123 + 926 + 22.1%
TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS 3,051 2,649 — 402 13.2%
PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS 1,570 2,181 612 + 39.0%
MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURES OF METAL (MAINLY HOUSEHOLD EQUIPMENT OF BASE METAL AND LOCKS, PADLOCKS AND KEYS OF BASE METAL) 844 991 ♦ 147 + 17.4%
DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (INCREASED BY 22.1 PER CENT TO $5,123 MILLION), PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS- PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS (INCREASED BY 39 PER CENT TO $2,181 MILLION) AND PLASTIC TOYS AND DOLLS (INCREASED BY 30.4 PER CENT TO $2,432 MILLION) CONTINUED TO REFLECT A SIGNIFICANT UPTREND. DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF CLOTHING AND TEXTILE PRODUCTS LAST YEAR WERE VALUED AT $13,908 MILLION (- 2.7 PER CENT) AND $2,649 MILLION (- 13.2 PER CENT) RESPECTIVELY, A SLIGHT IMPROVEMENT ON THE PERFORMANCE OF EARLIER MONTHS.
/THE CHANGE
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1978
5
THE CHANGE IN IMPORTS FROM TEN MAJOR SOURCES ARE SUMMARISED BELOW
1976 (HK$ MN) 1977 (HK$ MN) INCREASE/ DECREASE (HK$ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE
JAPAN 9,348 11,547 + 2,199 + 23.5%
CHINA 7,761 8,082 + 321 + 4.1%
U.S.A. 5,309 6,093 + 784 + 14.8%
TAIWAN 3,057 3,254 + 197 + 6.4%
SINGAPORE 2,517 2,888 + 372 + 14.8%
UNITED KINGDOM 1,833 2,192 + 359 + 19.6%
SOUTH KOREA 1,636 1,682 + 46 + 2.8%
F.R. OF GERMANY 1,309 1,463 + 154 + 11.7%
SWITZERLAND AND LIECHTENSTEIN 1,140 1,292 + 152 + 13.3%
AUSTRALIA 929 956 + 27 + 3.0%
IMPORTS FROM JAPAN CONTINUE TO CLIMB WITH MAJOR INCREASES IN
'CONSUMER AND CAPITAL GOODS.
SIGNIFICANT EXAMPLES WERE PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS- PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES ANC CLOCKS (INCREASING BY 54.5 PER CENT TO $1,441 MILLION), TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT (.INCREASING BY 113.4 PER CENT TO $711 MILLION), ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLICANCES (INCREASING BY 20.1 PER CENT TO $1,579 MILLION) AND MACHINERY, OTHER THAN ELECTRIC (INCREASING BY 24.5 PER CENT TO $1,140 MILLION).
A MODERATE RISE IN IMPORTS FROM CHINA WAS DUE MAINLY TO INCREASES IN PETROLEUM AND PETROLEUM PRODUCTS, AND CLOTHING, VALUED AT $487 MILLION AND $480 MILLION RESPECTIVELY.
IMPORTS FROM U.S.A. ALSO SHOWED SIGNIFICANT ADVANCES WITH IMPORTS OF TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT AND TEXTILE FIBRES INCREASING BY 722.7 PER CENT TO $293 MILLION AND 112.7 PER CENT TO $653 MILLION RESPECTIVELY.
/THE FOLLOWING .....
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1978
4 -
THE FOLLOWING TABLE ILLUSTRATES THE IMPORTANT CHANGES IN IMPORTS BY COMMODITY SECTIONS:-
1976 (HK$ MN) 1977 (HK$ MN) INCREASE/ DECREASE (HK$ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE
MANUFACTURED GOODS CLASSIFIED CHIEFLY BY MATERIAL (MAINLY TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS AND DIAMONDS) 13,367 14,466 + 1,099 ♦ 8.2%
MACHINERY AND TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT 7,701 9,331 + 1,629 ♦ 21.2%
FOOD AND LIVE ANIMALS 6,687 7,230 + 543 + 8.1%
MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY WATCHES AND CLOCKS) 5,075 6,655 + 1,580 ♦ 31.1%
CHEMICALS 3,419 3,633 + 214 ♦ 6.3%
CRUDE MATERIALS, INLD ISLE ./EXCEPT FUELS (TIA INLY TEXTILE FIBRES) 3,328 3,322 6 — 0.2%
AMONG THE INCREASED CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS- IMPORTS ARE PROFESSIONAL PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL , SCIENTIFIC AND GOODS, WATCHES
AND CLOCKS, (VALUED AT $3,159 MILLION OR + 34.2 PER CENT), TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT (VALUED AT $1,448 MILLION OR + 92 PER CENT), ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (VALUED AT $5,023 MILLION OR + 15.7 PER CENT), MISCELLANEOUS NON-METALLIC MINERAL MANUFACTURES (VALUED AT $3,283 MILLION OR + 22.8 PER CENT) AND PETROLEUM AND PETROLEUM PRODUCTS (VALUED AT $2,907 MILLION OR + 12.3 PER CENT). HOWEVER, IMPORTS OF TEXTILE FIBRES (- 12.1 PER CENT AND VALUED AT $1,738 MILLION) AND TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS (- 1.4 PER CENT AND VALUED AT $6,539 MILLION) WERE SLUGGISH.
RE-EXPORTS TO JAPAN, VALUED AT $1,339 MILLION, WERE DOWN BY 10.7 PER CENT LAST YEAR DUE MAINLY TO THE DECLINES IN RE-EXPORTS OF COMMODITIES SUCH AS COFFEE, TEA AND COCOA.
IN CONTRAST, RE-EXPORTS TO SINGAPORE (AT $1,063 MILLION) AND INDONESIA (AT $1,059 MILLION) WERE MORE BUOYANT, INCREASING BY 13.3 PER CENT AND 49.6 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. INCREASE OF RE-EXPORTS MAINLY OCCURRED IN CAPITAL GOODS, E.G. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLICANCES (VALUED AT $817 MILLION OR + 28.7 PER CENT) AND TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT (VALUED AT $215 MILLION OR + 156.6 PER CENT). ON THE OTHER HAND, RE-EXPORTS OF TEXTILE YARN AND THREAD (VALUED AT $295 MILLION OR + 66.7 PER CENT) ALSO REGISTERED A FAVOURABLE INCREASE.
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1978 ’
5
THE TRADE INDEX NUMBERS FOR NOVEMBER 1977 WERE AS FOLLOWS:
(1973 » 10'3)
VALUE INDEX UNIT VALUE INDEX QUANTUM INDEX
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 188 132 143
IMPORTS 179 135 132
THE TERMS OF TRADE INDEX (1.E. EXPORT PR ICES/IMPORT PRICES)
FOR NOVEMBER WAS 98.
NOTE: ALL VALUE FIGURES WERE ROUNDED TO THE NEAREST MILLION DOLLARS.
- - - - 0 ----------
HONG KONG POPULATION STATISTICS
* * * *
THE ESTIMATED POPULATION OF HONG KONG AT THE END OF DECEMBER 1977 WAS 4,566,903, THE COMMISSIONER FOR CENSUS AND STATISTICS SAID YESTERDAY.
COMPARED WITH THE 1976 YEAR-END ESTIMATE, THERE HAS BEEN AN ' INCREASE OF 89,296 PERSONS OVER THE 12-MONTH PERIOD, REPRESENTING AN ANNUAL POPULATION GROWTH RATE OF TWO PER CENT.
THIS WAS MADE UP OF A ’PLUS’ OF 56,482 THROUGH THE BALANCE OF BIRTHS OVER DEATHS AND A 'PLUS’ OF 32,814 THROUGH BALANCE OF MIGRATION.
THE TOTAL NUMBER OF BIRTHS FOR 1977 WAS 79,888, OR 1,402
MORE THAN THAT FOR THE PREVIOUS YEAR.
THIS INCREASE IN BIRTHS WAS ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE GRADUAL INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF WOMEN IN THE CHILD-BEARING AGES 15-49.
HOWEVER, THE CONTINUING TENDENCY FOR THE GENERAL LEVEL OF FERTILITY TO DECLINE HAS MEANT THAT THE CRUDE BIRTH RATE, AT 17.7 PER THOUSAND POPULATION, REMAINED THE SAME AS IN 1976.
THE TOTAL NUMBER OF DEATHS FOR 1977 WAS 23,406, OR 714 MORE THAN IN 1976. THE CRUDE DEATH RATE WAS 5.2 PER 1,000 POPULATION AS COMPARED WITH 5.1 FOR THE PREVIOUS YEAR. THESE INCREASES ARE ASSOCIATED DIRECTLY WITH THE INCREASING NUMBER OF OLD PEOPLE IN THE POPULATION.
THE FIGURES ON BIRTHS AND DEATHS ARE BASED ON EVENTS OCCURRING RATHER THAN UPON REGISTRATIONS MADE AND THEREFORE DIFFER SLIGHTLY FROM THOSE RELEASED BY THE REGISTRAR GENERAL.
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1978
6
NEW ROAD TO BE BUILT IN NGAU CHI WAN * * * *
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IS TO BUILD A NEW ROAD TO CATER FOR THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT AT HAMMER HILL, NGAU CHI WAN.
TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT WERE INVITED BY THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE P.W.D.
MR. TOM ARMOUR, ACTING CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE HIGHWAYS (KOWLOON) DIVISION, SAID TODAY THAT THE WORKS WOULD CONSIST OF A ROAD OF ABOUT 360 METRES LONG NEAR PO KONG VILLAGE ROAD AND ASSOCIATED DRAINAGE WORKS.
HE SAID THAT THE NEW ROAD WOULD BE A TWO-LANE CARRIAGEWAY OF 7.3 METRES WIDE, WITH A 2.75 METRES WIDE FOOTPATH ON EACH SIDE.
WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL START IN APRIL AND WILL TAKE ABOUT NINE MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
WHEN COMPLETED, MR. ARMOUR SAID, THE NEW ROAD WOULD PROVIDE ACCESS NOT ONLY FOR THE FU SHAN ESTATE DUE FOR COMPLETION IN THE NEAR FUTURE, BUT ALSO FOR THE NEIGHBOURING SITE FOR THE PROPOSED HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME AT HAMMER HILL.
THE WORK HAS BEEN DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED BY HIGHWAYS (KOWLOON) DIVISION OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
- - w - 0 ----------
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE IN TAI 0 * * * *
A TEAM FROM THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE WILL CONDUCT REGISTRATIONS AT TAI 0 RURAL COMMITTEE FOR RESIDENTS AND PERSONS LIVING NEARBY FOR FOUR DAYS FROM FEBRUARY 13.
REGISTRATIONS WILL BE CARRIED OUT FROM 2 P.M. TO 5 P.M. ON FEBRUARY 13- 9 A.M. TO 5 P.M. ON FEBRUARY 14 AND 15“ AND 9 A.M. TO 1 P.M. ON FEBRUARY 16.
THE VISIT IS TO ENABLE PARENTS AND GUARDIANS TO REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN AND WARD BETWEEN 11 AND 17 YEARS OF AGE FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS AND HOLDERS OF- JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS TO REGISTER FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ON REACHING THE AGE OF 18.
ALL PERSONS LIVING IN THIS AREA ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO REGISTER THEMSELVES AND THEIR CHILDREN FOR IDENTITY CARDS AND TO REPORT CHANGES OF EMPLOYMENT, RESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES, MERITAL STATUS, OR OTHER PARTICULARS.
- - 0 - -
/?......
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1978
7
TRAINING WORKSHOP FOR YOUNG MUSICIANS
*****
A TRAINING WORKSHOP IS BEING ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR’S OFFICE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT FOR 120 YOUNG INSTRUMENTALISTS FROM VARIOUS SCHOOLS.
MANY OF THE PARTICIPANTS AGED BETWEEN 11 AND 23, HAVE ALSO JOINED THE INSTRUMENTAL CLASSES SET UP BY THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR’S OFFICE RECENTLY.
THE WORKSHOP WILL BE HELD ON FEBRUARY 11, AT THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG, SHA TIN, AND WILL INCLUDE GROUP TRAINING AND REHEARSALS LASTING FROM 10 A.M. TO 5 P.M.
THE HIGHLIGHT OF THE WORKSHOP IS A GRAND REHEARSAL AT 4 P.M.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE GRAND REHEARSAL BY THE YOUNG MUSICIANS AT 4 P.M. ON FEBRUARY 11. PRESS TRANSPORT WILL LEAVE THE KOWLOON PIER NEAR STAR FERRY AT 3.15 P.M. THOSE WHO WISH TO USE THE TRANSPORT FACILITY MAY CONTACT MR. CLEMENT SHIU AT TEL. 5-283257 (EXT. 34) NOT LATER THAN FEBRUARY 10.
0 -------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 6, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
SNT’S LUNAR NEW YEAR MESSAGE .............................. 1
SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS AT SHA TIN FOR CHE KUNG FESTIVAL .. 2
MUI WO TO BE DEVELOPED INTO A RURAL TOWN .................. 3
PLAN TO DEVELOP PENG CHAU ................................ 4
EDUCATION DtPARTMENT TO HOLD EXHIBITION OF STUDENTS’ CREATIVE WORK ............................................. 5
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 6, 1978
1
SNT’S LUNAR NEW YEAR MESSAGE
* * * * *
THE PEOPLE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES AND THE GOVERNMENT ARE BEING DRAWN CLOSER TOGETHER IN THE MANAGEMENT AND PLANNING OF THEIR AFFAIRS BY THE FORMATION LAST YEAR OF DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS, THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID aKERS-JONES SAID TODAY.
IN A LUNAR NEW YEAR MESSAGE, MR. AKERS-JONES .AID THAT IT WAS A TIME OF CHANGE AND GREAT TRANSFORMATION IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
MR. AKERS-JONES POINTED OUT THAT $770 MILLION WAS BEING SPENT THIS YEAR ON BUILDING THE THREE NEW TOWNS OF SHA TIN, TUEN MUN AND TSUEN WAN.
NEARLY $40 MILLION WAS BEING SPENT IN TAI PO AS PART OF A RELATED PLAN TO EXPAND AND IMPROVE OUR MARKET TOWNS.
+NEW HOMES FOR ABOUT 100,000 PEOPLE HAVE BEEN COMPLETED AND THERE IS WORK FOR PEOPLEIN THE NEW FACTORIES IN ALL OUR TOWNS,+ HE SAID.
+THE BUILDING OF TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL H^S BEGUN: EVERYWHERE MORE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES ARE BEING PROVIDED.+
+THE CREATION OF COUNTRY PARKS WILL MAKE THE COUNTRYSIDE MORE ACCESSIBLE AND ENJOYABLE FOR MILLIONS OF PEOPLE NOW AND IN THE FUTURE.+
HE ADDED: +IT IS RIGHT AT THE END OF THE YEAR TO REST FOR A FEW DAYS TO REFLECT ON THE YEAR THAT IS PAST AND TO LOOK FORWARD TO THE NEW YE\R WITH CONFIDENCE AND HOPE.+
-----0------
/2......
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 6, 1978
2
SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS AT SHA TIN FOR CHE KUNG FESTIVAL ******
SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE IN SHA TIN TO HELP COPE WITH THE TENS OF THOUSANDS OF WORSHIPPERS WHO ARE EXPECTED TO VISIT THE CHE KUNG TEMPLE OVER THE NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS.
UP TO 100,000 PEOPLE ARE EXPECTED TO VISIT THE TEMPLE — AT LEAST HALF OF THEM ON THE THIRD DAY OF THE LUNAR NEW YEAR WHEN THE CHE KUNG FESTIVAL REACHES ITS PEAK.
THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER OF SHA TIN, MR. K.K. KWOK, SAID TODAY THAT BECAUSE OF THE LARGE-SCALE DEVELOPMENTS TAKING PLACE IN THE AREA, GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS HAD WORKED OUT SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR PEDESTRIANS.
A FOOTPATH OUTSIDE THE TEMPLE HAD BEEN WIDENED TO PROVIDE BETTER ACCESS AND A FOOTBRIDGE HAD BEEN BUILT AT THE EXIT.
HE SAID A ONE-WAY CIRCULATION SYSTEM WILL BE PROVIDED FOR PEDESTRIANS, WHO WILL BE DIRECTED TO USE A NEW ROAD FROM THE LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD EAST OF THE SHING MUN RIVER TO ENTER THE TEMPLE.
THE PEDESTRIANS WILL BE ASKED TO LEAVE THE TEMPLE BY USING THE SPECIALLY-BUILT FOOTBRIDGE LEADING FROM THE TEMPLE COMPOUND TO THE SOUTH.
MR. KWOK POINTED OUT THAT ONLY FRANCHISED BUSES WOULD BE ALLOWED TO PARK ON THE LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD, WHICH IS CURRENTLY BEING WIDENED.
+PARKING FACILITIES WILL BE VERY LIMITED BECAUSE OF EXTENSIVE CONSTRUCTION WORKS GOING ON IN THE AREA,+ HE ADDED, +AND VISITORS TO THE TEMPLE ARE STRONGLY ADVISED TO USE PUBLIC TRANSPORT.+
MR. KWOK EMPHASISED THAT WORSHIPPERS SHOULD TAKE SPECIAL CARE WHEN BURNING JOSS STICKS TO REDUCE FIRE HAZARDS.
-------o----------
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 6, 1978
5
t'
CONTRACT SIGNED FOR MUI WO DEVELOPMENT ******
I i
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TODAY SIGNED A CONTRACT WORTH MORE THAN $12 MILLION FOR THE SECOND STAGE OF DEVELOPMENT IN MUI WO ON LANTAU ISLAND AS A RURAL TOWN.
THE CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF SEAWALL IN SILVER MINE BAY AND THE FORMATION OF ABOUT FOUR HECTARES OF LAND WAS AWARDED TO FOOK LEE CONSTRUCTION CO. LTD.
MR. BOSCO KEOWN, SENIOR ENGINEER OF P.W.D.’S NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT BRANCH, SAID TODAY THAT THE LAND FORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT WOULD BE USED TO PROVIDE SITES FOR A SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT, AN ABATTOIR, THE SECOND PHASE OF A PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE FOR 1,200 PEOPLE, A HELICOPTER LANDING PAD AND OTHER GOVERNMENT USES.
HE SAID THAT A 350-METRE SEAWALL AND A 340-METRE RUBBLE WALL WOULD BE BUILT TO CONTAIN THE FILLING.
ALSO INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT IS THE CONSTRUCTION OF 0.7 KILOMETRE OF A TWO-LANE ROAD AND 1.8 KILOMETRES OF STORM AND FOUL WATER DRAINS.
+FILLING MATERIALS,+ MR. KEOWN SAID, +WILL BE TAKEN FROM A BORROW SITE AT BARREN HILL TO THE SOUTH OF THE WORKS AND THE HAUL ROAD ALREADY BUILT THERE WILL BE USED TO TRANSPORT THESE MATERIALS.
+THE BORROW SITE, ON COMPLETION, WILL EVENTUALLY BECOME PART OF A COUNTRY PARK.+
WORK ON THE FIRST TWO CONTRACTS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF MUI WO HAS ALREADY BEGUN, PROVIDING SITES FOR THE FIRST PHASE OF THE PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE, A NEW BUS TERMINUS, COOKED FOOD STALLS AS WELL AS SITES FOR COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL USES.
MR. KEOWN ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW FERRY PIER AT MUI WO TO REPLACE THE EXISTING ONE HAD ALREADY BEGUN.
IN THE GOVERNMENT’S RURAL TOWNSHIP PROGRAMME, BETTER HOMES AND FACILITIES WILL BE PROVIDED FOR A TOTAL OF 350,000 PEOPLE IN RURAL AREAS OUTSIDE THE NEW TOWNS OF SHA TIN, TSUEN WAN AND TUEN MUN.
MUI WO IS ONE OF EIGHT AREAS LISTED FOR DEVELOPMENT IN THE PROGRAMME.
----0----
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 6, 1978
4
PLAN TO DEVELOP PENG CHAU ******
THE GOVERNMENT HAS PLANS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF PENG CHAU ISLAND, INCLUDING THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW PIER AND IMPROVED HOUSING, THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. JOHN TODD, SAID TODAY.
MR. TODD SAID IT WAS HOPED IT WOULD ENCOURAGE INVESTMENT ON THE ISLAND WHICH WOULD ENSURE THAT PENG CHAU BECAME A PROSPEROUS AND ATTRACTIVE PLACE.
HE WAS SPEAKING AT A CEREMONY IN WHICH HE OFFICIALLY OPENED A CINEMA ON THE ISLAND.
MR. TODD SAID:+IT IS THEREFORE VERY PLEASING TO SEE A PRIVATE DEVELOPER WHO HAS NOT WAITED FOR THESE DEVELOPMENTS BUT WHO HAS HAD SUFFICIENT FAITH IN THE FUTURE OF THE ISLAND TO BEGIN WORK ON A $5 MILLION-COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL COMPLEX OF WHICH THIS CINEMA FORMS A PART.*
HE WAS SURE THAT THE OPENING OF THE CINEMA WOULD NOT ONLY PROVIDE ENTERTAINMENT FOR THE RESIDENTS BUT THAT IT WOULD ALSO ATTRACT OTHER INVESTMENT ON THE ISLAND.
MR. TODD DESCRIBED THE OPENING OF THE CINEMA AS +VERY TIMELY* FOR IT HAPPENED ON NEW YEAR’S EVE 'WHEN FAMILIES GATHER TOGETHER TO ANTICIPATE THE START OF A PROSPEROUS NEW YEAR.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
COPIES OF MR. TODD’S SPEECH, IN ENGLISH AND CHINESE, ARE DISTRIBUTED IN THE GIS PRESS BOXES THIS AFTERNOON.
-.L-O----
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 6, 1978
5
STUDENTS’ CREATIVE WORK EXHIBITION
******
THE CULTURAL CRAFTS CENTRE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HAS ARRANGED A FIVE-DAY EXHIBITION OF CREATIVE WORK BY HONG KONG SCHOOL STUDENTS.
THE EXHIBITION WHICH WILL BEGIN ON FEBRUARY 16 WILL INCLUDE A SELECTION OF 200 PIECES OF ARTWORK BY FORM 5 STUDENTS FROM 50 SCHOOLS, INCLUDING PAINTINGS, LIFE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, CERAMICS, AND CALLIGRAPHY.
THIS WILL BE OF SPECIAL INTEREST TO TEACHERS AND STUDENTS PREPARING FOB THIS YEAR’S HONG KONG CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION EXAMINATION IN ART.
IN ADDITION SOME 450 PAINTINGS, PRINTS, AND CRAFTWORK BY PUPILS FROM 98 PRIMARY SCHOOLS WILL ALSO BE ON DISPLAY.
THE DISPLAYS CAN BE VIEWED AT THE CULTURAL CRAFTS CENTRE, 4 PAK FUK ROAD, 4TH AND 5TH FLOORS, NORTH POINT, BETWEEN 9 A.M. AND 4.30 P.M. ON FEBRUARY 16, 17, 20 AND 21, AND 9 A.M. TO 12 NOON ON fEBRUARY 18.
- - 0 - -
PRH 7
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 8, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
HONG KONG GOVERNMENT BECOMES ONE OF ASIA’S BIGGEST USERS OF COMPUTERS ............................................... 1
DEVELOPMENT OF MARRIAGE REGISTRY IN HONG KONG .............. 3
TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL EMBLEM AND MURAL DESIGN COMPETITIONS DRAW GOOD RESPONSE ......................................... 4
TRAMPOLINING COMPETITIONS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS .. 5
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong.Tel: 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 8, 1978
1
HK GOVERNMENT BECOMES ONE OF BIGGEST-USERS OF COMPUTERS IN ASIA * * * *
THE GROWING PUBLIC DEMANDS ON THE GOVERNMENT FOR EFFICIENT SERVICE HAVE RESULTED IN A RAPID EXPANSION IN THE USE OF COMPUTERS IN A NUMBER OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.
THERE ARE ABOUT 30 COMPUTERS INSTALLED IN VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS - MAKING THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT ONE OF ASIA’S BIGGEST USERS OF ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING MACHINES.
DISCLOSING THIS TODAY, MR. LEE TATE, MANAGER OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT’S DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, SAID THAT MORE AREAS OF GOVERNMENT ACTIVITIES WHICH COULD BENEFIT THE PUBLIC SERVICE FROM COMPUTER APPLICATIONS ARE BEING LOOKED INTO.
MR. TATE SAID, +IN THE LAST FOUR YEARS, THE APPLICATION OF COMPUTERS HAS BEEN GREATLY EXPANDED WITHIN THE GOVERNMENT. THE DATA PROCESSING DIVISION (DPD), WHICH SERVES AS THE GOVERNMENT’S CENTRAL COMPUTER BUREAU, IS HANDLING SOME 50 SYSTEMS FOR OTHER DEPARTMENTS.
+T0 COPE WITH THE EVER INCREASING NEEDS, THE STAFF OF DPD HAVE GROWN FROM 40 IN 1973 TO THE PRESENT 300, INCLUDING 75 PROFESSIONALS. IT IS HOPED TO FURTHER INCREASE THE NUMBER OF STAFF TO 350 NEXT YEAR.
+ACCORDINGLY, COMPUTER RENTALS PAID BY THE GOVERNMENT HAS GONE UP FROM $1 MILLION A YEAR IN 1973 TO $1 MILLION A MONTH AT PRESENT, AND IT WILL CONTINUE TO RISE WITH NEW DEVELOPMENTS.
+EVEN THIS EXPANSION DOES NOT REFLECT THE INCREASED LEVEL OF ACTIVITY,* MR. TATE SAID.
+THE GOVERNMENT’S EXPENDITURE ON CONTRACTING OUTSIDE tOMPUTING SERVICES, WHICH MAINLY CONCERN WITH DEVELOPING NEW SYSTEMS, HAS ALSO INCREASED FROM 345,000 IN 1973 TO ALMOST $8 MILLION THIS YEAR.*
TO CATER FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS THE DPD TOOK DELIVERY IN JULY THE FIRST PHASE OF A DUAL ICL 2970 COMPUTER SYSTEM, WHICH IS IN OPERATION, AND THE SECOND PHASE HAS BEEN INSTALLED. THE WHOLE SYSTEM IS EXPECTED TO BE FULLY OPERATIONAL BY MARCH NEXT YEAR.
THE NEW COMPUTER SYSTEM PROCESS JOBS 35 PER CENT MORE QUICKLY THAN THE DPD’S CURRENT RANGE OF COMPUTERS WHICH WILL BE GRADUALLY PHASED OUT BY MID-1978.
+WITH THE INSTALLATION OF NEW MACHINES,* MR. TATE SAID, +THE DPD WILL BE BETTER EQUIPPED TO MEET SYSTEM DEVELOPMENTS NOW IN THE PIPE-LINE.*
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 8, 1978
UNDER DEVELOPMENTS ARE THE NEW TRADE STATISTICS SYSTEM, THE PUBLIC HOUSING APPLICATIONS AND TENANCY RECORDS SYSTEM (HATMIS), THE SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACE ALLOCATION (SSPA) SYSTEM, AN INTEGRATED INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT ( IRD) SYSTEM, THE CENTRAL REGISTER OF DRUG ADDICTS, AND THE DOMESTIC ACCOUNTS OF THE WATERWORKS OFFICE. FURTHER DOWN THE PIPELINE, SYSTEMS FOR TEACHER RECORDS, PUBLIC ASSISTANCE PAYMENTS, AND A REGISTER FOR THE DISABLED ARE BEING CONSIDERED.
THE TRADE STATISTICS SYSTEM IS AIMED AT MEETING HONG KONG’S INTERNATIONAL OBLIGATIONS TO STANDARD TRADE CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME AS GIVING A FASTER DELIVERY OF TRADE FIGURES.
HATMIS IS INTENDED TO IMPROVE RECORD-KEEPING, THE PROCESSING OF APPLICATIONS, AND TO ELIMINATE MULTIPLE TENANCY.
THE SSPA SYSTEM WILL REPLACE THE CURRENT SSEE, WHILE THE IRD SYSTEM WILL INTEGRATE TAX RECORDS IN DIFFERENT CATEGORIES ABOUT THE SAME PEOPLE.
THE CENTRAL REGISTER OF DRUG ADDICTS IS AIMED AT GIVING A BETTER OVERALL PICTURE OF PUBLIC PROGRAMMES FOR THE TREATMENT OF ADDICTIONS AS AN AID BOTH TO PLANNING AND ALSO TO THE MEASUREMENT OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF CURRENT POLICIES.
DOMESTIC WATER ACCOUNTS WILL FOLLOW THE CURRENT IMPLEMENTATION OF TRADE ACCOUNTS.
IN ADDITION, CONSIDERATION IS BEING GIVEN TO INSTALLING MINI-COMPUTERS IN DEPARTMENTS IN WHICH PART OF THEIR WORK CAN BE HANDLED MORE EFFICIENTLY BY SUCH MACHINES IN THEIR OFFICES.
AT PRESENT, THERE ARE ABOUT 30 MINI-COMPUTERS INSTALLED IN VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, INCLUDING THE CIVIL AVIATION, THE POLICE, THE IMMIGRATION,AND TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENTS.
THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY AND THE LOK ON PAI DESALTING PLANT HAVE SPECIALISED COMPUTERS FOR PROCESSING THEIR TECHNICAL DATA. THE ONE AT THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY IS .BEING CONSIDERED FOR REPLACEMENT.
A NUMBER OF DEPARTMENTS, INCLUDING THE TRANSPORT AND PUBLIC WORKS ALSO HAVE TERMINALS ’ON-LINE’ TO RESPECTIVE FILES HELD ON THE DPD COMPUTERS TO ALLOW SPEEDY RETRIEVAL OF INFORMATION.
THE INSTALLATION AT THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT IS PARTICULARLY HELPFUL TO PEOPLE APPLYING FOR A DRIVING LICENCE OR ITS RENEWAL’ WHEN AN APPLICATION FORM IS PUT INTO A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT COMPUTER TERMINAL, THE DPD COMPUTER RECORD IS CHECKED, AND A LICENCE PRINTED OUT, WHERE APPLICABLE, IN ONLY A FEW SECONDS.
THE ASSESSMENT OF PUBLIC EXAMINATION PAPERS, ALLOCATION OF SCHOOL PLACES, ISSUE OF TAX ASSESSMENT AND DEMAND NOTES, TRADE WATER BILLS AND THE COMPILATION OF TRADE STATISTICS ARE SOME OTHER EXAMPLES OF PROFITABLE COMPUTER APPLICATIONS WHICH AVOID EXCESSIVE PAPER WORK AND TIME DELAY.
0 ------- /J
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 8, 1978
5
THE GROWTH AND CHANGES OF MARRIAGE REGISTRY * * * *
PROBABLY THE MOST SOLEMN OCCASION IN A WEDDING CEREMONY IS THE TAKING OF THE MARRIAGE VOWS. IT MAY BE THE SWEETEST MOMENT IN THE LIFE OF THE BRIDE AND THE GROOM, BUT IT COULD ALSO BE THE SORRIEST MOMENT OF TRUTH FOR SOME.
MR. S.S. TAN, IN HIS MORE THAN 30 YEARS’ SERVICE WITH THE REGISTRAR GENERAL’S DEPARTMENT, HAS WITNESSED MANY SUCH SWEET AND SOUR OCCASIONS.
+THERE WAS A CASE IN WHICH A BRIDE BURST INTO TEARS DURING A WEDDING CEREMONY AND REFUSED TO SAY ’I DO’ BECAUSE SHE WOULDN’T PART WITH HER PARENTS. THE MARRIAGE, THEREFORE, COULD NOT TAKE PLACE,+ SAID MR. TAN, THE SENIOR ASSISTANT REGISTRAR OF THE MARRIAGE REGISTRY.
+IN ANOTHER CASE THE SERVICE WAS CANCELLED WHEN I LEARNED THAT THE GROOM RAN AWAY MINUTES BEFORE THE CEREMONY - THE REASON BEING THAT THE MAN’S WIFE APPEARED AT THE SCENE WITH HIS CHILDREN.+
BUT, MR. TAN ADDED THAT TEARFUL OCCASIONS LIKE THESE WERE FEW AND FAR BETWEEN. +IN FACT, MOST MARRIAGE CEREMONIES I HAVE CONDUCTED WERE FULL OF CHEERS AND HAPPINESS.*
MR. TAN WHO JOINED THE GOVERNMENT SHORTLY AFTER THE SECOND WORLD WAR, RECALLED THAT REGISTERED MARRIAGES IN THE EARLY 195OS 'WERE NOT VERY POPULAR BECAUSE THEY WERE MOT MANDATORY. MOST OF THE CHINESE RESIDENTS PREFERRED CUSTOMARY MARRIAGE.
THERE WAS THEREFORE NO URGENT NEED TO EXPAND THE MARRIAGE REGISTRATION SERVICE AT THAT TIME. IN FACT THE ONLY MARRIAGE REGISTRY THEN WAS IN SUPREME COURT BUILDING. ABOUT TWO TO THREE THOUSAND MARRIAGES WERE REGISTERED EACH YEAR IN THE EARLY 195OS, I.E. LESS THAN TEN WEDDINGS A DAY.
AND IN THOSE DAYS, BOTH THE BRIDE AND THE GROOM WERE REQUIRED TO BE DRESSED FORMALLY FOR THE MARRIAGE CEREMONY.
+IF THE GROOM HAD AN OPEN NECK SHIRT, WE SUGGESTED THAT HE SHOULD WEAR A TIE,* MR. TAM SAID.
+S0 TO AVOID EMBARRASSMENT, WE KEPT A FEW TIES IN THE REGISTRY JUST IN CASE A GROOM TURNED UP WITHOUT ONE,+ HE ADDED.
THINGS HAVE CHANGED A LOT IN THE 3AST TEN YEARS PARTICULARLY AFTER THE ENACTMENT OF THE MARRIAGE REFORM ORDINANCE IN 1973 WHICH ABOLISHED CONCUBINAGE AND 1ADE REGISTRATION OF A MARRIAGE MANDATORY IN 1971.
+PEOPLE WHO NOW MARRY 11 A MARRIAGE REGISTRY MAY DRESS CASUALLY PROVIDED THEIR 0UT-FIT3 ARE NEAT AND CLEAN. THE ..EARING OF A NECK TIE IS NO LONGER A CONDITION,* MR. TAN SAID.
/THERE ARE......
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 8, 1978
k
THERE ARE NOW 14 MARRIAGE REGISTRIES INCLUDING THE ONE AT CITY HALL WHICH ALSO OPENS ON SUNDAY MORNING. PLANS ARE IN HAND TO OPEN MORE REGISTRIES IN THE NEW TOWNS FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF THE PUBLIC, MR. TAN ADDED.
MR. TAN WILL BE RETIRING IN MARCH THIS YEAR. HE WAS AWARDED AN M.B.E. LAST YEAR FOR HIS LONG AND DEDICATED SERVICE.
0 -
GOOD RESPONSE TO TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL EMBLEM DESIGN COMPETITIONS *****
THE COMPETITIONS TO FIND THE EMBLEM AND MURAL DESIGNS FOR USE IN THE $23 MILLION TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL HAVE GOT OFF TO A GOOD START.
MORE THAN 1,000 ENTRY FORMS HAVE BEEN DISTRIBUTED THROUGH THE NEW TERRITORIES DISTRICT OFFICES AND PUBLIC ENQUIRY CENTRES AND MANY OTHERS ARE BEING HANDED OUT BY THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICES.
THE COMPETITIONS REPRESENT THE FIRST MAJOR COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT PROJECT BY THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD WHICH HAS ALLOCATED $23,000 IN CASH AND OTHER PRIZES FOR THE COMPETITION WINNERS.
+THE RESPONSE SO FAR HAS BEEN MOST ENCOURAGING AND WE EXPECT MORE PEOPLE TO COME AND COLLECT THEIR ENTRY FORMS,+ THE SECRETARY FOR THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD, MR. BENJAMIN TANG, SAID TODAY.
IN TSUEN WAN ALONE, HE SAID, SOME 500 ENTRY FORMS HAVE BEEN ISSUED.
THE COMPETITION FOR THE EMBLEM DESIGN IS OPEN TO ALL HONG KONG RESIDENTS, AND THE ONE ON THE MURAL DESIGNS IS DIVIDED INTO THREE GROUPS - GROUND-FLOOR MURAL, OPEN TO ANY HONG KONG RESIDENTS* FIRST-FLOOR MURAL, TO PRIMARY SCHOOL STUDENTS- AND SECOND-FLOOR MURAL, TO SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS.
ANY NUMBER OF ENTRIES CAN BE SUBMITTED - TO THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE, THE TSUEN WAN OR KWAI CHUNG TOWN MANAGEMENT OFFICES, OR TO THE ART SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S CULTURAL CRAFTS CENTRE.
ALL ENTRIES SHOULD BE SUBMITTED FLAT, NOT ROLLED, TOGETHER WITH A COMPLETED ENTRY FORM, BEFORE THE END OF MARCH THIS YEAR.
ENTRY FORMS ARE AVAILABLE FROM ALL CITY DISTRICT OFFICES AS WELL AS ALL DISTRICT OFFICES AND PUBLIC ENQUIRY CENTRES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES. TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN EE MADE AT 12-435438 OR 12-271335.
-----0------
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 8, 1978
5
TRAMPOLINING COMPETITIONS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS
* IU # #
THE ANNUAL TRAMPOLINING COMPETITIONS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS, JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG SCHOOLS SPORTS ASSOCIATION, THE NEW TERRITORIES SCHOOLS SPORTS ASSOCIATION AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, WILL BE HELD ON FEBRUARY 17 AND 18 AT BOUNDARY STREET GAMES HALL.
ABOUT 200 STUDENTS ARE EXPECTED TO TAKE PART IN THE COMPETITIONS WHICH WILL BE DIVIDED INTO THREE GRADES FOR BOYS AND GIRLS AGED BETWEEN 14 AND 20.
EACH TEAM WILL CONSIST OF FIVE COMPETITORS- THE BEST FOUR SCORES WILL COUNT IN THE TEAM COMPETITION. THE TEAM WITH THE HIGHEST TOTAL AGGREGATE POINTS WILL BE THE WINNER.
THE BEST 15 COMPETITORS IN THE FIRST ROUND COMPETITIONS OF EACH GRADE WILL QUALIFY FOR THE FINAL OF THE INDIVIDUAL COMPETITIONS, WHICH WILL TAKE PLACE BETWEEN 9 A.M. AND 11 A.M. ON FEBRUARY 18.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 9, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
BOOK REVEALS FASCINATING HISTORY OF GOVERNMENT HOUSE TO BE ON SALE ............................................... 1
PUBLIC RECORDS OFFICE .................................... 2
AUDIO-VISUAL INSTRUCTION COURSES FOR SERVING TEACHERS 3
FIVE MORE CARGO HANDLING AREAS IN NEXT FOUR YEARS ........ 4
DRAMA WORKSHOPS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS ............ 5
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 9, 1978
1
NEW BOOK REVEALS FASCINATING HISTORY OF GOVERNMENT HOUSE
* * * *
THE STORY OF HONG KONG’S MOST DISTINGUISHED RESIDENCE — GOVERNMENT HOUSE -- IS TOLD IN FASCINATING DETAIL FOR THE FIRST TIME IN A NEW BOOK WHICH GOES ON SALE TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
IT TOOK THE AUTHOR, KATHERINE MATTOCK, MONTHS OF PAINSTAKING RESEARCH OF OFFICIAL RECORDS IN BOTH HONG KONG AND LONDON TO COMPILE MATERIAL FOR THE BOOK, ENTITLED +THIS IS HONG KONGs THE STORY OF GOVERNMENT HOUSE.+
DESIGNED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES THE BOOK IS THE SECOND IN A NEW SERIES OF PUBLICATIONS ABOUT FEATURES OF HONG KONG. IT IS ON SALE AT HK^24 EACH FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL AND LEADING BOOKSHOPS.
LOOKING BACK AT THE EARLY DAYS OF HONG KONG, THE AUTHOR HAS PIECED TOGETHER THE CHEQUERED HISTORY OF THE HOUSE IN UPPER ALBERT ROAD WHICH HAS BEEN THE OFFICIAL RESIDENCE OF SUCCESSIVE GOVERNORS SINCE 1855.
AS WELL AS CHRONICLING THE HOUSE’S HISTORY THE BOOK RECALLS MANY SIGNIFICANT EVENTS THAT HAVE TOUCHED UPON THE LIFE OF HONG KONG SINCE IT WAS FOUNDED IN 1841.
RICHLY ILLUSTRATED WITH COLOURED PAINTINGS AND PHOTOGRAPHS, THE BOOK ALSO OFFERS READERS AN INSIGHT INTO THE LIVES OF SOME OF HONG KONG’S PAST GOVERNORS. UNDER ITS ROOF HAVE STAYED AN INTERNATIONAL ARRAY OF GUESTS WHO HAVE VISITED HONG KONG THROUGH THE YEARS, INCLUDING MEMBERS OF THE BRITISH ROYAL FAMILY, KINGS AND PRINCES OF EUROPE, HEADS OF STATE AND FAMOUS PERSONAL ITIES.
/2 ....
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 9, 1978
2
PUBLIC RECORDS OFFICE
*****
A MIDDLE-AGED WOMAN FLEW THOUSANDS OF MILES FROM LOS ANGELES TO HONG KONG LAST SUMMER FOR ONE PURPOSE — TO VISIT TWO BUILDINGS, ONE OF THEM LONG DEMOLISHED.
SHE WANTED TO PHOTOGRAPH ST. PETER’S CHURCH, THE CHAPEL OF SAILORS HOME IN WESTERN, AND A POLICE STATION IN QUEEN’S ROAD EAST — BOTH WERE BUILT IN THE MIDDLE OF THE 19TH CENTURY.
THE CHURCH IN WESTERN WAS THE PLACE WHERE HER GRANDPARENTS WERE MARRIED IN 1896, AND THE WAN CHAI POLICE STATION WAS WHERE HER GRANDMOTHER ONCE LIVED.
IN ANOTHER CASE, RELATIVES IN AUSTRALIA OF TWO SERVICEMEN WHO DIED IN THE BATTLE FOR HONG KONG IN 1941, WROTE TO A FRIEND IN HONG KONG INQUIRING ABOUT THEIR GRAVES.
BUT WHERE COULD ONE GO FOR HELP IN TRACING THE HISTORY OF THESE CASES?
THIS IS WHERE THE PUBLIC RECORDS OFFICE COMES IN. THANKS TO IT, THE WOMAN WAS ABLE TO IDENTIFY THE TWO PLACES WHERE NOW STANDS THE WESTERN POLICE STATION AND THE WAN CHAI POST OFFICE, AND THE SERVICEMEN’S RELATIVES FOUND OUT WHAT HAPPENED TO THE TWO SOLDIERS.
DOCUMENTS IN THE PUBLIC RECORDS OFFICE SHOW THAT THE SOLDIERS DIED IN AN ATTACK ON A REPULSE BAY HOUSE +OVERBAY+ BESEIGED BY JAPANESE ARMY ON DECEMBER 22, 1941. THEIR NAMES ARE RECORDED IN THE SAI WAN WAR MEMORIAL.
LOCATED AT THE MURRAY ROAD MULTI-STOREY CAR PARK, THE PUBLIC RECORDS OFFICE IS THE CENTRE FOR THE PRESERVATION OF THE GOVERNMENT RECORDS. IT IS HEADED BY MR. IAN DIAMOND, THE ARCHIVIST.
MR. DIAMOND SAID RECORDS THAT ARE OVER 30 YEARS OLD COULD ICUALLY BE INSPECTED BY THE PUBLIC.
♦BUT, THERE IS NO HARD AND FAST RULE REGARDING THIS MATTER AND THERE ARE RECORDS OVER 30 YEARS OLD WHICH ARE NOT OPEN TO THE PUBLIC^* HE ADDED.
THJrOFFACE WAS SET UP IN 1972 AND IS PREPARING FOR EXPANSION TO COPE WITH THE INCREASING WORKLOAD.
MR. DIAMOND SAID ALL THE SHELVES IN THE OFFICE ARE FULL.
'BEFORE THE SETTING UP OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OFFICE, GOVERNMENT RECORDS WERE KEPT SEPARATELY BY INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.
MR. DIAMOND SAID: +THE ADVANTAGE OF THE OFFICE IS TO
HAVE ALL THE GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS WHICH ARE NO LONGER IN CURRENT USE PUT UNDER ONE ROOF, SO THAT TRAINED OFFICERS OF THE D£PAR'.*.£N V CAN DECIDE WHICH OF THESE ARE OF PERMANENT VALUE AND WHICH, WITH DEPARTMENTAL AGREEMENT, CAN BE THROWN AWAY.*
/♦RECORDS
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 9. 1978
3
+RECORDS ARE NOT ACCEPTED SAFE-KEEPING JUST BECAUSE THEY PRESERVATION ONLY IF THEY MEET
BY THE PUBLIC RECORDS OFFICE FOR ARE OLD. DOCUMENTS ARE SELECTED FOR CERTAIN CRITERIA,* HE. SAID.
+SINCE 1972 OVER 20 GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS HAVE SENT THEIR RECORDS TO THE OFFICE FOR EVALUATION,+ HE ADDED.
THE OLDEST DOCUMENTS KEPT BY THE PUBLIC RECORDS OFFICE WERE LETTERS BETWEEN THE CHIEF POLICE MAGISTRATE AND THE COLONIAL SECRETARY DEALING WITH A VARIETY OF SUBJECTS INCLUDING THE SETTING UP OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE IN 1844-46.
OTHER ITEMS STORED IN THE OFFICE INCLUDE THE COLONY
SEAL, WHICH WAS USED IN THE PRE-WAR PERIOD, RECORDS OF THE JAPANESE ADMINISTRATION DURING THE OCCUPATION PERIOD, PAPERS ON LAND MATTERS, PROPERTY RATING AND OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE STANLEY PRISON AND HOSPITAL.
THE PUBLIC RECORDS OFFICE ALSO HAS A COLLECTION OF OVER 1,800 HONG KONG MAPS. THE OLDEST ORIGINAL MAP DATES BACK TO 1867 AND REPRODUCTIONS OF ORIGINAL ONES IN EARLIER YEARS ARE ALSO KEPT.
-----0------
AUDIO-VISUAL INSTRUCTION COURSES
******
THE VISUAL EDUCATION SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S ADVISORY INSPECTORATE WILL HOLD A SERIES OF AUDIO-VISUAL INSTRUCTION COURSES FOR SERVING TEACHERS OVER THE NEXT FIVE MONTHS.
THE COURSES, DESIGNED TO ACQUAINT TEACHERS WITH BASIC TECHNIQUES IN USING AUDIO-VISUAL AIDS IN CLASSROOM TEACHING, WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE MEDIA PRODUCTION SERVICES UNIT OF THE DEPARTMENT 1N CANTON ROAD, KOWLOON.
THE SERIES CONSISTS OF EIGHT TWO-HOUR COURSES. - ■ .. —*r~ — *-i —
THE OPENING COURSE, SCHEDULED FOR FEBRUARY 28, WILL DEAL WITH +EDUCATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHY — PHOTOGRAPHIC COPYING TECHNIQUES*.
THIS WILL BE FOLLOWED BY OTHER COURSES ON MODEL MAKING — POLYSTYRENE FOAM TECHNIQUES, REPROGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES, FAMILIARIZATION WITH AUDIO-VISUAL PRODUCTION TOOLS, TECHNIQUES OF OVERHEAD PROJECTION IN CLASSROOMS, PRACTICAL WORKSHOP OPERATION OF AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT, AND WORKSHOP MOUNTING TECHNIQUES.
THE LAST IN THE SERIES ON SCREEN PRINTING FOR OVERHEAD TRANSPARENCIES AND WALL CHARTS, 'WILL BE HELD ON JULY 25. THESE COURSES WILL BE REPEATED FOR DIFFERENT GROUPS OF PARTICIPANTS.
- u
THE MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION IN THE COURSES WILL BE CANTONESE, SUPPLEMENTED WITH ENGLISH WHERE APPLICABLE. TWENTY TEACHERS -ILL BE TAKEN FOR EACH SESSION AND PLACES WILL BE ALLOTTED ON A +F IRST COME FIRST SERVED* BASIS.
- - 0 -
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 9, 1978
4
FIVE MORE CARGO HANDLING AREAS IN FOUR YEARS * * * *
THE MARINE DEPARTMENT PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREAS WITH THE INCREASING DEMAND
IS PLANNING TO BUILD FIVE MORE IN THE NEXT FOUR YEARS, TO COPE FOR THESE FACILITIES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE MARINE DEPARTMENT SAID SITES HAD BEEN EARMARKED FOR THIS EXPANSION. THEY INCLUDE AREAS- IN< THE WESTERN DISTRICT, AND CHAI WAN ON HONG KO'lilG ISLAND/CHEUNG SHA WAN IN KOWLOON , RAMBLER CHANNEL, AND TUEN MUN IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
HE ALSO REVEALED THAT THE DEPARTMENT IS INVESTIGATING THE POSSIBILITY OF INTRODUCING MECHANISED CARQO HANDLING DEVICES INCLUDING COVERED CONVEYOR BELTS FOR TRANSPORTING DUSTY CARGO SUCH AS CEMENT, LIME AND AGGREGATE TO REDUCE AIR POLLUTION.
COMMENTING ON THE ADVANTAGES OF CONTROLLED PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREAS, THE SPOKESMAN SAID: +PAST EXPERIENCE INDICATED THAT A HIGHER THROUGHPUT RATE WAS ACHIEVABLE IN THESE AREAS THUS REDUCING COSTS FOR OPERATORS WHO MAKE GOOD USE OF SUCH FACILITIES.+
THE SPOKESMAN ESTIMATED THAT THE ANNUAL TONNAGE OF CARGO HANDLED WITH PUBLIC CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES WILL INCREASE FROM THE PRESENT 3,000,030 TONS TO 5,000,000 TONS BY 1981.
MEANWHILE, HONG KONG’S FOURTH PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREA IN TSUEN WAN IS EXPECTED TO BECOME OPERATIONAL THIS MONTH.
THE NEW CARGO HANDLING AREA HAS A FRONTAGE OF 346 METRES AND WILL BE EXTENDED TC A LENGTH OF 900 METRES BY 1982.
IT WILL PROVIDE BERTHING FACILITIES FOR LIGHTERS AND PARKING SPACES FOR LORRIES.
MEASURES SIMILAR TO EXISTING CARGO WORKING AREAS IN WAN CHAI, YAU MA TEI AND KWUN TONG WILL BE IMPLEMENTED IN THE NEW WORKING AREA AND IT WILL BE MANNED BY STAFF OF THE MARINE DEPARTME.'. ON A 24-HOUR BASIS ALL YEAR ROUND.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID: +THE NEW CARGO WORKING AREA WILL IMPROVE CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES IN THE NEW TOWN.+
AT THE SAME TIME, THE KWUN TONG PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREA WHICH WAS OPENED LAST MONTH IS PROVING TO BE VERY POPULAR WITH CARGO OPERATORS.
MORE AND MORE LIGHTERS AND CARGO VESSELS ARE MAKING USE OF FACILITIES IN THIS NEW WORKING AREA.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID, +OPERATORS I'. TO KWA ;<AN ARE BEING ATTRACTED TO THE NEW FACILITIES BECAUSE OF THE HIGHER THROUGHPUT RATE.
/♦IN ADDITION,
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 9, 1978
5 -
+ IN ADDITION, TWO TRANSPORT COMPANIES WHICH MADE USE OF THE WAN CHAI PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREA PREVIOUSLY BECAUSE
OF CONGESTION IN KOWLOON HAVE MOVED THEIR BUSINESS TO KWUN TONG.
+IT WAS REPORTED THAT THE MOVE HAS RESULTED IN CONSIDERABLE SAVING IN TUNNEL FEES FOR THE COMPANIES AS THEIR PRINCIPAL BUSINESS IS IN KOWLOON SIDE.
♦ THE WASH ROOMS AND REST SHELTERS WHICH ARE PROVIDED AS PART OF THE SERVICE ARE ALSO WELCOMED BY THE PEOPLE WORKING IN THE AREA. A TEA STALL WILL SHORTLY BE OPENED IN THE AREA TO FURTHER IMPROVE THE AMENITY FACILITIES,+ THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.
-----0------
WORKSHOPS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS
*****
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD A SERIES OF FOUR WORKSHOPS ON THE USE OF DRAMA IN THE ENGLISH CLASS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS FROM FEBRUARY 21 TO MARCH 18.
EACH WORKSHOP CONSISTS OF THREE MEETINGS OF TWO HOURS’ DURATION.
THE FIRST TWO WORKSHOPS WILL BE HELD AT THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE (KOWLOON UNIT), 1 MA TAU KOK ROAD, SECOND FLOOR, KOWLOON, AND THE LAST TWO AT THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE ( HONG KONG OFFICE), 9A BONHAM ROAD, HONG KONG.
THESE WORKSHOPS WILL INCLUDE SHORT TALKS AND DISCUSSIONS ON THE USE OF DRAMA IN THE TEACHING OF ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE AT THE SECONDARY LEVEL.
PARTICIPANTS ARE EXPECTED TO TAKE PART IN ACTUAL CLASSROOM DRAMA ACTIVITIES AND TO PRODUCE MATERIALS SUITABLE FOR USE IN THEIR OWN SCHOOLS.
THE NUMBER OF PARTICIPANTS FOR EACH WORKSHOP WILL BE LIMITED
TO 20 TEACHERS. A CERTIFICATE OF ATTENDANCE WILL BE AWARDED TO ALL TEACHERS WHO HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE WORKSHOP.
- 0 -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
FRI PAY, FEBRUARY 10, 1973
CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
PROTECTION OF WOMEN ANP JUVENILE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978 GAZETTE?............................................... 1
DEMOLITION OF OLDKCR BUILDING............................. 3
TENDERS FOR OPERATING AN ADVERTISING SCHEME .............. U
TOPLEY URGES STUDENTS TO TAKE PART IN VOLUNTARY COMMUNITY SERVICE ........................................ 5
FULL-TIME TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COURSE ..................... 6
MAXI CAB STAND IN CAUSEWAY BAY TO BE TEMPORARILY RESITE^ 6
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10,
197'
BILL TC AMEND PROTECTION OF WOMEN AND JUVENILE ORDINANCE GAZETTED
******
THE GOVERNMENT PROPOSES SEVERAL AMENDMENTS TO THE PROTECTION OF WOMEN AND JUVENILE ORDINANCE FOLLOWING A REVIEW OF THE ORDINANCE TO BRING IT UP TO DATE.
DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED CHANGES ARE CONTAINED IN THE PROTECTION OF WOMEN AND JUVENILE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978 PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY (FRIDAY).
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE ENABLES A JUVENILE COURT TO MAKE SUPERVISION ORDERS, BUT DOES NOT CONTAIN ANY FURTHER PROVISIONS. HE SAID THAT TO RECTIFY THIS, IT WAS PROPOSED TC INSERT INTO THE ORDINANCE DEFINITIONS OF +SUPERVISION ORDER+, +SUPERVISED PERSON* AND +SUPERVISOR+.
ANOTHER PROPOSAL IN THE BILL IS THAT THE PROBATION OFFICER OR ANOTHER PERSON UNDER WHOM A GIRL IS PLACED FOR SUPERVISION PURPOSES SHOULD DE A WOMAN.
AMENDMENTS ARE ALSO PROPOSED REGARDING THE DURATION OF SUPERVISION AND OTHER ORDERS MADE UNDER THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE.
AT PRESENT ORDERS IN THE CASE OF A BOY REMAIN IN FORCE UNTIL HE REACHES 16 AND, IN THE CASE OF A GIRL, UNTIL SHE REACHES 21 CR MARRIES WITH CONSENT BEFORE THAT AGE.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID EXPERIENCE HAD SHOWN THAT IT WAS DESIRABLE TO CHANGE THESE AGE LIMITS.
IN CASES WHERE THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE IS APPOINTED LEGAL GUARDIAN THE PRESENT AGE LIMIT OF 21 FOR A GIRL wILL REMAli., WHILE THAT FOR A BOY WILL BE EXTENDED FROM 16 TO 21. THIS NE'.. PROVISION WILL ALSO A=PLY TC ORDERS CURRENTLY IN FORCE.
IN CASES WHERE A CHILD CR YOUNG PERSON IS ASSIGNED TO THE CARE OF A PERSON OR INSTITUTION, OR AN ORDER REQUIRES A PARENT CR GUARDIAN TC EXERCISE PROPER CARE, THE PROPOSED AGE LIMIT FOR BOTH BOYS AND GIRLS IS 13.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT CIROUMSTANCES AROSE WHERE BOYS AGED 16 AND OVER REQUIRED CARE AND ATTENTION, ..HILE IN THE CASE CF GIRLS IT WAS IMPRACTICABLE AND UNREALISTIC TC ENFORCE AN ORDER UP TO THE AGE OF 21.
/HE SAID
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 1978
2
HE SAID THAT, IN RESPECT OF ORDERS CURRENTLY IN FORCE, THE PRESENT AGE LIMIT OF 16 WOULD CONTINUE TO APPLY FOR BOYS, BUT FOR A GIRL AN ORDER WOULD CEASE WHEN SHE REACHED THE AGE OF 18.
THE BILL ALSO CONTAINS A SECTION EMPOWERING A JUVENILE COURT TO INCLUDE IN SUPERVISION ORDERS REQUIREMENTS AS TO RESIDENCE OR MEDICAL TREATMENT FOR THE MENTAL CONDITION OF THE SUPERVISED PERSON. THERE IS ALSO A SECTION REQUIRING A SUPERVISOR TC ADVISE, ASSIST AND BEFRIEND A SUPERVISED PERSON, AND ANOTHER SECTION PROVIDING FOR A SUPERVISED PERSON TO BE BROUGHT BEFORE A JUVENILE COURT FOR CONTRAVENING A SUPERVIS ION ORDER.
THE BILL ALSO SEEKS TO MAKE THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE AS THE GUARDIAN OF A FEMALE INFANT WHO IS THE SUBJECT OF A CHINESE CUSTOMARY ADOPTION. SUCH ADOPTIONS CEASED TO EE LEGAL IN HONG KONG SINCE 1972.
ANOTHER NEW SECTION IN THE BILL ENABLES A CHILD OR YOUNG PERSON TO BE TAKEN TO A PLACE OF REFUGE AND KEPT THERE UNTIL HE IS BROUGHT BEFORE A JUVENILE COURT. A JUVENILE COURT MAY ORDER DETENTION FOR 28 DAYS IN THE FIRST INSTANCE OR EXTEND IT TO A PERIOD NOT EXCEEDING 56 DAYS. THIS SECTION ALSO PROVIDES THAT PARENTAL CONTROL OVER A PERSON DETAINED IN A PLACE OF REFUGE SHOULD BE EXERCISED BY THE PERSON IN CHARGE.
/3......
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 197o
TENDERS FOR DEMOLITION OF OLD KCR BUILDING
******
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TODAY (FRIDAY) CALLED FOR TENDERS FOR THE DEMOLITION OF THE OLD KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY BUILDING AT TSIM SHA TSUI TO ENABLE WORK TO BEGIN ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF HONG KONG’S FIRST CULTURAL COMPLEX.
THE CLOCK TOWER WHICH LIES ON THE BOUNDARY OF THE CULTURAL COMPLEX WILL EE LEFT STANDING AND RENOVATED AT GOVERNMENT’S EXPENSE.
THE CONTRACT IS FOR THE DEMOLITION OF THE BUILDING WHICH COVERS AN AREA OF ABOUT 3,450 SQ. METRES AND FOR THE RENOVATION CF THE CLOCK TOWER. WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN EARLY APRIL AND TAKE SIX MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT THE CULTURAL COMPLEX ..ILL MEET AN URGENT DEMONSTRABLE PUBLIC NEED FOR ADDITIONAL AND BETTER CIVIC CULTURAL FACILITIES, PARTICULARLY IN KOWLOON.
IT WILL ALSO HAVE THE ADDED EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTING THE FACILITIES AT THE CITY HALL WHICH ARE ALREADY UNDER VERY HEAVY PRESSURE.
THE CULTURAL COMPLEX WILL INCLUDE A MUSEUM, AN ART GALLERY, TWO AUD I TOR I A, LECTURE ROOMS, REHEARSAL ROOMS, AND A SPACE MUSEUM WHICH IS NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION. A LARGE FOUNTAIN WILL FORM PART OF THE DESIGN.
THE MUSEUM AND THE ART GALLERY WILL BE HOUSED IN SEPARATE BUILDINGS AS WILL EE THE TWO AUD I TOR IA ONE OF WHICH WILL ACCOMMODATE 2,533 PEOPLE AND THE OTHER 1,533. THE SPACE MUSEUM WILL ALLOW 350 PEOPLE AT A TIME TO ENJOY THE SHOWS THERE.
IN TIME, THE SPOKESMAN SAID, THE CULTURAL COMPLEX WILL OF ITSELF BECOME A FAMILIAR LANDMARK TO WHICH THE PEOPLE CF HONG KONG CAN POINT WITH PRIDE.
IF THE DEMOLITION OF THE OLD RAILWAY STATION BUILDING HAD BEEN DELAYED ANY LONGER, IT WOULD HAVE HAD THE UNACCEPTABLE RESULT OF HOLDING UP FURTHER THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS MUCH NEEDED FACILITY, HE SAID.
/*......
0 - - - -
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 1978
TENDERS INVITED FOR OPERATING AN ADVERTISING SCHEME
******
KEEN COMPETITION IS EXPECTED FOR THE RIGHT TO OPERATE A COMMERCIAL ADVERTISING SCHEME IN THE APPROACHES TO THE STAR FERRY ON BOTH SIDES OF THE HARBOUR.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (FRIDAY) THAT THE AREAS WERE CONSIDERED PRIME SITES BECAUSE OF THE HEAVY PEDESTRIAN MOVEMENT CREATED BY FERRY PASSENGERS USING THIS CROSS-HARBOUR ROUTE.
+WE REGARD THIS AS A MAJOR OPPORTUNITY FOR OUTDOOR ADVERTISERS TO REACH A WIDE-RANGING SECTION OF THE COMMUNITY, INCLUDING HIGH INCOME-EARNERS COMMUTING BETWEEN BUSINESS DISTRICTS ON HONG KONG ISLAND AND IN KOWLOON,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
+THERE IS ALSO CONSIDERABLE POTENTIAL FOR REACHING A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF TOURISTS WHO ARE SUBSTANTIAL SPENDERS IN HONG KONG.+
A NOTICE HAS BEEN PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE INVITING TENDERS FOR THE RIGHT TO INSTALL, OPERATE AND MAINTAIN AN ADVERTISING SYSTEM COMPOSED OF DISPLAY PANELS, SHOWCASES, POSTER BOARDS AND OTHER ADVERTISING METHODS.
SUBJECT TC AN ACCEPTABLE TENDER BEING RECEIVED THE CONCESS10'.: WILL BE FOR A THREE-YEAR PERIOD FROM "AY 1, 1973 TO APRIL 30, 1981 IT WILL EE RENEWABLE BY NEGOTIATION FOR A FURTHER THREE YEARS.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT AN OVERALL CONCEPT TO ENHANCE THE APPEARANCE OF THE STAR FERRY APPROACHES ..AS REQUIRED. IT SHOULD INCLUDE A STANDARDISED SCHEME FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS APPLICABLE TO USERS OF THE FERRY APPROACHES.
THE ADVERTISING DEVELOPMENT OF THE AREAS ’..ILL BE LIMITED TC NOT MORE THAN ONE THIRD OF THE AVAILABLE SPACE, THE SPOKESMAN ADDED. ANOTHER REQUIREMENT WAS THAT NOT LESS THAN FIVE PER CENT CF THE USABLE SPACE SHOULD BE ALLOCATED FOR GCVERNi’cNT POSTER ADVERTISING.
0 - - - -
/5
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1973
5
TOPLEY URGES STUDENTS TO TAKE PART IN VOLUNTARY COMMUNITY SERVICE ******
THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR. KENNETH TOPLEY, TODAY CALLED ON STUDENTS TO TAKE PART IN VOLUNTARY COMMUNITY SERVICE AS PART OF THEIR PURSUIT OF SOCIAL STUDIES.
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE TENTH HONG KONG SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS’ SEMINAR AT MORRISON HOUSE, HATTON ROAD, MR. TOPLEY SAID: +VOLUNTARY COMMUNITY SERVICE IS A KIND OF SOCIAL EDUCATION, THROUGH WHICH STUDENTS CAN DEVELOP SUCH QUALITIES AS CO-OPERAT IVENESS, CONCERN FOR OTHERS, SOCIABILITY, RESPECT FOR THE ELDERLY AND RESPONSIBILITY TO ONESELF AND OTHERS.
+IN THIS HECTIC WORLD OF TODAY, IF EVERY STUDENT IS ABLE TO USE HIS LEISURE WISELY AND TAKE PART IN SOME FORM OF VOLUNTARY COMMUNITY SERVICE, THE JUVENILE CRIME RATE SHOULD FALL APPRECIABLY,* HE ADDED.
MR. TOPLEY SAID THAT ACTIVE VOLUNTARY SERVICE EXTENDED OPPORTUNITIES TO STUDENTS FOR GAINING FIRST HAND EXPERIENCE OR A ’REAL FEELING’ OF WHAT THE SOCIETY IS LIKE. +THIS IN TURN WILL CULTIVATE A SENSE OF BELONGING TO THE COMMUNITY ONE SERVES.*
ON STUDENTS’ INVOLVEMENT IN COMMUNITY-ORIENTED EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES, HE SAID: +NOWADAYS STUDENTS ARE BEGINNING TO REALISE THE IMPORTANCE OF THEIR ROLES IN SOCIETY AS WELL AS THEIR RIGHTS AND DUTIES' HENCE THEY ARE MUCH MORE READY AND HAPPY TO BE INVOLVED.
+FOR INSTANCE, STUDENTS HAVE BEEN SPONTANEOUS IN JOINING THE COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB, THE JUNIOR POLICE CALL, THE JUNIOR RED CROSS, THE DUKE OF EDINBURGH AWARD SCHEME. AS A RESULT, THEIR OUTLOOK IS BROADENED AND THEY ARE BECOMING AWARE OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS.
+THROUGH THE SHARING OF EXPERIENCE IN VOLUNTARY COMMUNITY WORK, STUDENTS LEARN NOT ONLY TO EE TOLERANT, BUT ALSO TO BECOME CRITICAL-MINDED CITIZENS ABLE TO SOLVE THEIR OWN PROBLEMS AND READY TO MAKE SUGGESTIONS ON HOW TC REDUCE THOSE OF SOCIETY.*
REFERRING TC CRITICISM ABOUT SOCIAL SERVICES IN HONG KONG, MR. TOPLEY TOLD THE STUDENTS: +THERE ARE SO MANY WAYS IN .sH I CH YOU CAN HELP. AS TOPICS FOR DISCUSSION IN CLASS, IN DEBATE OR IN ORDINARY CONVERSATION, SCRUTINISE WHAT SOCIAL SERVICES ARE INADEQUATE, ADEQUATE, OR OVER-GENEROUS.
+THINK OF THEIR EFFECTS. EXAMINE A PARTICULAR ASPECT OF SOCIAL SERVICE IN WHICH YOU ARE INTERESTED AND THEN OFFER POSITIVE SUGGESTIONS FOR IMPROVEMENT.
+YOU ARE ALWAYS WELCOME TO PASS ON YOUR VIEWS TO YOUR LOCAL CITY DISTRICT OFFICE,* HE SAIL.
HE ALSO STRESSED THAT EVERYONE SHOULD LE ACTIVELY ENGAGED IN DOING GOOD TC THE COMMUNITY. +MAKIKG A DONATION IS AN ACT OF CHARITY, BUT MERE 01.1’ IE LOT ENOUGH BECAUSE ACTIVE PARTICIPATION IS EVEN MORE SATISFY! S. SEE THAT YOU DO NOT MISS ANY OPPORTUNITIES, : ? YOU ..ILL LE THE LOSER AS WELL AS THE COMMUNITY.*
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 1978
6
FULL-TIME TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COURSE
******
YOUNG PEOPLE WITH EXPERIENCE IN INDUSTRY ARE INVITED TOI ENROL IN A ONE YEAR FULL-TIME TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COURSE COMMENCING IN SEPTEMBER AT THE HONG KONG TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COLLEGE.
THE COURSE IS INTENDED FOR MATURE STUDENTS WHO HAVE SOME
YEARS OF EXPERIENCE IN INDUSTRY AND ARE INTERESTED IN THE TEACHING PROFESSION AND IN PASSING THEIR KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS TO STUDENTS IN TECHNICAL EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS.
INDUCEMENT GRANTS WILL BE GIVEN TO STUDENTS ON THIS COURSE AT THE MINIMUM OF $1,300 PER MONTH UP TO THE MAXIMUM OF $1,990 PER MONTH, ACCORDING TO THE NUMBER OF YEARS OF POST-QUALIFICATION INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE.
APPLICANTS MUST HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED A TWO-YEAR FULL-TIME ORDINARY DIPLOMA/TECHNICI AN DIPLOMA COURSE, OR EQUIVALENT, IN THE TECHNICAL COLLEGE/POLYTECHNIC/TECHNI CAL INSTITUTES OR AN EQUIVALENT COLLEGE IN ONE OF THE FOLLOWING DISCIPLINES : MECHANICAL ENGINEERING, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING, CONSTRUCTION, KNITTING, GARMENT-MAKING, AND MARINE AND FABRICATION.
HOLDERS OF ORDINARY NATIONAL DIPLOMA (UK) IN HOTEL AND CATERING OPERATIONS OR EQUIVALENT WITH PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE IN THE RELATED FIELDS MAY APPLY FOR HOTEL-KEEPING AND CATERING COURSE.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE OBTAINABLE FROM THE HONG KONG TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COLLEGE, 373, QUEEN’S ROAD EAST, WAN CHAI, HONG KONG.
ALL COMPLETED FORMS MUST EE RETURNED TO THE TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COLLEGE BY MARCH 4, 1978.
MAXICAE STAND IN CAUSEWAY BAY TO BE TEMPORARILY RESITED ******
THE jTA N D IK CRESCENT MONDAY (F
TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED KAI CHIU ROAD BETWEEN JARDINE’S
IN CAUSEWAY BAY ..'ILL EE S EBRUARY 13) TO FAC ILITATE
BAZAAR AND JARDII
NDED FOR SEVEN DAYS FRO?
LAYING OF H~W GAS MAIN;
^DURING THE CLOSURE PERIOD AR ALTERNATIVE MAXICAB STA kt s-T J3 ; z cAz i SID- OF YU. P I-GOUT-; OF K A I ROAD.
CHIU
ILL
o
PRH 7
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 11, 1< 73.
CONTENTS
RAGE NO.
HK INVITED TO TAKE PART IN ART EXHIBITION IM CANADA .. 1
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE IN SOUTH LANTAU ........... 1
SHAN TUNG STREET TO BE CLOSED FOR TWO WEEKS ............. 2
FIRING PRACTICE ................................... 2
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 11,
197-8
HK INVITED TO TAKE PART IN ART EXHIBITION IN CANADA ******
THE CANADIAN CULTURAL ORGANISATION - +ALL ABOUT US+ - FOUNDED FOR THE PURPOSE OF ENCOURAGING CREATIVITY AMONG YOUNG CANADIANS, HAS RECENTLY INVITED HONG KONG TO PARTICIPATE IN AN ART EXHIBITION IN EDMONTON, CANADA.
THE SHOW, +ART EXHIBITION EY YOUNG ARTISTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH,* WILL BE HELD IN JULY AND AUGUST AS PART OF THE CULTURAL PROGRAMME OF THE 1978 COMMONWEALTH GAMES IN EDMONTON, CANADA.
TO BRING THE EXHIBITION TO A WIDER AUDIENCE, IT WILL TOUR MAJOR CITIES IN CANADA DURING 1979, A YEAR PROCLAIMED BY THE UNITED NATIONS AS THE INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF THE CHILD.
HEADS OF SCHOOLS INTERESTED IN PARTICIPATING IN THE EXHIBITION ARE REQUESTED TO SUBMIT THEIR PUPILS’ ART WORK TO THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT FOR SELECTION.
THE THEME OF THE EXHIBITION IS: +OUR SPORTS, OUR GAMES, AND OUR COMMUNITIES.* THE EXHIBITS MAY BE PAINTING, DRAWING OR PRINT MAKING, IN THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF 50 CM. X 60 CM. (ABOUT 20 IN.
X 24 IN.).
ON THE BACK OF EACH ENTRY, THE ENTRANT’S NAME AND AGE, PLUS THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE SCHOOL SHOULD BE STATED.
THE AGE LIMIT FOR THE ARTISTS IS FROM 6 TO 16 YEARS OLD. CERTIFICATES OF MERIT WILL BE AWARDED EY +ALL ABOUT US+ TO ENTRANTS WHOSE WORK IS SELECTED FOR EXHIBITION IN CANADA.
. HEADS OF SCHOOLS SHOULD SEND THEIR ENTRIES WITH A FORWARDING LETTER TO THE SENIOR INSPECTOR (ART), ART SECTION, CULTURAL CRAFTS CENTRE, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT ON 0R BEFORE MARCH 1, 1978.
- - - - 0 ---------
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE IN SOUTH LAHTAU
******
A TEAM FROM THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE WILL CONDUCT REGISTRATIONS AT SOUTH LANTAC RURAL COMMITTEE FOR RESIDENTS AND PERSONS LIVING NEARBY FROM 9.30 A..'-'. TC 3.30 P.K. ON FEBRUARY 20 AND 21.
THE VISIT IS TO ENABLE PARENTS AND GUARDIANS TO REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN AND WARDS BETWEEN 11 AND 17 YEARS OF AGE FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS AND HOLDERS OF JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS TO REGISTER FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ON REACHING THE AGE OF 13.
PEOPLE LIVING IN THIS AREA ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO REGISTER THEMSELVES AND THEIR CHILDREN FOR IDENTITY CARDS AND TO REPORT CHANGES OF EMPLOYMENT RESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES, MARITAL STATUS, OR OTHER PARTICULARS.
0 - -
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 11, 197S
2
TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF SHAN TUNG STREET
******
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT SHAN TUNG STREET BETWEEN NATHAN ROAD AND SAI YEUNG CHOI STREET WILL EE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FOR ABOUT TWO WEEKS FROM 13 A.M. ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 13) TO FACILITATE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CONSTRUCTION aORKS IN THE AREA.
DURING THE CLOSURE PERIOD MOTORISTS ARE ADVISED TO USE SOY STREET AS AN ALTERNATIVE ROUTE TO SAI YEUNG CHOI STREET.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP IN THE AREA TO GUIDE MOTOR I STS.
0 -
FIRING PRACTICE
* * * *
FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON SEVEN DAYS THIS MONTH.
THE PUBLIC ARE REMINDED THAT IT IS DANGEROUS TO ENTER THE AREA 'WHEN THE RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF FIRING PRACTICE.
THE PRACTICE TIMES DATE ARE: HOURS
FEBRUARY 16 (THURSDAY) i; 3 A.M. — 5 P.M.
FEBRUARY 20 (MONDAY) 9. ,30 A.M. — 4 P.M.
FEBRUARY 22 (WEDNESDAY) 8 A.M. — 5 P.M.
FEBRUARY 23 (THURSDAY) 8 A.M. — 10 P.M.
FEBRUARY 24 (FRIDAY) 8 A.M. — 4 P.M.
FEBRUARY 27 (MONDAY) 3 A.M. -- 5 P.M.
FEBRUARY 28 (TUESDAY) 8 A.M. — 5 P.M.
- 0-------------
PRH 7
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 12, 1978
CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
REVISION OF URBAN COUNCIL ELECTORAL ROLL .................... 1
SNT TO HOST YAK YAT PARTY ................................... 2
JOB PLACEMENT UNIT HELPS A DETERMINED WHEELCHAIR YOUTH .... 3
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
SUNDAYJ^FEBRUARY 12 1978
™ $
URBAN COUNCIL ELECTORAL ROLL * * * *
FOR THE FIRST TIME SINCE 1972, ALL DETAILS OF URBAN COUNCIL ELECTORS WILL BE TAKEN OFF THE ELECTORAL ROLL THIS YEAR TO PERMIT FORMERLY REGISTERED VOTERS TO CONFIRM THAT THEY ARE STILL QUALIFIED, AND NEW VOTERS TO ADD THEIR NAMES.
THIS WAS ANNOUNCED TODAY BY MR. KUO KET-CHEN, REGJS7RATIGH OFFICER FOR THE 1978 URBAN COUNCIL ELECTION REGISTRATION AND SEXENNIAL INQUIRY.
MR. KUO SAID: +EVERY SIX YEARS THE LAW REQUIRES THAT THERE SHOULD BE A COMPLETE REVISION OF THE REGISTER THEREBY ENABLING THE REGISTRATION OFFICER TO FIND OUT WHETHER ELECTORS ARE STILL ELIGIBLE TO REMAIN ON THE REGISTER IN ACCORDANCE WISH THE QUALIFICATIONS FOR REGISTRATION AND WHETHER OR NOT THEY WISH TO CHANGE THEIR POLLING STATIONS.
♦THE REGISTRATION OFFICER WILL SEND PERSONAL LETTERS OF INQUIRY TO EACH OF THE ELECTORS ON THE CURRENT REGISTER WHICH CAME INTO EFFECT ON JANUARY 15, 1977.
♦BY COMPLETING THE FORM AND RETURNING IT TO US. THEY WILL HAVE THEIR NAMES INCLUDED IN THE NEXT REGISTER OF ELECTORS. THIS WILL ENABLE THEM TO VOTE IN URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS FOR ANOTHER SIX YEARS,+ MR. KUO ADDED.
HE ALSO REVEALED THAT STARTING FROM TOMORROW THE GOVERNMENT WILL MOUNT A PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN TO ENCOURAGE BOTH RE-REGISTRAT’ON AND FIRST TIME REGISTRATION OF VOTERS FOR FUTURE URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS.
TO BE ELIGIBLE FOR REGISTRATION AS ELECTORS, PEOPLE MUST BE AT LEAST 21 YEARS OF AGE, HAVE RESIDED IN HONG KONG FOR THE PAST THREE YEARS AND BE QUALIFIED UNDER ONE OF THE 23 CATEGORIES IN THE FRANCHISE.
THE 23 CATEGORIES OF PEOPLE ENTITLED TO BE REGISTERED AS URBAN COUNCIL VOTERS INCLUDE SCHOOL AND TECHNICAL COLLEGE CERTIFICATE HOLDERS, UNIVERSITY GRADUATES AND STUDENTS, TAXPAYERS, RATEPAYERS, TEACHERS, DOCTORS, NURSES, MIDWIVES, CIVIL SERVANTS, AND MEMBERS OF VARIOUS PROFESSIONAL BODIES AND AUXILIARY SERVICES.
APPLICATION FORMS FOR REGISTRATION WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM ALL POST OFFICES, CITY DISTRICT OFFICES, DISTRICT OFFICES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES AND ALL OFFICES OF THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT AND OF THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS.
. QUALIFIED ELECTORS MAY REGISTER BY POST UP TO JUNE 30, 1978 OR IN PERSON UP TO AUGUST 31, 1978.
ENQUIRIES ABOUT REGISTRATION PROCEDURES MAY EE MADE BY TELEPHONING THE ELECTORAL AND JURY SECTION CF THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS* OFFICE AT 5-765912.
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 12, 1976
2
SNT TO HOST YAN YAT PARTY * * * *
ABOUT 1,790 COMMUNITY LEADERS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES HAVE BEEN INVITED TO THE ANNUAL YAN YAT PARTY WHICH WILL BE HOSTED BY THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES AT OCEANIA RESTAURANT, OCEAN TERMINAL, TSIM SHA TSUI TOMORROW (MONDAY) NIGHT.
THE PARTY - TO CELEBRATE WHAT IS TRADITIONALLY +EVERYBODY’S EIRTHDAY+ IN THE LUNAR CALENDER - HAS BECOME A FEATURE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES COMMUNITY LIFE SINCE IT WAS FIRST STAGED AS A SMALL GARDEN PARTY FOR RURAL LEADERS AT ISLAND HOUSE 28 YEARS AGO
THE PARTY WAS INTRODUCED IN 1950 AS A MARK OF OFFICIAL RECOGNITION OF THE WORK PERFORMED BY COMMUNITY LEADERS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES. THIS YEAR’S PARTY IS TO BE ONE OF THE BIGGEST AND MOST ENTERTAINING.
FOLLOWING THE SUCCESSFUL INTRODUCTION OF AN ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMME BY NEW TERRITORIES YOUNGSTERS AT LAST YEAR’S PARTY, A SIMILAR BUT MORE STREAMLINED PROGRAMME HAS BEEN JOINTLY ORGANISED THIS YEAR BY ARTS PROMOTIONS ORGANISATIONS IN YUEN LONG, TAI PO, TSUEN WAN AND TUEN MUN.
THE TWO-HOUR PROGRAMME FEATURES CHINESE MUSICAL AND CHORAL PERFORMANCES, CLASSICAL CHINESE DANCES AND A MODERN CHINESE OPERA
ALL THE PERFORMERS ARE NEW TERRITORIES YOUNGSTERS WHO ARE MEMBERS OF A LARGE NUMBER OF CULTURAL AND ARTS GROUPS WHICH HAVE MUSHROOMED IN THE DISTRICT IN RECENT YEARS. THE PERFORMANCES WILL BE FOLLOWED BY A DINNER RECEPTION.
THE GUEST LIST JILL INCLUDE MEMBERS OF UMELCO AND HEUNG YEE KUK, RURAL COMMITTEE CHAIRMEN, REPRESENTATIVES FROM 651 VILLAGES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, MEMBERS OF THE SEVEN NEW TERRITORIES DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS, CHAIRMEN OF MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, HEADS OF CHAMBERS OF COMMERCE AND MEMBERS OF OTHER COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS THROUGHOUT THE NEW TERRITORIES.
SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS LHC WORK CLOSELY WITH NEW TERRITORIES AFFAIRS JILL -L=C ATTEND.
--------o -
/3
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 12, 1978
3
JOB FOR A DETERMINED WHEELCHAIR YOUTH * * * *
NOTHING COULD STOP HONG KING-MAN, A 26-YEAR-OLD YOUNG MAN FROM SEEKING A JOB, NOT EVEN HIS DISABILITY WHICH CONFINES HIM TO A WHEELCHAIR.
AND IT DID NOT TAKE LONG TO HAVE HIS PLAN MATERIALISED WHEN HE PUT IT INTO ACTION BY WRITING TO THE JOB PLACEMENT UNIT OF SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT LAST NOVEMBER EXPRESSING HIS WISH TO WORK.
WITHIN A WEEK, HE RECEIVED A REPLY OVER THE TELEPHONE FROM THE JOB PLACEMENT OFFICER, WHO, IN LEARNING HIS DIFFICULTY IN WALKING, TRAVELLED FROM HIS OFFICE IN KWUN TONG TO KING-MAN’S FOURTH FLOOR HOME IN TAI WOR HAU ESTATE TO INTERVIEW HIM AND ASSIST HIM IN FILLING THE APPLICATION FORM.
THE INTERVIEW REVEALED THAT KING-MAN HAD A GENUINE DESIRE TO WORK DESPITE HIS DISABILITY BROUGHT ABOUT BY A SERIOUS ILLNESS AT THE AGE OF TWO AND RATED BY A SPECIALIST AS 70 PER CENT DUE TO HIS FEEBLE LEGS AND A PARTIALLY NUMB HAND.
HE HAD IN THE PAST OPERATED A SECOND-HAND BOOK STALL NEAR THE ESTATE BLOCK WHERE HE IS STILL LIVING WITH HIS PARENTS.WHO BOTH WORK IN FACTORIES.
BUSINESS WAS QUITE BRISK, BUT IT WAS ILLEGAL BEACUSE HIS STALL CAUSED OBSTRUCTION. POLICE LATER ACTED ON COMPLAINTS 70 ARREST HIM AND BRING HIM .BEFORE COURT.
THIS PUT AN END TO HIS SMALL BUSINESS. IDLE AT HOME, HE WAS TOLD BY A DISABLED FRIEND THAT HE COULD SEEK ASSISTANCE FROM THE JOB PLACEMENT UNIT, AND THAT WAS EXACTLY WHAT HE DID. / \
+1 KNEW I DID THE RIGHT THING, BECAUSE THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT IS ALWAYS READY TO ASSIST THOSE WHO ARE IN NEED OF HELP,* KING-MAN SAID.
+THROUGH THEIR ASSISTANCE I HAVE BEEN GIVEN A DISABILITY ALLOWANCE OF $200 A MONTH,* HE ADDED.
HIS CALL FOR HELP IN LOOKING FOR A JOB WAS ANSWERED WITHIN TWO WEEKS OF THE FIRST INTERVIEW.
IT WAS QUITE A TASK FOR THE OFFICER CONCERNED WHO FIRST WENT THROUGH THE NORMAL LIST OF EMPLOYERS WISHING TO TAKE DISABLED WORKERS.
BUT NONE OF THESE JOBS AVAILABLE WERE SUITABLE BECAUSE EITHER THE PLACE OF WORK WAS TOO FAR AWAY FROM KING-MAN’S HOME MAKING IT DIFFICULT FOR HIM TO TRAVEL TO WORK, OR THE JOE DID NOT SUIT HIM WHO ONLY HAS ONE HAND FUNCTIONING NORMALLY.
THIS PROMPTED THE OFFICER TO LAUNCH A SPECIAL JOB HUNT FOR HIM BY KNOCKING THE DOORS OF MANUFACTURERS IN THE VICINITY OF HIS HOME.
/THE 0OTC3K....
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 12, 1978
THE OFFICER WHO IS AS DETERMINED AS KING-MAN, TOOK THREE DAYS TO FIND AN EMPLOYER WHO NODDED HIS HEAD.
HE IMMEDIATELY PASSED THE GOOD NEWS TO KING-MAN AND DROVE HIM TO SEE THE EMPLOYER THE NEXT DAY.
KING-MAN GOT THE JOB AND IS NOW WORKING AS AN ASSEMBLING WORKER IN AN ELECTRONIC FACTORY ONLY A FEW BLOCKS AWAY FROM HIS HOME.
HE EARNS $26 A DAY AND IS ENTITLED TO ALL FRINGE BENEFITS JUST LIKE OTHER WORKERS IN THE FACTORY.
+l CERTAINLY OWE THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT A LOT IK PARTICULAR THE JOB PLACEMENT OFFICER WHO MADE SO MUCH EFFORTS IN FINDING ME A JOB.+ SAID KING-MAN.
HONG KING-MAN IS JUST ONE OF THE MANY DISABLED PEOPLE WHO HAVE BEEN SECURED EMPLOYMENT BY THE JOB PLACEMENT UNIT WHICH WAS SET UP IN APRIL 1967 TO HELP THE PHYSICALLY DISABLED. THE DEAF, THE BLIND, THE MENTALLY-RETARDED, AND FORMER LEPROSY AND TUBERCULOSIS PATIENTS.
THE OFFICER IN CHARGE OF THE UNIT, MR. CHAN SHIU-WING SAID EMPLOYERS NOW BECOME LESS SCEPTICAL ABOUT THE ABILITY OF THESE WORKERS WHO HAVE PROVED THAT THEY CAN WORK AS WELL AS ANY ABLED PERSON.
+THIS TREND CAN BE REFLECTED BY THE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF JOBS SECURED FOR THESE PEOPLE BY THE UNIT - RISING FROM 306 IN 1975/76 TO 526 IN LAST FINANCIAL YEAR - AN INCREASE OF 220 JOBS OR 71.9 PER CENT.
IN THE FIRST EIGHT MONTHS OF 1977/78, THE UNIT HAS FOUND JOES FOR 344 PEOPLE, BRINGING TO 2,977, THE TOTAL NUMBER OF JOBS SECURED SINCE THE INCEPTION OF THE UNIT.
- 0 -
PRH 7
IgisI If gfel
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1978
CONTENTS pAGE NO.
FINANCIAL SECRETARY OUTLINES IMPORTANCE OF BANKING INDUSTRY IN HK ....................................... 1
SNT PREDICTS BUSY YEAR AHEAD FOR NT .................. 2
UNOFFICIALS TO RAISE 20 QUESTIONS IN LEGCO MEETING ... 3
LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S APPRENTICESHIP DIVISION OPENS NEW BRANCH OFFICE ........................................ 4
P.W.D.’S DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT VISITS NT SITES ............................................. 5
TWO SETS OF COMMEMORATIVE STAMPS TO BE ISSUED THIS YEAR ................................................. 6
INTENSIVE ENGLISH COURSE FOR SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHERS . 6
.TWO FIRE OFFICERS RECEIVE COMMENDATIONS FROM DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES ..................................... 7
DINNER PARTY FOR DISABLED CHILDREN AND TRAINEES UNDER CARE OF SWD .......................................... 7
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong.Tel: 5-233191
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1973
1
FINANCIAL SECRETARY OUTLINES IMPORTANCE OF BANKING INDUSTRY *****
THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, MR. PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, SAID TODAY (MONDAY) THE BANKING INDUSTRY IS +CRITICAL TO THE PROSPERITY AND STABILITY OF HONG KONG*.
MR. HADDON-CAVE WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF A NEW BRANCH OF THE HONG KONG AND SHANGHAI BANK AT CHINA BUILDING IN CENTRAL.
HE SAID THE BANKING INDUSTRY AS A aHCLE, AND THE HONG KONG EA.NK PARTICULARLY, HAS SERVED HONG KONG EXCEEDINGLY WELL OVER THE PAST 30 YEARS. MR. HADDON-CAVE SAID HONG KONG NOT ONLY NEEDS TC BE, BUT DESERVES TO BE aELL SERVED BY ITS FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS.
BUT BECAUSE THE BANKING INDUSTRY’S ROLE IS SC CRITICAL IT HAS HAD TO BE REGULATED RATHER MORE CLOSELY THAN OTHER PARTS OF THE ECONOMY.
+THE COROLLARY TC THIS IS THAT THE GOVERNMENT - BY WHICH I MEAN THE ADMINISTRATION IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS - HAS AN OBLIGATION TO CONSULT WITH THE INDUSTRY THROUGH, FOR EXAMPLE, THE BANKING ADVISORY COMMITTEE, WHEN CONSIDERING POLICY DECISIONS WITH DIRECT - OR EVEN INDIRECT -IMPLICATIONS FOR THE INDUSTRY.*
MR. HADDON-CAVE ALSO NOTED THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD A FURTHER OBLIGATION TO TAKE THE INDUSTRY’S VIEWS SERIOUSLY.
+AND IT DOES* HE SAID, +THCUGH THE GOVERNMENT CANNOT AVOID AN OVER-RIDING OBLIGATION ULTIMATELY TO /.AKE UP ITS OWN MIND HAVING REGARD TO THE VIEW IT FORMS OF THE BROAD PUBLIC INTEREST.*
-------o - - - -
/2
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1978
2
SNT PREDICTS EUSY YEAR AHEAD FOR NT
******
THE SECRETARY FOR THE i'lEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES SAID TODAY THE BROADENING OF PROCESSES OF LOCAL CONSULTATION a ILL IMPROVE THE LIVES AND BRING BENEFIT TO ALL THE PEOPLE IN THE NEV. TERR I TOR IES.
ADDRESSING OVER 100 RURAL LEADERS AT THE LUNAR NEW YEAR TFA PARTY OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK, MR. AKERS-JONES FORECAST THAT THE YEAR AHEAD FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES WOULD BE AS BUSY AND FULL OF CHANGE AS THE LAST.
+1 AM SURE,* HE SAID, +IF WE CO-OPERATE TO MEET THE CHALLENGES IT WILL BRING, WE WILL FIND SOLUTIONS TO OUR PROBLEMS AND THAT THE NEW TERRITORIES WILL CONTINUE TC PROSPER.*
MR. AKERS-JONES ALSO POINTED OUT THAT LAST YEAR *AS A YEAR Or CONSIDERABLE ACTIVITY FOR THE HEUNG YEE KUK, AND PRAISED THE KUK FOR DEVOTING MUCH TIME, THOUGHT AND EFFORT IN SENDING A DELEGATION TO LONDON.
HE BELIEVED THE EFFORT IN BRINGING CERTAIN MATTERS TO THE PERSONAL ATTENTION OF THE MINISTER OF STATE WAS WELL. WORTHWHILE.
+NOT LEAST IT HELPED CREATE A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THE PARTICULAR PROBLEMS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES IN THIS BUSY PHASE OF DEVELOPMENT,+ HE SAID.
MR. AKERS-JONES ALSO SPOKE OF THE PROGRESS MADE BY THE WORKING PARTY ON LAND ACQUISITION A’.D THE SUCCESSFUL FORMATION OF THE SEVEN DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
LATER IN THE EVENING, MR. AKERS-JONES HOSTED AN ANNUAL YAN
YAT PARTY AT THE OCEANIA RESTAURANT IL KOWLOON FOR ABOUT 1,700
PEOPLE COMPRISING MEMBERS OF THE UMELC.C AND HEUNG YEE KUK.
VILLAGE REPRESENTATIVES, MEMBERS OF THE SEVEN N.T. DISTRICT ADVISORY
BOARDS, AND SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS WHO WORK CLOSELY a I TH N.T. AFFAIRS.
THE PARTY WAS ORGANISED AS A ! ARK OF OFFICIAL RECOGNITION OF THE WORK PERFORMED BY COMMUNITY LEADERS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE HIGHLIGHT OF THE PARTY WAS A TWO-HOUR ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMME BY YOUNGSTERS FRO! THE ARTS PROMOTIONS ORGANISATIONS OF YUEN LONG, TAI PO, TSUEN WAN AMD TUEN MUN.
IT FEATURED CHINESE MUSICAL AND CHORAL PERFORMANCES, CLASSICAL CHINESE DANCES A' 0 A T-' OPERA.
0 - - - -
/3
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1972
UNOFFICIALS TO RAISE 20 QUESTIONS IN LEGCO MEETING ON WEDNESDAY K K * *
UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL RAISE A TOTAL OF 20 QUESTIONS ON VARIOUS MATTERS OF PUBLIC INTEREST AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 15).
THE HON. LYJJIA DUNN WILL ASK ABOUT THE CAUSES OF THE RECENT HUNGER STRIKE BY PRISONERS IN MA PO PING PRISON ANB WHAT ACTION IS BEING TAKEN TO PREVENT SIMILAR OCCURRENCES IN THE FUTURE.
MISS DUNN WILL ALSO ASK WHAT SAFEGUARDS THE GOVERNMENT WILL TAKE TO ENSURE THERE IS NO ABUSE OF POWER BY OFFICERS IN THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT AND THERE ARE ADEQUATE CHANNELS, FOR PRISONERS AS WELL AS PRISON STAFF, TO LODGE LEGITIMATE GRIEVANCES.
DR. THE HON. RAYSON HUANG WILL RAISE A QUESTION ON GAMBLING AMONG YOUNG PEOPLE AND ASK WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT WILL SUPPORT SURVEYS ON GAMBLING- CONSIDER LIMITING THE TIME ALLOWED FOR HORSERACING PROGRAMMES ON RADIO AND TELEVISION- AND INTRODUCE INTO SCHOOL CURRICULUM. MATERIAL TO EXPLAIN THE HARMFUL EFFECTS GF HABITUAL GAMBLING.
THE HON. MRS. KWAN KO SIU-WAH WILL ASK WHAT MEASURES THE GOVERNMENT WILL TAKE TO ASSIST THE MORE THAN 100 ELDERLY PEOPLE WHO ARE TO BE EVICTED BY THEIR LANDLORD FROM THEIR APARTMENT IN TSUEN WAN.
THE HON. ALEX WU WILL ASK IF THE GOVERNMENT HAS ANY PLANS TO COPE WITH THE EXPECTED INCREASE IN TRAFFIC TO AND FROM SHATIN, PARTICULARLY ALONG WATERLOO ROAD. WHILE THE HON. T.S. LO WILL RAISE A QUESTION ON THE TRAFFIC CONGESTION IN COTTON TREE DRIVE AND WHAT THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO DO ABOUT IT.
OTHER QUESTIONS TO BE RAISED BY THE UNOFFICIALS CONCERN THE PROPOSED MERGING OF THE FOUR STOCK EXCHANGES, THE DISPLAY OF DESTINATIONS AND FARES BY MINI-BUSES, THE +BUY HONG KONG* CAMPAIGN. AND THE SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVERTISING SIGNS.
THREE BILLS WILL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE COUNCIL FOR THE FIRST AND SECOND READINGS. THEY ARE THE BUILDINGS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1976, THE INSURANCE COMPANIES (CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS) BILL 1978 AND THE PROTECTION OF WOMEN AND JUVENILES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978.
DEBATES WILL RESUME ON SEVEN BILLS. THEY ARE THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION (AMENDMENT) EILL 1978, THE HOTEL ACCOMMODATION TAX (AMENDMENT) BILL 1^73, THE SUPPLEMENTARY APPRCPRI AT I ON (1976-77) EILL 1978, THE RESERVED COMMODITIES BILL 1977, THE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS (MARKETING) (AMENDMENT) EILL 1978, THE MARINE rISH (MARKETING) (AMENDMENT) FILI 1978, AND THE ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978.
0 - - - -
/A
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1978
- 4 .
NEW BRANCH OFFICE FOR LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S APPRENTICESHIP
DIVISION * * * * *
THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT TODAY OPENED A NEW BRANCH OFFICE IN KOWLOON FOR ITS APPRENTICESHIP DIVISION TO ASSIST BOTH EMPLOYERS AND YOUNG WORKERS IN MATTERS CONCERNING APPRENTICE TRAINING UNDER THE APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE.
THE NEW OFFFCE, THE THIRD OPERATED BY THE DIVISION, IS IN A SINGLE STOREY STRUCTURE IN SALISBURY ROAD OPPOSITE THE SHERATON HOTEL IN TS7M SHA TSUI. ITS TELEPHONE NUMBERS ARE 3-667120 AND 3-667463.
THE OTHER TWO OFFICES ARE IN NEW RODNEY BLOCK, QUEENSWAY, HONG KONG, AND 7 KING FUK STREET, SAN PO KONG, KOWLOON.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID, +THE MAIN FUNCTIONS OF THESE OFFICES ARE TO ADMINISTER THE APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE AND TO PROMOTE APPRENTICE TRAINING IN THE 28 DESIGNATED TRADES WHICH ARE OF VITAL IMPORTANCE TO HONG KONG INDUSTRIES.
+THE AIM OF THE APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE,* THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED, +IS TO ENSURE YOUNG PERSONS OF AGE BETWEEN 14 AND 18 WORKING IN THESE TRADES RECEIVE ADEQUATE TRAINING SO THAT HONG KONG WOULD EVENTUALLY HAVE AN ADEQUATE SUPPLY OF SKILLED MANPOWER IN THESE IMPORTANT TRADES.*.
+THE APPRENTICESHIP DIVISION WOULD ALSO ENDEAVOUR TO SETTLE DISPUTES BETWEEN EMPLOYERS AND THEIR REGISTERED APPRENTICES,* HE SAID. ~ —
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT ALL CONTRACTS OF APPRENTICESHIP CF YOUNG PERSONS IN DESIGNATED TRADES SHOULD BE FORWARDED TO THE APPRENTICESHIP DIVISION FOR REGISTRATION WITHIN 14 DAYS OF IMPLEMENTATION.
HE REMINDED EMPLOYERS ENGAGED IN THE FIVE ENGINEERING TRADES OF MACHINIST, FITTER, TOOu AND DIE MAKER, ELECTRICIAN AND INSTRUMENT MECHANIC WHICH HAVE BEEN SPECIFIED BY THE GOVERNOR AS DESIGNATED TRADES RECENTLY, THAT THEY HAVE 60 DAYS GRACE FROM FEBRUARY 1, TO SIGN CONTRACTS OF APPRENTICESHIP WITH YOUNG WORKERS UNDER THEIR EMPLOY.
FAILURE TO SIGN CONTRACTS OF APPRENTICESHIP WITH THE YOUNG PERSONS EMPLOYED IN DESIGNATED TRADES AND REGISTERING THE CONTRACTS WITHIN 14 DAYS a I TH THE APPRENTICESHIP DIVISION MAY RENDER AN EMPLOYER LIABLE TO PROSECUTION.
HOWEVER, THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR HAS THE POWER TO GRANT EXEMPTION IN CERTAIN CASES, FOR EXAMPLE, IF HE IS SATISFIED THAT THE YCUNG PERSON HAS UNDERGONE SUFFICIENT TRAINING IN A PARTICULAR TRADE. UNDER SUCH CIRCUMSTANCES AN EMPLOYER CAN APPLY TO THE COMMISSIONER FCr. EXEMPTION.
/THE SrOKLSMAN ALSO
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1978
5
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO URGED EMPLOYERS ENGAGED IN NON-DESIGNATED TRADES TO SEND CONTRACTS OF APPRENTICESHIP TO THE DIVISION FOR VOLUNTARY REGISTRATION.
A GUIDE BOOK ON THE APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE AND A LIST OF THE 28 DESIGNATED TRADES CAN EE DETAINED FREE OF CHARGE AT ANY OFFICES OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT.
- - 0 - -
SITE VISIT BY P.W.D.’S DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT ******
MR. DAVID STEAD, DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, TODAY VISITED A NUMBER OF SITES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES TO SEE THE PROGRESS OF VARIOUS P.W.D. PROJECTS.
ACCOMPANIED BY CHIEF ENGINEERS OF THE DEPARTMENT, MR. STEAD FIRST WENT TO KWAI CHUNG INCINERATOR, THE THIRD INCINERATOR PLANT IN HONG KONG.
WORK ON THE 150-METRE CHIMNEY, THE TALLEST IN HONG KONG, AND THE SUPERSTRUCTURE OF THE PLANT ARE NEAR COMPLETION AND THE PLANT IS EXPECTED TO BECOME OPERATIONAL THIS AUTUMN.
FROM KWAI CHUNG, MR. STEAD PROCEEDED TO TSUEN WAN WHERE HE SAW THE FOUNDATION WORK ON THE TSUEN WAN BY-PASS STAGE ONE.
THE FIRST STAGE OF THE TSUEN WAN BY-PASS INVOLVES THE CONSTRUCTION OF A DUAL CARRIAGEWAY ..HICH WILL JOIN KWAI CHUNG ROAD WITH TEXACO ROAD.
THE FOUNDATION WORK, WHICH STARTED IN THE SECOND HALF OF LAST YEAR, IS PROGRESSING SMOOTHLY AND IS EXPECTED TO EE COMPLETED EY SEPTEMBER.
ANOTHER SITE VISITED EY MR. STEAD TODAY WAS THE TUEN MUN ROAD STAGE ONE, HONG KONG’S BIGGEST HIGHWAY PROJECT.
MR. STEAD WAS PLEASED WITH THE PROGRESS OF THE $330 MILLION ROAD WHICH IS EXPECTED TO BE OPENED TO TRAFFIC IN NEXT THREE OR FOUR MONTHS.
- - 0 .. -
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 1973
6
Tw'O COMMEMORATIVE STAMP ISSUES THIS YEAR * * * * *
THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY (MONDAY) THAT IT WILL ISSUE TwC SETS OF COMMEMORATIVE STAMPS THIS YEAR.
THE FIRST WILL BE TO COMMEMORATE THE 25TH ANNIVERSARY OF THE CORONATION OF THE QUEEN AND THE SECOND TO MARK THE CENTENARY OF PC LEUNG KUK.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE POST OFFICE SAID FURTHER DETAILS INCLUDING THE RELEASE DATES OF THESE STAMPS ISSUES WILL BE ANNOUNCED LATER.
- - 0 - -
INTENSIVE ENGLISH COURSE FOR SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHERS
******
SEVENTEEN SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS OF SOCIAL STUDIES TODAY STARTED ATTENDING AN INTENSIVE ENGLISH COURSE RUN FOR THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT BY THE BRITISH COUNCIL.
THE COURSE, LASTING MORE THAN 10 WEEKS, IS BEING HELD AT THE BRITISH COUNCIL’S LANGUAGE INSTITUTE, 255 HENNESSY RCAD, WAN CHAI.
ITS MAIN EMPHASIS WILL BE ON IMPROVING THE TEACHERS’ OWN ABILITY TO USE THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. THIS WILL INCLUDE PRACTICE TO IMPROVE PRONUNCIATION AND ORAL FLUENCY, READING AND WRITING SKILLS, AND IN THE USE OF CORRECT GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURES.
DURING THE COURSE, GROUP DISCUSSIONS WILL BE HELD, AND GROUP WORKSHOPS WILL BE SET UP FOR TEACHERS TO WORK TOGETHER AND PRODUCE TEACHING MODULES SO AS TO BUILD UP CONFIDENCE IN USING ENGLISH IK CLASSROOM.
THIS IS A PILOT SCHEME AND IF SUCCESSFUL, COULD BE EXTENDED TO TEACHERS OF OTHER SUBJECTS.
- 0 - -
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 197E
7
TWO FIRE OFFICERS COMMENDED * * *
TWO FIRE OFFICERS TODAY (MONDAY) RECEIVED THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES COMMENDATIONS FOR THE COURAGE, RESOURCEFULNESS AND DEVOTION TO DUTY THEY DISPLAYED DURING A RESCUE IN KOWLOON LAST NOVEMBER.
AT A CEREMONY AT MONGKOK FIRE STATION THIS MORNING, CHIEF FIRE OFFICER (KOWLOON), MR. FRED JACKSON PRESENTED THE COMMENDATIONS ON BEHALF OF THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES TO ACTING ASSISTANT DIVISIONAL OFFICER, MR. KWOK HON-CHUNG AND ACTING PRINCIPAL FIREMAN, MR. LEE WAI.
THE AWARDS WERE IN RECOGNITION OF THE PART THEY PLAYED IN RESCUING A 31-YEAR-OLD WOMAN FROM FALLING FROM THE ROOF OF AN EIGHT-STOREY BUILDING AT 67 TONG MEI ROAD LAST NOVEMBER.
DURING THE INCIDENT THE WOMAN WHO WAS IN A HYSTERICAL CONDITION SAT ON THE EDGE OF A LEDGE OUTSIDE THE PARAPET WALL ON THE ROOF OF THE BUILDING.
UPON ARRIVAL, MR. KWOK PATIENTLY PERSUADED HER TO RETURN TO THE ROOF. AFTER TALKING TO THE WOMAN FOR MORE THAN 15 MINUTES, HE SAW HER FEEL DIZZY AND START TO SWAY.
MR. KWOK IMMEDIATELY SIGNALLED PRINCIPAL FIREMAN LEE WHO SWIFTLY LEAPT OVER THE PARAPET WALL TO GRAB HER AND PULL HER BACK FROM THE LEDGE.
FOR THEIR FINE EFFORTS THE WOMAN WAS SAVED AND LATER TAKEN TO HOSPITAL FOR TREATMENT.
-.--0---------
’ PARTY FOR DISABLED CHILDREN AND TRAINEES UNDER CARE OF SWD
* * * * *
ABOUT 300 CHILDREN AND TRAINEES FROM THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S ABERDEEN REHABILITATION CENTRE AND KAI CHI CHILDREN’S CENTRE WILL BE TREATED TO A SPRING DINNER PARTY THIS WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 15).
THE PARTY, SPONSORED BY THE LIONS CLUB OF HONG KONG CENTRAL, WILL BE HELD AT THE ABERDEEN REHABILITATION CENTRE IN WELFARE ROAD, WONG CHUK HANG BEGINNING AT 5.30 P.M.
PROGRAMMES FOR THE DAY WILL INCLUDE A LION DANCE, SINGING AND AN ACROBATIC SHOW.
MR. THOMAS LEE, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE- MR. TIMOTHY LUI PRESIDENT OF THE LIONS CLUB HONG KONG CENTRAl = AND MR. :lS0‘: CHEUNG. THE CHARTER DRESIDE!;7 OF THE CLUE WILL ALSO ATTEND THE PARTY.
THE TWO CENTRES, BOTH SITUATED IN ABERDEEN, ARE FOR THE DISABLED. THE ABERDEEN REHABILITATION CENTRE PROVIDES RESIDENTIAL CARE AND VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION FOR SOME 250 DISABLED PERSONS WI TH 'ARTICULAR EMPHASIS ON VOC.-TIC AL TRAINING WHILE THE KAI CHI CHILDREN’S CENTRE OFFERS RESIDENTIAL AND TRAINING FACILITIES TO ABOUT 120 RETARDED CHILDREN AGE DET..EEII FIVE AND 16.
0 - -
IgisI It ifel
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1978
CONTENTS ' PAGE NO.
TEXTILES AGREEMENTS BRING STABILITY .................. 1
MORE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY REGULATIONS BEING CONSIDERED .. 2
-CALL FOR MORE JOB OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE HANDICAPPED . 4
WEATHER FOR JANUARY .. . ........................... 6
HIKING AND ROCK CLIMBING ACTIVITIES FOR WORKERS ...... 7
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE IN MUI WO ............... 8
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1978
1
TEXTILES AGREEMENTS BRING STABILITY ******
HONG KONG HAS BEEN ASSURED OF FIVE YEARS’ STABILITY IN ITS MAJOR MARKETS WITH THE SIGNING OF TWO MAJOR TEXTILE AGREEMENTS WITH THE E.E.C. AND THE UNITED STATES IN THE PAST FEW MONTHS, TIE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, MR. DAVID JORDAN SAID TODAY.
HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE INAUGURATION CEREMONY FOR NEWLY-ELECTED OFFICE BEARERS OF THE FEDERATION OF HONG KONG GARMENT MANUFACTURERS.
MR. JORDAN SAID THAT THE FEDERATION WILL HAVE MUCH TO CONTRIBUTE TO HONG KONG’S EFFORTS IN MAKING THE BEST USE OF EXPORT OPPORTUNITIES, IN UP-GRADING HONG KONG’S PRODUCTS, AND IN DEVELOPING HONG KONG ITSELF AS A POTENTIALLY SIGNIFICANT MARKET.
MR. JORDAN POINTED OUT THAT IN 1977 THERE WAS SOME REDUCTION IN THE VALUE OF HONG KONG’S TOTAL CLOTHING EXPORTS AFTER THE DYNAMIC GROWTH THAT WAS ACHIEVED IN 1976.
+WE SAW TOO THE UNSETTLING EFFECTS OF HAVING TO NEGOTIATE TWO MAJOR TEXTILE AGREEMENTS AND SEVERAL SMALLER AGREEMENTS WITHIN A MATTER OF MONTHS, AS WELL AS HAVING TO IMPLEMENT THEM WITHIN AN EVEN SHORTER PERIOD.*
MR. JORDAN WAS IMPRESSED BY THE NUMBER OF FEDERATION MEMBERS WHICH NOW EXCEEDS 450. +SUCH A LARGE ACTIVE MEMBERSHIP IS HARDLY A PORTENT OF THE DEMISE OF THE HONG KONG TEXTILE INDUSTRY, WHICH SOME PEOPLE SEEM TO HAVE PREDICTED WOULD COME FOLLOWING OUR NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE EEC.*
PAYING TRIBUTE TO THE OUTGOING PRESIDENT, MR. LAM KUN-SHING, MR. JORDAN SAID THE GARMENT INDUSTRY AND ALL PEOPLE IN HONG KONG +HAVE DERIVED GREAT BENEFIT FROM MR. LAM’S ADVICE ON OUR COMPLEX EXPORT QUOTA SYSTEM AND IN THE NUMEROUS NEGOTIATIONS AND CONSULTATIONS WE HAVE HAD TO UNDERTAKE.*
MR. JORDAN PERFORMED THE INAUGURATION CEREMONY ONLY HOURS AFTER HIS ARRIVAL FROM LONDON WHERE HE ATTENDED ONE OF A REGULAR SERIES OF MEETINGS WITH HONG KONG’S REPRESENTATIVES OVERSEAS.
ALSO ATTENDING THE LONDON MEETING WERE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, MR. LAWRENCE MILLS, AND COMMISSIONER OF INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, MR. BILL DORWARD.
ON THE RETURN OF MR. JORDAN, THE ACTING DIRECTOR MR. BILL DORWARD RESUMES HIS POST AS COMMISSIONER OF INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, AND MR. ROY PORTER, THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER.
MR. PAUL WONG HAS BEEN APPOINTED ACTING DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF TRADE, REPLACING MR. JOHN CHAN WHO IS ON LEAVE PRIOR TO TAKING UP A NEW POST IN THE GOVERNMENT.
- - - - 0------------
/2
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1973
2 -
MORE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY REGULATIONS BEING CONSIDERED
K H K * K
THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR. PETER WILLIAMS SAID TODAY THAT A NUMBER OF NEW INDUSTRIAL SAFETY REGULATIONS ARE BEING CONSIDERED AND WILL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL SOON.
HE ALSO DISCLOSED THAT A WORKING PARTY COMPRISING OFFICIAL AND UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS HAS BEEN SET UP TO CONDUCT A COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF THE WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION ORDINANCE.
MR. WILLIAMS WAS SPEAKING AT A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE LIONS CLUB OF LION ROCK AT THE MANDARIN HOTEL.
HE GAVE A BRIEF RUN DOWN OF LABOUR LEGISLATION ENA.TED DURING RECENT YEARS AND EXPLAINED WHAT THEY WERE INTENDED TO ACHIEVE.
MR. WILLIAMS TOUCHED ON FOUR AREAS -- INDUSTRIAL SAFETY, .♦■’•RK-MEN’S COMPENSATION, INDUSTRIAL TRAINING AND EMPLOYMENT — WHICH HE SAID WERE OF INTEREST TO EMPLOYERS AND EXECUTIVES.
ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY, MR, WILLIAMS SAID THE LEGISLATION PRESCRIBED SAFETY STANDARDS AND MEASURES, SAFE METHODS AND PRACTICE IN WORKING IN INDUSTRIAL ESTABLISHMENTS.
♦THE OVERALL AIMS OF THESE STANDARDS AND MEASURE'S,* HE SAID, +ARE TO PROTECT WORKERS FROM INJURY, WORK PuACES FROM HAZARDS AND EMPLOYERS AND EMPLOYEES FROM LOSS OF PRODUCTION AND OF EARNINGS DUE TO INJURIES AND MISHAPS.+
MR. WILLIAMS SAID THE WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION ORDINANCE WAS AMENDED LAST MONTH TO RAISE THE NON-MANUAL WORKERS’ WAGE CEILING FOR APPLICATION OF THE ORDINANCE FROM $2,000 TO $5,000 PER MONTH.
+IT MEANS,* HE SAID, +THAT NOW IN ADDITION TO ALL MANUAL WORKERS, NON-MANUAL WORKERS EARNING UP TO $5,000 A MONTH ARE COVERED.*
+THE ORDINANCE NOW COVERS 98.9 PER CENT OF THE ECONOMICALLY ACTIVE POPULATION.*
TURNING K INDUSTRIAL TRAINING, MR. WILLIAMS SAID THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT HAD INDUSTRIE TRAINING BRANCH WHOSE ROLE WAS TO HELP BRING ABOUT A COMPREHENSIVE SYSTEM OF INDUSTRIAL TRAINING GEARED TO THE DEVELOPING NEEDS OF HONG KONG.
THE APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE WHICH AIMED TO PROMOTE APPRENTICE TRAINING AND REGULATE THE EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING OF APPRENTICES IN DESIGNATED TRADES, WAS BROUGHT INTO FORCE IN JULY 1976. IT REQUIRED EMPLOYERS OF YOUNG PERSONS BETWEEN 14 AND 18 YEARS OF AGE TO ENTER INTO CONTRAC’- JF APPRENTICESHIP AND TO PROVIDE THEM WITH PROPER PRACTICAL ON-THE-JOB TRAINING AND COMPLEMENTARY RELATED TECHNICAL EDUCATION ON A DAY-RELEASE BASIS.
/TO ADMIXISTiR .....
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1978
3
TO ADMINISTER THE ORDINANCE, THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SET UP AN APPRENTICESHIP DIVISION IN JULY 1976. ITS DUTIES INCLUDE ADVISING AND ASSISTING EMPLOYERS IN THE TRAINING AND EMPLOYMENT OF APPRENTICES, REGISTERING APPRENTICESHIP CONTRACTS, ENSURING THAT TRAINING FOR APPRENTICES IS PROPERLY CARRIED OUT AND HELPING TO RESOLVE DISPUTES BETWEEN EMPLOYERS AND APPRENTICES.
IN 1976, SOME 1,500 APPRENTICESHIP CONTRACTS WERE REGISTERED BY THE DIVISION, MR. WILLIAMS SAID.
REFERRING TO THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE, MR. WILLIAMS SAID IT MADE PROVISIONS, AMONG OTHER THINGS, FOR THE MANNER OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS, PROBATION, SUSPENSION FROM EMPLOYMENT, TEMPORARY LAY-OFF, WAGE PERIODS AND THE TIME, MANNER AND PLACE OF PAYMENT OF WAGES, DEDUCTION FROM WAGES, MATERNITY PROTECTION FOR WOMEN, PROVISION OF REST DAYS, SICKNESS ALLOWANCE, HOLIDAYS WITH PAY AND SEVERANCE PAY, AND LICENSING OF EMPLOYMENT AGENCIES.
SUMMING UP THE BENEFITS PROVIDED BY VARIOUS AMENDMENTS TO THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE SINCE 1975, MR. WILLIAMS SAID A WORKER NOW EARNS ONE PAID SICKNESS DAY FOR EACH MONTH OF SERVICE AND CAN ACCUMULATE UP TO 36 DAYS. HIS SICKNESS ALLOWANCE IS TWO-THIRDS HIS NORMAL WAGES.
IN THE CASE OF WRONGFUL DISMISSAL, HIS WAGES AND WAGES-IN-LIEU OF NOTICE ARE PROTECTED BY LAW- IN CASE OF BANKRUPTCY OF THE EMPLOYER, HE HAS PRIORITY OF CLAIM OVER ALMOST ALL OTHER CREDITORS. AND IF HIS EMPLOYER IS A SUB-CONTRACTOR, THE ARREARS OF WAGES WILL BE DEFRAYED EVENTUALLY BY THE PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR.
*
IN TERMS OF REST AND HOLIDAYS, A WORKER IS NOW ENTITLED TO ONE REST DAY IN SEVEN DAYS, 10 PAID HOLIDAYS AND SEVEN DAYS PAID ANNUAL LEAVE PER YEAR, MR. WILLIAMS SAID.
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1978
SECRETARY FOR SOCIAL SERVICES CALLS FOR MORE JOB OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE HANDICAPPED * * *
THE SECRETARY FOR SOCIAL SERVICES, MR. E.P.HO TODAY CALLED ON ALL EMPLOYERS IN HONG KONG TO +SERIOUSLY CONSIDER* HOW THEY CAN HELP THE GOVERNMENT PROMOTE JOB OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE PHYSICALLY AND MENTALLY HANDICAPPED AND THOSE AGED OVER 55 WHO HAVE LOST PREVIOUS EMPLOYMENT.
HIS APPEAL CAME DURING A LUNCHTIME SPEECH TO PAST AND PRESENT CHAIRMEN AND DIRECTORS OF THE PO LEUNG KUK.
MR. HO SAID THAT ON FIRST ENCOUNTER WE TENDED TO JUDGE HANDICAPPED PEOPLE IN A NEGATIVE WAY: IN DOING SO WE FAILED TO SEE THAT THE MAJORITY HAD MANY MORE POSITIVE CHARACTERISTICS AND, IN USING THESE IN EMPLOYMENT, COULD CONTRIBUTE TO A STABLE SOCIETY FOR US ALL.
HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS CURRENTLY LOOKING AT THREE WAYS IN WHICH IT COULD HELP THEM MORE EASILY TO LOCATE EMPLOYMENT.
+FIRSTLY, WE FEEL CONFIDENT THAT THE PRESENT VARIED SOURCES FOB PLACING SUCH PEOPLE IN EMPLOYMENT CAN BE STREAMLINED, THEREBY PROVIDING A MORE PROFESSIONAL AND EFFICIENT SERVICE,* MR HO SAID.
+SECONDLY, WE REALISE THAT THE PUBLIC SERVICE, AS A MAJOR EMPLOYER IN HONG KONG, MUST CONTINUE TO SET A GOOD EXAMPLE TO THE REST OF THE COMMUNITY IN LOCATING SUITABLE JOBS FOR THOSE WHO ARE PHYSICALLY OR SOCIALLY DISADVANTAGED.
+THIRDLY, VOCATIONAL TRAINING TO PREPARE THE LESS ABLE FOR EMPLOYMENT IS ALSO BEING IMPROVED.*
FOR EXAMPLE, THE REHABILITATION WHITE PAPER PROPOSED THAT THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION SHOULD TAKE OVER RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROVIDING VOCATIONAL TRAINING TO THE DISABLED FROM THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE SO THAT THE SAME PROFESSIONAL SERVICES OFFERED TO THE ABLE BODIED WERE AVAILABLE TO THEM.
SPECIAL EDUCATION SERVICES FOR DISABLED AND MALADJUSTED SCHOOL'CHILDREN-WERE BEING EXPANDED AS RAPIDLY AS RESOURCES PERMITTED.
+THUS, OVER THE NEXT FIVE YEARS OR SO, WE SHOULD BE ABLE TO PREPARE THE MORE VULNERABLE MEMBERS OF OUR COMMUNITY TO PARTICIPATE MORE PROMINENTLY IN ORDINARY EMPLOYMENT.*
BUT ALL THESE EFFORTS WOULD FAIL IF THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE DID NOT SUPPORT THE GOVERNMENT, MR. HO SAID.
+ONLY IF THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE PARTNERSHIP WITH YOU WILL WE SUCCEED. I THEREFORE APPEAL TO ALL EMPLOYERS IN HONG KONG TO SERIOUSLY CONSIDER HOW THEY CAN HELP US IN PROMOTING JOB OPPORTUNITIES.
/+! .70ULD .
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14> 1978
- 5 -
+l WOULD ASK EMPLOYEES, TOO, TO BE SYMPATHETIC TO FELLOW WORKERS WHO ARE DISABLED.
+WE MUST ALL LEARN THAT THOSE WHO APPEAR TO BE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED USUALLY HAVE MANY MORE POSITIVE ABILITIES THAN THE MORE APPARENT NEGATIVE DISABILITIES.
+TO MENTION A FEW OF THE POSITIVE ADVANTAGES OF EMPLOYING THE DISABLED, THEY ARE USUALLY FOUND TO BE LOYAL WORKERS WHO STAY IN THEIR JOBS.
+AGAIN, BECAUSE THEY FEEL THEY HAVE TO PROVE THEMSELVES, THEY ACCEPT THE CHALLENGE OF AN OPPORTUNITY FOR EMPLOYMENT, AND THIS MOTIVATION MAKES THEM BETTER WORKERS THAN THE INDIFFERENT ABLE BOD I ED.+
MR. HO SAID MANY COUNTRIES HAD ADOPTED LEGISLATIVE MEASURES FOR THE EMPLOYMENT OF VULNERABLE GROUPS BY SETTING A QUOTA FOR EACH EMPLOYER. HE WAS NOT SUGGESTING THAT HONG KONG SHOULD PROCEED ALONG THAT ROAD AT PRESENT.
MR. HO WAS OPTIMISTIC THAT THE WORD WOULD SPREAD FROM THOSE EMPLOYERS WHO WERE HAPPY WITH THE DISABLED AND ELDERLY IN THEIR EMPLOY TO THE REMAINDER OF OUR EMPLOYERS WHO AT PRESENT WERE LESS WILLING TO PARTICIPATE.
+IF WE ALL ARE WILLING TO BE POSITIVELY INVOLVED, THEN WE WILL BE ENCOURAGING OUR DISABLED AND OUR ELDERLY TO BE INTEGRATED MORE FULLY WITHIN OUR SOCIETY, THEREBY MAKING HONG KONG A BETTER PLACE FOR US ALL TO LIVE AND WORK IN.
+l KNOW THE TASK FACING US IN SPREADING THIS MESSAGE IS NOT AN EASY ONE, AND THE PROCESS OF EDUCATING OUR EMPLOYERS WILL NOT BE SHORT.
+THAT IS WHY I AM ASKING YOU, THE LEADERS OF THE PO LEUNG KUK AND THE COMMUNITY, TO JOIN IN BEING THE STANDARD BEARERS IN THIS EDUCATIONAL AND EXAMPLE SETTING WORK,+ MR. HO ADDED.
- 0-----------
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1978
6
WEATHER FOR LAST MONTH * * * *
THE WEATHER FOR LAST MONTH AS A WHOLE WAS QUITE SEASONABLE WITH RAINFALL, MEAN TEMPERATURE, CLOUD AMOUNT AND SUNSHINE ALL VERY CLOSE TO NORMAL.
ACCORDING TO THE WEATHER ROUND-UP FOR JANUARY RELEASED BY ROYAL OBSERVATORY TODAY THE HIGHEST TEMPERATURE OF THE MONTH WAS 24.4 DEGREES CELSIUS RECORDED ON JANUARY 13, WHILE THE LOWEST TEMPERATURE OF 6.9 DEGREES C. WAS RECORDED ON JANUARY 18.
THE AMOUNT OF RAINFALL FOR THE MONTH WAS 22.9 MM, WHICH IS 5.6 MM BELOW NORMAL.
DURING THE MONTH THERE WERE TWO COLD SPELLS AND THE STRONG MONSOON SIGNAL WAS HOISTED ON FIVE OCCASIONS TO WARN STRONG WINDS ASSOCIATED WITH OUTBREAKS OF THE WINTER MONSOON. LOW TEMPERATURE WARNINGS WERE ISSUED FROM JANUARY 16 TO 18 TO WARN FROST ON HIGH GROUND AND IN THE NORTHERN PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.
TWO TROPICAL CYCLONES -- TYPHOON MARY AND TROPICAL STORM NADINE — WERE REPORTED OVER WESTERN PART OF NORTH PACIFIC DURING THE MONTH. BOTH OF THEM DID NOT AFFECT HONG KONG.
AT THE VERY BEGINNING OF THE MONTH,. A COLD FRONT PASSED THROUGH HONG KONG AND PUT AN END TO THE WARM AND HUMID WEATHER WHICH HAD PREVAILED AT THE END OF DECEMBER 1977.
IT WAS RATHER COLD AND DRY DURING THE FIRST SIX DAYS OF THE MONTH BUT BECAME PROGRESSIVELY MILDER.
ON JANUARY 12, AN EASTERLY AIRSTREAM FROM THE PACIFIC BEGAN TO INFLUENCE SOUTH CHINA A. ND THE WEATHER IN HONG KONG BECAME MUCH WARMER AND MORE HUMID. VISIBILITY WAS REDUCED TO A MINIMUM OF 200 METRES ON WAGLAN ISLAND ON THE MORNING OF JANUARY 14.
DURING THE MORNING OF JANUARY 16, AN INTENSE COLD FRONT ACCOMPANIED BY PERIODS OF RAIN AND ISOLATED THUNDERSTORMS PASSED THROUGH HONG KONG. WINDS FRESHENED RAPIDLY FROM THE NORTH AND TEMPERATURES DROPPED MORE THAN 10 DEGREES CELSIUS IN 24 HOURS AFTER THE PASSAGE OF THE COLD FRONT.
WEATHER WAS VERY COLD DURING THE NEXT SIX DAYS AND FROST WAS REPORTED IN THE NORTHERN PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES. IT WAS THE COLDEST ON THE MORNING OF JANUARY 18 WHEN MINIMUM TEMPERATURES OF MINUS ONE AND ZERO DEGREE WERE REPORTED AT TAI MO SHAN AND TATE’S CAIRN RESPECTIVELY. THE MINIMUM TEMPERATURE AT THF ROYAL OBSERVATORY WAS 6.9 DEGREES CELSIUS WHICH WAS THE LOWEST RECORDED IN THE MONTH.
/THE ..SATHER........
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1978
- 7 -
THE WEATHER BECAME FINE AND SUNNY ON JANUARY 19 AND LASTED TILL JANUARY 27 WHEN HONG KONG WAS AGAIN UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF A WARM AIRSTREAM FROM THE PACIFIC MAKING THE CONDITIONS CLOUDY AND MISTY.
ON THE EVENING OF JANUARY 28 ANOTHER COLD FRONT PASSED HONG KONG AND THE WEATHER BECAME COOLER AGAIN WITH CLOUDY CONDITION AND RAIN FOR THE REST OF THE MONTH.
DURING THE MONTH THE RED FIRE DANGER WARNING WAS ISSUED ON THREE OCCASIONS AND THE YE I LOW FOUR TIMES. NO AIRCRAFT WETcE DIVERTED FROM HONG KONG DUE ADVERSE WEATHER.
-----0------
HIKING AND ROCK CLIMBING ACTIVITIES FOR WORKERS * * * *
THE YOUTH WORK UNIT OF SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT AND THE OUTWARD BOUND (ALUMNI) ASSOCIATION HAVE JOINTLY ORGANISED A SERIES OF ROCK CLIMBING AND EXPEDITION ACTIVITIES FOR WORKERS AGE BETWEEN 18 AND 35.
THE ACTIVITIES WILL TAKE PLACE BETWEEN FEBRUARY 19 AND MARCH 19 IN THE NORTHEASTERN PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES, SAI KUNG PENINSULA AND KOWLOON PEAK.
THE FEE FOR JOINING AN EXPEDITION IS $5 AND FOR ROCK-CLIMBING IS $10.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE NOW OBTAINABLE AT THE OFFICE OF YOUTH WORK UNIT, KOWLOON CENTRAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, TOP FLOOR, 405 NATHAN ROAD, OR ANY COMMUNITY CENTRES, YOUTH CENTRES AND ESTATE COMMUNITY WORK OFFICES OPERATED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT.
--------o ----------
/8 ....
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1978
8
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE IN MUI WO
******
A TEAM FROM THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE WILL CONDUCT REGISTRATIONS AT THE OFFICE OF MUI WO RURAL COMMITTEE FOR RESIDENTS AND PERSONS LIVING NEARBY FOR THREE DAYS FROM.FEBRUARY 22.
DURING THESE THREE DAYS, REGISTRATIONS WILL BE CARRIED OUT BETWEEN 9.30 A.M. AND 4 P.M. '
THE VISIT IS TO ENABLE PARENTS OR GUARDIANS TO REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN OR WARDS BETWEEN 11 AND 17 YEARS OF AGE FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS AND HOLDERS OF JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS TO REGISTER FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ON REACHING 18 YEARS OF AGE.
ALL PERSONS LIVING IN THIS AREA ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO REGISTER THEMSELVES AND THEIR CHILDREN FOR IDENTITY CARDS AND TO REPORT CHANGES OF EMPLOYMENT OR RESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES, MARITAL STATUS, OR ANY OTHER PARTICULARS.
_--------0 ------------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
HEAD OF POLICE ADVISERS TEAM LEAVES FOR UK AND WILL RETURN IN FOUR WEEKS ............................... 1
PLB DESTINATIONS AND FARES DISPLAY LAW TO BE ENFORCED FROM JULY .......................................... 2
STOCK EXCHANGE UNIFICATION ......................... 3
YOUNG PEOPLE SHOULD BE DISCOURAGED FROM GAMBLING ... 4
PRISON RULES EXPLAINED ............................. 5
IMPROVED CONTROL OVER ADVERTISING SIGNS UNDER STUDY ... 6
MEASURES AGAINST OWNERS OF DRUG SMUGGLING VESSELS BEING STUDIED ...................................... 7
PLANS TO COPE WITH INCREASE IN TRAFFIC TO SHA TIN .. 8
COLLECTION OF STUDENTS SUBSCRIPTIONS ............... 9
WATER SUPPLY TO YUEN LING VILLAGE .................. 9
GARDEN ROAD/MAGAZINE GAP ROAD FLYOVER TO BE COMPLETED IN APRIL .......................................... 10
TRAFFIC CONGESTION ON COTTON TREE DRIVE WILL EASE SOON .............................................. 10
PROJECT MANAGERS FOR MARKET TOWNS .............. 11
PRIMARY SCHOOLING SCHEME SUCCESSFUL ............... 11
MORE OPPORTUNITIES FOR TEACHERS TO IMPROVE THEIR ENGLISH ........................................... 12
PLANS TO OPEN COMMUNITY CENTRES ON WEEKENDS ....... 13
TEMPORARY HOUSING FOR HOMELESS OLD MEN IN TSUEN WAN ... 14
WAYS TO/....
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong.Tel: 5-233191
WAYS TO SPEED UP PUBLIC SEARCHES IN LAND OFFICE .......... 15
REFUSE COLLECTION SERVICES IN NT ....................... 16
SELLING HK PRODUCTS ...................................... 17
BILL TO PROVIDE NEW CONTROL OVER OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS ............................................ 18
ADDITIONAL EXPENDITURE FOR SECOND QUARTER OF 1977-78 FINANCIAL YEAR ........................................... 18
BILLS PASSED.............................................. 19
PARTY FOR MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT STAFF AND THEIR FAMILIES ........................................... 19
■'SDNifiSDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 197E
HEAD OF POLICE ADVISERS TEAM LEAVES FOR UK AND WILL RETURN IN FOUR WEEKS *****
MR. J.W.D. CRANE, HEAD OF THE THREE-MAN TEAM OF SPECIAL POLICE ADVISERS FROM BRITAIN, LEFT TODAY (WEDNESDAY) FOR THE UNITED KINGDOM. HE WILL RETURN IN ABOUT FOUR WEEKS.
MR. CRANE SAID THAT THE TEAM HAD MADE A VERY GOOD START TO THEIR ASSIGNMENT. THEY HAD VISITED DISTRICT HEADQUARTERS ON HONG KONG ISLAND, IN KOWLOON, THE NEW TERRITORIES AND IN MARINE DISTRICT, DIVISIONAL POLICE STATIONS, THE POLICE TRAINING SCHOOL AND AUXILIARY POLICE HEADQUARTERS.
THEY HAD HELD FREQUENT DISCUSSIONS WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE AND THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER, AND HAD TALKED WITH MANY MEMBERS OF THE FORCE AT ALL LEVELS.
THEY HAD MET REPRESENTATIVES OF THE SUPERINTENDENTS’ ASSOCIATION AND THE TWO INSPECTORS’ ASSOCIATIONS, AND INTEND TO MEETmREPRESENTATIVES OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE JUNIOR POLICE OFFICERS’ ASSOCIATION AFTER ITS ELECTION.
THE TEAM HAD VISITED DEPARTMENTS OF THE I.C.A.C. FOR DISCUSSIONS WITH THE COMMISSIONER AND MEMBERS OF HIS STAFF.
MR. CRANE STRESSED THAT THE ROLE OF THE TEAM IS TO ADVISE ON THE ORGANISATION OF THE POLICE FORCE AND ON THE PROCEDURES OF THE I.C.A.C.
+WE HAVE SPENT MOST OF OUR TIME SO FAR GETTING TO KNOW HOW THE TWO ORGANISATIONS OPERATE,+ HE SAID.
+THIS IS A NECESSARY FIRST STEP. WE NEED TO UNDERSTAND THE BACKGROUND AND IDENTIFY LINES OF ENQUIRY BEFORE WE CAN OFFER USEFUL ADVICE.+
THE TEAM HAS HAD DISCUSSIONS WITH THE UMELCO POLICE GROUP (CHAIRED BY SIR SIDNEY GORDON) AND THE I.C.A.C. COMPLAINTS COMMITTEE (CHAIRED BY SIR YUET-KEUNG KAN). IT HAS HAD MEETINGS WITH THE PREVENTION ADVISORY COMMITTEE AND THE CITIZENS’ ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON COMMUNITY RELATIONS OF THE I.C.A.C.
+THESE DISCUSSIONS,* MR. CRANE SAID, +WERE VERY USEFUL AND HAVE GIVEN US AN INSIGHT INTO PUBLIC ATTITUDES AND FEELINGS.* HE ADDED THAT HE INTENDED TO SEEK THE VIEWS AND OPINIONS OF OTHER MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC, SUCH AS DISTRICT FIGHT VIOLENT CRIME COMMITTEES, AT A LATER STAGE.
DURING MR. CRANE’S ABSENCE, HIS COLLEAGUES, CHIEF SUPERINTENDENT ALFRED WALLEM AND CHIEF SUPERINTENDENT ERIC HUMPHREY, WILL CONTINUE WITH THEIR WORK. IN PARTICULAR, THEY WILL CONSIDER STAFF WELFARE, RECRUITMENT, TRAINING AND CHANNELS OF COMMUNICATION WITHIN THE FORCE.
MR. CRANE SAID THAT HE HAD TC LEAVE AT THE PRESENT TIME BECAUSE OF A LONG-STANDING COMMITMENT, BUT HE WOULD RETURN IN MID-MARCH WHEN HE HOPED THE TEAM, IK CONJUNCTION WITH POLICE HEADQUARTERS, WILL HAVE COMPLETED THE RESEARCH STAGE OF THIS MISSION AND BE PASSING TO THAT OF ACTION.
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
2
PLB DESTINATIONS AND FARES DISPLAY LAW TO BE ENFORCED FROM JULY
* * B * H *
THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, THE HON. JOHN HOBLEY, SAID TODAY THAT THE NEW LAW REQUIRING THE DISPLAY OF DESTINATIONS AND FARES BY PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WOULD BE ENFORCED FROM JULY THIS YEAR.
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. PETER C. WONG IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR. HOBLEY SAID THAT NO PROSECUTIONS HAD BEEN INSTITUTED AGAINST PUBLIC LIGHT BUS DRIVERS FOR NON-COMPLIANCE OF THE LAW. THE NEW LAW CAME INTO EFFECT ON AUGUST 1 LAST YEAR.
EXPLAINING THE SITUATION, MR. HOBLEY SAID IT HAD BECOME CLEAR THAT THE NECESSARY STRUCTURAL ALTERATIONS TO PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WERE NOT GENERALLY BEING MADE BY JUNE 1977, SO THE COMPLIANCE AFTER AUGUST 1 WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LAW WAS UNLIKELY.
+ IN THESE CIRCUMSTANCES, THE POLICE FORCE WAS FACED WITH THE PROSPECT OF LARGE SCALE DEFIANCE OF THE LAW AND IT WAS CONSIDERED THAT PROSECUTION ON THE SCALE THAT MIGHT BECOME NECESSARY WAS NOT FEASIBLE,* HE ADDED.
AS A RESULT, MR. HOBLEY SAID, AN ALTERNATIVE APPROACH HAD TO BE ADOPTED. IT WAS DECIDED THAT PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WOULD NOT BE RE-LICENSED THENCEFORTH UNLESS THE NECESSARY ALTERATIONS TO PROVIDE DESTINATION INDICATORS HAD BEEN MADE.
+THIS COURSE HAS PRODUCED THE DESIRED RESULT AND BY JULY THIS YEAR ALL PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WILL HAVE BEEN ALTERED AS NECESSARY OR WILL NO LONGER BE LICENSED,* MR. HOBLEY SAID.
--------o-----------
/3
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978 - 3 -
STOCK EXCHANGE UNIFICATION
* M * *
THE WORKING PARTY ON UNIFICATION OF THE FOUR STOCK EXCHANGES HAS AGREED THAT THE MERGING WOULD TAKE PLACE BY JANUARY 1980.
THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON. PHILIP HADDON-CAVE,SA ID THIS IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY DR. THE HON. HENRY HU ON THE PROGRESS OF THE PROPOSED MERGING OF THE FOUR STOCK EXCHANGES.
MR. HADDON-CAVE SAID ALTHOUGH NOTHING HAS ACTUALLY HAPPENED ON THE GROUND, HE HOPED THAT SHORTLY TANGIBLE EVIDENCE OF THE MERGER WOULD BE SEEN.
HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT ATTACHES CONSIDERABLE IMPORTANCE TO UNIFICATION OF THE STOCK EXCHANGES, INTRODUCED PREFERABLY BY THE EXCHANGES THEMSELVES.
MR. HADDON-CAVE SAID THE FOUR EXCHANGES AGREED TO SET UP THE WORKING PARTY ON UNIFICATION CHAIRED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR SECURITIES IN MAY 1977 AND AT ITS FIRST MEETING AGREED THAT ITS AIM SHOULD BE TO DECIDE WHAT NEEDED TO BE DONE TO BRING ABOUT THE UNIFICATION AND THE TIMETABLE THAT SHOULD BE ADOPTED.
+IN NOVEMBER THE WORKING PARTY AGREED THAT THERE SHOULD BE A SINGLE STOCK EXCHANGE ON ONE FLOOR BY JANUARY 1980,+ MR. HADDON-CAVE SAID.
+IN ADDITION, THE WORKING PARTY HAS AGREED TO A MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION FOR A UNIFIED EXCHANGE, AND SUB-COMMITTEES ARE PREPARING THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION, AND JOINT LISTING AND TRADING RULES,+ HE ADDED.
AT THE SAME TIME, MR. HADDON-CAVE SAID PROPOSALS WERE BEING DISCUSSED WHEREBY THE KOWLOON STOCK EXCHANGE WOULD OCCUPY PART OF THE FAR EAST EXCHANGE AND THE KAM NGAN EXCHANGE WOULD OCCUPY PART OF THE HONG KONG STOCK EXCHANGE.
IF BE FOUR YEAR.
AGREEMENTS WERE REACHED, MR. SEPARATE EXCHANGES OPERATING
HADDON-CAVE SAID, THERE WOUUf ON TWO FLOORS WITHIN THIS
0---------
/4
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
4 -
YOUNG PEOPLE SHOULD BE DISCOURAGED FROM GAMBLING ****** »
THE GOVERNMENT AGREES THAT YOUNG PEOPLE SHOULD BE DISCOURAGED FROM TAKING UP THE GAMBLING HABIT AND WELCOMES ANY INDEPENDENT AND PROPERLY CONSTITUTED SURVEYS ON THE EFFECTS OF OFF-COURSE BETTING CENTRES ON THEM.
THIS WAS STATED BY THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, THE HON. F.K. LI IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY DR. THE HON. RAYSON HUANG IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
♦HOWEVER,+ MR. LI SAID, +1 CANNOT COMMIT FINANCE COMMITTEE THAT SUFFICIENT FUNDS WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR THIS PURPOSE AS WE WILL HAVE TO CONSIDER EACH APPLICATION ON ITS OWN MERITS BEFORE SEEKING ANY NECESSARY FUNDS FOR THIS PURPOSE.+
ON THE QUESTION OF LIMITING THE TIME ALLOWED FOR HORSE-RACING PROGRAMMES ON RADIO AND TELEVISION, MR. LI SAID IT DID NOT APPEAR NECESSARY AT PRESENT AS SUCH TIME AMOUNTED TO ONLY ABOUT 28 HOURS PER WEEK WHICH IS LESS THAN TWO PER CENT OF THE TOTAL BROADCASTING TIME.
MR. LI SAID IT MIGHT NOT BE PRACTICABLE TO ANNOUNCE SUCH PROGRAMMES AS UNSUITABLE FOR CHILDREN AND QUESTIONED THE EFFECTIVENESS AND ADVANTAGES OF THE MOVE, PARTICULARLY WHEN THERE IS NO EVIDENCE THAT YOUNG PEOPLE ARE BEING ATTRACTED TO THESE PROGRAMMES.
♦NEVERTHELESS, THE COMMISSIONER FOR TELEVISION AND ENTERTAINMENT LICENSING WILL CONTINUE TO KEEP A CAREFUL WATCH ON THE SITUATION AND TAKE APPROPRIATE ACTION, WHERE NECESSARY,+ MR. LI SAID.
HE ALSO SAID THAT TEACHERS AS WELL AS PARENTS SHOULD EMPHASISE REGULARLY TO YOUNG PEOPLE THAT GAMBLING IS NO SUBSTITUTE FOR HARD WORK OR OTHER FORMS OF RECREATION AND HE WOULD ASK THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION TO CONSIDER HOW THIS MESSAGE MAY BEST BE REINFORCED IN SCHOOLS.
--------o-----------
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
- 5 -
PRISON RULES EXPLAINED * * * *
THERE ARE SAFEGUARDS TO ENSURE THAT THERE IS NO ABUSE OF POWER BY OFFICERS IN THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT AND THAT THERE ARE ADEQUATE CHANNELS, FOR PRISONERS AS WELL AS PRISON STAFF, TO LODGE LEGITIMATE GRIEVANCES, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON. LEWIS DAVIES,SAID TODAY.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. LYDIA DUNN AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR. DAVIES SAID THE SAFEGUARDS ARE INCLUDED IN ADMINISTRATIVE INSTRUCTIONS AND STATUTORY PROVISIONS.
UNDER THE PRISON RULES, HE SAID: +IT IS AN OFFENCE AGAINST DISCIPLINE FOR ANY PRISONS OFFICER DELIBERATELY TO ACT IN A MANNER CALCULATED TO PROVOKE A PRISONER, OR WITHOUT NECESSITY TO USE FORCE IN DEALING WITH PRISONERS, OR WHERE THE USE OF FORCE IS NECESSARY TO USE UNDUE FORCE.+
HE ADDED THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THESE RULES WERE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF NEWLY APPOINTED OFFICERS IN THE STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTION AND AT REGULAR INTERVALS AFTER THEIR POSTING.
EVERY PRISONER, ONCE ADMITTED TO A PRISON, WAS ALSO INFORMED OF THE AVENUES THROUGH WHICH HE MAY MAKE REQUESTS OR LODGE COMPLAINTS, MR. DAVIES SAID.
♦PRISONERS CAN BRING THEIR GRIEVANCES TO THE ATTENTION OF SENIOR OFFICERS OF THE INSTITUTION CONCERNED VERBALLY OR IN WRITTING AT ANY TIME, TO SENIOR OFFICERS FROM HEADQUARTERS ON THEIR FREQUENT BUT IRREGULAR MONITORING VISITS, TO THE COMMISSIONER OF PRISONS
IN PERSON AND TO VISITING JUSTICES OF THE PEACE DURING THEIR FORTNIGHTLY VISITS,* HE POINTED OUT.
HE ADDED THAT UNDER PRISON RULES, +THE DUTY IS IMPOSED ON VISITING JUSTICES TO HEAR AND INVESTIGATE ANY COMPLAINT MADE TO THEM AND TO ENSURE THAT ALL ABUSES IN CONNECTION WITH A PRISON WHICH COME TO THEIR NOTICE ARE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE COMMISSIONER IMMEDIATELY.*
PRISONS SERVICE STAFF MAY LODGE COMPLAINTS OR TAKE UP THEIR GRIEVANCES EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING AT INSTITUTIONAL OR PRISONS HEADQUARTERS LEVEL, MR. DAVIES SAID.
+INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS OF THE STAFF MAY ALSO AT ANY TIME ASK TO SEE A SUPERIOR OFFICER AND, IF NECESSARY, PURSUE A REQUEST TO THE COMMISSIONER OF PRISONS HIMSELF,* HE SAID.
IN REPLY TO ANOTHER QUESTION BY MISS DUNN CONCERNING THE CAUSES OF THE RECENT HUNGER STRIKE BY PRISONERS IN MA PO PING PRISON, MR. DAVIES SAID AN ENQUIRY CONDUCTED BY A SENIOR SUPERINTENDENT OF THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT SHOWED NO CLEAR EVIDENCE OF THE REASONS FOR THE INCIDENT.
/MR. DAVTEjo • • • • •
.73DNSSDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1J7E
6
MR. DAVIES SAID THE PRISONERS THEMSELVES DID NOT DISCLOSE THE REASONS FOR THEIR ACTIONS AT THE TIME NOR HAD THEY DONE SO SINCE.
+IT IS BELIEVED THE INCIDENT WAS PARTLY DUE TO A TIGHTENING IN DISCIPLINE IN RECENT WEEKS AND MAY HAVE BEEN INFLUENCED BY THE TRANSFER OF PRISONERS FROM OTHER INSTI TUT IONS,+ MR. DAVIES SAID.
+CHANGES IN DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES RELATED TO RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND A FEW RECIDIVISTS AGITATED AGAINST THIS. ULTIMATELY PRISONERS IN SEVEN OF THE 12 DORMITORIES REFUSED THEIR MEALS ON THE EVENING OF JANUARY 23.+
MR. DAVIES SAID AS A RESULT OF THE RECENT INCIDENT, 23 PRISONERS HAD BEEN TRANSFERRED TO STANLEY PRISON. HE ALSO EMPHASISED THAT +THERE HAS BEEN AND WILL BE NO RELAXATION IN DISCIPLINE AT THE INSTITUTION.*
HE ADDED THAT A NUMBER OF IMPROVEMENTS TO EFFECT BETTER CONTROL OF PRISONERS HAD BEEN CARRIED OUT DURING THE PAST TWO YEARS, INCLUDING THE CONSTRUCTION OF SECURITY LOBBIES IN THE DORMITORIES.
+OTHER WORKS IN HAND INCLUDE THE DIVISION OF THE DORMITORIES INTO TWO SECTIONS AND THE DIVISION OF THE PRISON ITSELF INTO TWO SEPARATE CONTROL ZONES BY AN INTERNAL SECURITY FENCE. THESE WORKS WILL BE COMPLETED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE,* HE SAID.
--------0-----------
IMPROVED CONTROL OVER AD SIGNS UNDER STUDY
******
THE LAW ALREADY PROVIDES SOME DEGREE OF CONTROL OVER ALL TYPES OF ADVERTISING SIGNS, THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON. DEREK JONES, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. S.L. CHEN, MR. JONES ADDED THAT HE WAS EXAMINING THE WAYS IN WHICH THE EXISTING LEGISLATIVE CONTROLS OVER THESE SIGNS MIGHT BE IMPROVED.
AS IN THE CASE OF CROWN LAND BEING ILLEGALLY OCCUPIED BY THE ADVERTISING SIGNS, MR. JONES SAID THE PROPERTY FROM WHICH THEY PROJECT HAD BEEN RATED UNDER THE RATING ORDINANCE TO TAKE ACCOUNT OF SUCH STRUCTURES AND THE GOVERNMENT RECOGNISED THEIR EXISTENCE BY MAKING A CHARGE IN RESPECT OF THEM.
HE ALSO SAID THE CONSENT OF THE OWNER AND OF THE OCCUPIER MUST BE OBTAINED FOR HOARDINGS, NOTICE BOARDS, OR POSTERS TO BE PLACED UPON OR AGAINST PRIVATE PROPERTY AND USED FOR THE PURPOSE OF ADVERTISING.
.,SDNESD,.Y, FEBRUARY 16, 1978
WHERE THE PROPERTY BELONGS TO THE GOVERNMENT, THE PERMISSION OF THE APPROPRIATE AUTHORITY MUST BE OBTAINED AND THE BUILDING AUTHORITY OR THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES HAS THE POWER TO REMOVE OR RENDER SAFE THOSE STRUCTURES WHICH THEY CONSIDER DANGEROUS AND WOULD CONSTITUTE A FIRE HAZARD, MR. JONES SAID.
HOWEVER, MR. JONES SAID IT WOULD BE IMPRACTICAL TO EXERCISE COMPLETE CONTROL OVER THE DESIGN AND ERECTION OF ALL ADVERTISING SIGNS AS IT WOULD REQUIRE A CONSIDERABLE INCREASE IN TECHNICAL MANPOWER THAT WOULD BE +OUT OF THE SCALE WITH THE SIZE OF THE PROBLEM+.
HE GAVE EXAMPLES THAT THE FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU HAD REMOVED ONLY ONE SIGN IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS BECAUSE IT CONSTITUTED A FIRE HAZARD AND THE BUILDING AUTHORITY OVER THE LAST 12 MONTHS HAD REMOVED ONLY 25 SIGNS BECAUSE THEY WERE IN A DANGEROUS CONDITION OR THREATENED TO BECOME SO.
0 - -
MEASURES AGAINST OWNERS OF DRUG SMUGGLING VESSELS BEING STUDIED *******
THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE IS STUDYING POSSIBLE MEASURES WHICH MIGHT BE TAKEN AGAINST OWNERS OF VESSELS ON WHICH DANGEROUS DRUGS HAVE BEEN REPEATEDLY SEIZED.
THIS WAS REVEALED BY THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON. LEWIS DAVIES, AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING TODAY IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE REV. THE HON. PATRICK MCGOVERN.
MR. DAVIES SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS CONCERNED ABOUT THE MATTER AND THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS HAD ALSO DISCUSSED THE ISSUE AT ITS MEETING IN JANUARY.
♦ENQUIRIES ARE ALSO BEING MADE OF ADMINISTRATIONS ABROAD WITH A VIEW TO LEARNING WHAT SANCTIONS, IF ANY, EXIST TO MEET SIMILAR CIRCUMSTANCES IN THEIR COUNTRIES,* HE SAID.
HE NOTED THAT A TOTAL OF 893 SEARCHES ON VESSELS WERE CARRIED OUT LAST YEAR AND RANDOM SEARCHES WILL CONTINUE UNABATED.
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
- 8 -
PLANS TO COPE WITH INCREASE IN TRAFFIC TO SHA TIN ******
THE MAIN ROAD BETWEEN KOWLOON AND SHA TIN IS BEING PROGRESSIVELY IMPROVED ALONG ITS ENTIRE LENGTH TO COPE WITH THE EXPECTED INCREASE IN TRAFFIC TO AND FROM SHA TIN, THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON. DEREK JONES,SAID TODAY.
HE ALSO REVEALED THAT PLANS ARE BEING DEVELOPED FOR A VERY CONSIDERABLE INCREASE IN THE CAPACITY OF THE RAILWAY AS THE GOVERNMENT IS AWARE THAT IT WOULD NOT BE POSSIBLE TO COPE WITH THE EXPECTED TRAVEL DEMAND BY ROADS ALONE ONCE SHA TIN NEW TOWN BUILDS UP TOWARDS ITS PLANNED POPULATION OF HALF A MILLION WITH ADDITIONAL POPULATION IN TAI PO AND FURTHER UP THE CORRIDOR.
MR. JONES WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON. ALEX WU IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
HE SAID THAT WORK ON DOUBLE TRACKING THE RAILWAY WAS PROGRESSING SATISFACTORILY AND A CONSULTANCY WAS BEING COMMISSIONED TO PREPARE DESIGNS FOR ELECTRIFICATION.
MR. JONES SAID: +THIS WOULD INVOLVE ELECTRIC MULTIPLE UNIT TRAINS RUNNING APPROXIMATELY EVERY THREE MINUTES AT PEAK PERIODS BETWEEN SHA TIN AND KOWLOON AND WITH 12-1/2 MINUTE JOURNEY TIME.
♦LATER ON THERE WOULD BE A NEW INTERCHANGE STATION WITH THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY AT KOWLOON TONG WHICH WOULD DISTRIBUTE PASSENGERS TO THE WEST KOWLOON CORRIDOR AND TSUEN WAN AND TO KWUN TONG.
♦THE OBJECT WILL BE TO GET AS MANY TRAVELLERS AS POSSIBLE TO USE THIS NEW HIGH CAPACITY SYSTEM IN THE EIGHTIES,♦ HE SAID.
ON IMPROVEMENT WORKS ON ROADS TO SHA TIN, MR. JONES SAID THE SECOND LION ROCK TUNNEL WAS NOW OPEN AND, WHEN THE RENOVATION OF THE -FIRST TUNNEL WAS COMPLETED IN THE AUTUMN, BOTH TUBES WOULD BE IN OPERATION.
CONSTRUCTION OF A SECOND CARRIAGEWAY OF THE ROAD TO THE NORTH OF THE TUNNEL SHOULD ALSO BE COMPLETED BY THEN, HE SAID.
ON THE KOWLOON SIDE OF THE TUNNEL, MR. JONES SAID WORK ON THE CORNWALL STREET/WATERLOO ROAD/JUNCTION ROAD GRADE-SEPARATED INTERSECTION WAS EXPECTED TO START IN APRIL THIS YEAR AND TO BE COMPLETED IN 1981.
HE ADDEDs +THE PRINCESS MARGARET ROAD FLYOVER WILL ALSO BE WIDENED TO FOUR LANES, HOPEFULLY BY 1981. THIS WILL LEAVE ONLY TWO TRAFFIC LIGHT JUNCTIONS ALONG WATERLOO ROAD WITH RIGHT-TURN TRAFFIC, AT LANCASTER ROAD AND DURHAM ROAD.
♦TRAFFIC VOLUMES AT THESE JUNCTIONS ARE BEING MONITORED AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT MEASURES WILL BE INTRODUCED WHEN NECESSARY. THE POSSIBILITY OF BUILDING GRADE-SEPARATED FACILITIES AT THESE JUNCTIONS IS ALSO BEING STUDIED, ALTHOUGH THEIR COST WOULD BE HIGH.+ HE ADDED.
0---------
/9
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
9 -
COLLECTION OF STUDENTS SUBSCRIPTIONS *****
PRECISE PROPOSALS ON STUDENTS SUBSCRIPTIONS - OR TONG FAI -WERE STILL BEING FORMULATED FOR SUBMISSION TO THE FINANCE COMMITTEE WITHIN THE NEXT FEW WEEKS, THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, THE HON. KENNETH TOPLEY, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
HE SAID THESE PROPOSALS WOULD REFLECT THE GOVERNMENT’S INTENTION, WHICH HE DESCRIBED IN THE COUNCIL ON NOVEMBER 9, LAST YEAR, TO MEET IN THE JUNIOR SECONDARY SECTOR THE COST OF PROVIDING A REASONABLE LEVEL OF EDUCATION AT PRESENT BEING PAID FOR OUT OF SUBSCRIPTION OR TONG FAI ACCOUNT.
MR. TOPLEY WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE REV. THE HON. JOYCE M. BENNETT WHO ASKED WHETHER VOLUNTARY AGENCIES RUNNING AIDED SECONDARY SCHOOLS WOULD BE ALLOWED THIS SEPTEMBER TO CONTINUE TO COLLECT SUBSCRIPTIONS FROM THEIR STUDENTS.
-----0------
WATER SUPPLY TO YUEN LING VILLAGE ******
MOST OF THE WATER METERED CONNECTIONS IN YUEN LING VILLAGE, DIAMOND HILL,ARE EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE NEXT TWO TO THREE MONTHS, THE HON. DAVID MCDONALD, DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, SAID TODAY.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. MRS. KWAN KO SIU-WAH IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, HE SAID BETWEEN AUGUST LAST YEAR AND JANUARY 31 THIS YEAR 4,23* APPLICATIONS FOR INDIVIDUAL METERED SUPPLY TO THIS VILLAGE HAD BEEN RECEIVED.
MORE THAN HALF OF THESE APPLICATIONS, HE ADDED, HAD BEEN PROCESSED AND TO DATE 385 METERS HAD BEEN INSTALLED.
MR. MCDONALD SAID THAT DUE TO THE NATURE OF THE TERRAIN AND THE HAPHAZARD LAYOUT OF BUILDINGS IN THE VILLAGE, MAIN LAYING AND METER INSTALLATION WAS DIFFICULT AND PROGRESS HAD BEEN SLOW.
HOWEVER, HE SAID, ACTION WAS NOW IN HAND TO IMPROVE THE RATE OF INSTALLATION WORKS BY MAKING GREATER USE OF CONTRACT LABOUR.
+IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT DURING THE COURSE OF THE NEXT TWO TO THREE MONTHS MOST, IF NOT ALL, OF THE METERED CONNECTIONS wILL BE COMPLETED,* HE ADDED.
-------o _ - - -
/10......
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
- 10 -
GARDEN ROAD/MAGAZI NE GAP ROAD FLYOVER TO BE COMPLETED IN APRIL * * * *
THE GARDEN ROAD/MAGAZI NE GAP ROAD FLYOVER IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN APRIL.
THIS WAS STATED BY THE HON. DAVID MCDONALD, DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. T.S. LO AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
MR. MCDONALD SAID THAT THE COMPLETION DATE WAS ABOUT FIVE MONTHS BEHIND THE ORIGINAL CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE DUE IN PART TO DELAYS CAUSED BY UNFORSEEN UTILITY DIVERSIONS.
HE SAID THAT GENERALLY THE CONTRACT PERIODS SPECIFIED IN TENDER DOCUMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF FLYOVERS WERE REASONABLE.
+THESE PERIODS ARE DETERMINED FROM PAST EXPERIENCE ON PERFORMANCE ON SIMILAR CONTRACTS AND AFTER CONSIDERING SUCH FACTORS AS THE SIZE AND NATURE OF THE PROPOSED STRUCTURES AND THE PHYSICAL AND TRAFFIC CONDITIONS IN THE AREA.+ HE SAID.
IN THE CASE OF THE GARDEN ROAD/MAGAZI NE GAP ROAD FLYOVER, HE ADDED, THE CONTRACT PERIOD WAS SPECIFIED AS 15 MONTHS COMMENCING ON SEPTEMBER 1, 1976 WITH COMPLETION ON NOVEMBER 30, 1977.
MR. MCDONALD SAID THAT LIQUIDATED DAMAGES WERE STIPULATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AT $1,800 PER DAY. NO BONUS CLAUSE WAS INCLUDED.
--------o-----------
TRAFFIC CONGESTION ON COTTON TREE DRIVE WILL EASE SOON * * * * *
TRAFFIC ON COTTON TREE DRIVE WILL FLOW MORE FREELY WHEN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE FLYOVER AT THE TOP OF GARDEN ROAD IS COMPLETED IN APRIL, THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON. DEREK JONES, SAID TODAY.
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON. T.S. LO IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR. JONES SAID IN THE LONGER TERM, THERE IS A PLAN TO WIDEN GARDEN ROAD ABOVE ITS JUNCTION WITH COTTON TREE DRIVE TO PROVIDE THREE UPHILL LANES.
HE SAID WORK ON THIS WAS EXPECTED TO START IN THE FINANCIAL YEAR 1979/80 AND TO BE COMPLETED IN 1980/81.
--------0------------
/11
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
11
PROJECT MANAGERS FOR MARKET TOWNS
*****
SEVERAL MARKET TOWNS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES MAY HAVE THEIR OWN PROJECT MANAGER TO CO-ORDINATE DEVELOPMENT IN THEIR RESPECTIVE AREAS.
THIS WAS DISCLOSED BY THE HON. DAVID MCDONALD, DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. CHARLES YEUNG IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
MR. MCDONALD SAID THAT THERE WAS ALREADY A PLANNING OFFICER ALLOCATED FOR EACH NEW TERRITORIES DISTRICT WHO WAS RESPONSIBLE FOR OVERALL PLANNING AND DAY-TO-DAY LIAISON WITH DISTRICT OFFICERS AND THE PLANNERS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
+IN THE NEW TOWNS THE CO-ORDINATION OF PUBLIC WORKS ACTIVITY IS HANDLED BY THE PROJECT MANAGERS WHILE IN THE MARKET TOWNS AND RURAL TOWNSHIPS CONTROL IS, AT PRESENT, EXERCISED BY THE GOVERNMENT ENGINEER NEW TERRITORIES,* HE SAID.
MR. MCDONALD SA IDs +WHERE AN AREA IS IDENTIFIED IN WHICH PUBLIC WORKS ACTIVITY IS OF SUFFICIENT MAGNITUDE AND URGENCY A RECOMMENDATION WILL BE MADE FOR THE APPOINTMENT OF A SINGLE OFFICER TO
CO-ORDINATE DEVELOPMENT.
+IN THIS CONNECTION, A PROPOSAL HAS ALREADY BEEN SUBMITTED FOR THE CREATION OF A POST OF PROJECT MANAGER TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF TAI PO, FANLING, SHEUNG SHU I AND SHEK WU HUI,+ HE ADDED.
-----0-------
PRIMARY SCHOOLING SCHEME SUCCESSFUL
******
THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, THE HON. KENNETH TOPLEY, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY THAT UNIVERSAL, FREE AND COMPULSORY PRIMARY SCHOOLING HAD PROVED GENERALLY SUCCESSFUL.
HE ALSO STATED THAT ONLY ABOUT ONE PER CENT OF THE CHILDREN BETWEEN SIX AND 11 YEARS OF AGE WERE ESTIMATED NOT TO BE AT SCHOOL AND MOST OF THEM LIVED AFLOAT.
MR. TOPLEY WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. Q.W. LEE ABOUT THE GOVERNMENT’S EXPERIENCE IN IMPLEMENTING THE SCHEME INTRODUCED IN 1971 FOR UNIVERSAL, FREE AND COMPULSORY PRIMARY EDUCATION.
MR. TOPLEY ADDED SOME PARENTS STILL PREFERRED TO SEND THEIR CHILDREN TO SCHOOLS OUTSIDE THE PUBLIC SECTOR.
+NOT ALL CHILDREN ENTER THE PRIMARY COURSE AT AGE SIX, THERE ARE STILL SOME SIX AND SEVEN YEAR-OLDS IN KINDERGARTEN.
+THE PROPORTION OF PUPILS COMPLETING PRIMARY SCHOOL HAS BEEN INCREASING AND IS NOW ESTIMATED TO BE OF THE ORDER OF 95 PER CENT,* MR. TOPLEY SAID.
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
12
MORE OPPORTUNIT IES FOR TEACHERS TO IMPROVE THEIR ENGLISH
* * * * *
TEACHERS WHO WISH TO IMPROVE THEIR ENGLISH WOULD NOW HAVE MORE OPPORTUNITIES TO DO SO, MR. ARTHUR BROWN, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (CHIEF INSPECTOR OF SCHOOLS), SAID TODAY.
MR. BROWN WAS SPEAKING AT THE FORMAL OPENING OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S FIRST IN-SERVICE REFRESHER COURSE ON +INTENSIVE ENGLISH FOR TEACHERS OF OTHER SUBJECTS.+
THE COURSE, A NEW VENTURE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, IS BEING RUN IN COLLABORATION WITH THE BRITISH COUNCIL.
HE SAID: +THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HAD BEEN RUNNING REFRESHER COURSES FOR TEACHERS OF ENGLISH SINCE 1965 AT ITS OWN LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE. NOW THE TIME HAS COME TO CONSIDER TEACHERS TEACHING OTHER SUBJECTS.
+THIS IS MAINLY BECAUSE NEARLY EVERY TEACHER IN THE MAJORITY OF SECONDARY SCHOOLS IS A TEACHER OF ENGLISH, USING ENGLISH AND ENGLISH TEXTBOOKS IN TEACHING VARIOUS SUBJECTS — BE THEY SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, OR SOCIAL SCIENCES.*
MR. BROWN SAID THAT HE WAS CONVINCED THAT TEACHERS, AFTER ATTENDING THE COURSE, WOULD RETURN TO SCHOOLS MORE FLUENT IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND BE ABLE TO USE IT WITH GREATER FACILITY IN TEACHING THEIR SUBJECTS.
THE COURSE AT THE BRITISH COUNCIL WHICH STARTED LAST MONDAY, IS A 10—WEEK PILOT PROGRAMME WHERE 17 SECONDARY TEACHERS OF SOCIAL STUDIES DEVOTE THREE HOURS OF THEIR DAILY WORK PERIOD TO IMPROVING THEIR ENGLISH AND THEIR ENGLISH TEACHING TECHNIQUES.
IF THE SCHEME IS SUCCESSFUL, THE COURSE MAY BE EXTENDED TO TEACHERS OF OTHER SUBJECTS.
--------o-----------
/13
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
13
PLANS TO OPEN COMMUNITY CENTRES ON WEEKENDS
*****
THE GOVERNMENT HAS MADE PLANS FOR FACILITIES IN COMMUNITY HALLS, ESTATE WELFARE BUILDINGS AND COMMUNITY CENTRES, INCLUDING THEIR LIBRARIES, STUDY ROOMS, PLAYGROUNDS AND COMMON ROOMS TO BE OPEN ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS FOR USE BY LOCAL RESIDENTS, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, THE HON. THOMAS LEE,SA ID TODAY.
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON. WONG LAM IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR. LEE SAID A START WOULD BE MADE IN COMMUNITY CENTRES ON MARCH 1, AND THE OPENING HOURS WOULD BE FROM 9 A.M. TO 10 P.M. FROM MONDAY TO SATURDAY AND FROM 2 P.M. TO 6 P.M. ON SUNDAY.
HE SAID: +PUBLIC HOLIDAYS NORMALLY FALL ON THE OCCASION OF SEASONAL CELEBRATIONS WHICH PEOPLE GENERALLY CELEBRATE WITH THEIR FAMILIES AND FRIENDS’ THUS THE CENTRES REMAIN CLOSED ON THOSE PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.
+HOWEVER, IF ANY NEED IS IDENTIFIED AND ADDITIONAL STAFF OR VOLUNTEERS ARE AVAILABLE, I SHALL CONSIDER OPENING COMMUNITY HALLS AND ESTATE WELFARE BUILDINGS ON PUBLIC HOLIDAYS T00,+ HE SAID.
MR. LEE SAID THAT THE NUMBER OF STAFF IN EACH COMMUNITY HALL AND ESTATE COMMUNITY BUILDING WAS RATHER SMALL AND EXTENDING THE SERVICES IN THESE CENTRES WOULD REQUIRE ADDITIONAL WORKERS.
HE HOPED THAT APPROVAL FOR THE NECESSARY POSTS COULD BE OBTAINED IN APRIL OR MAY.
MR. LEE POINTED OUT THAT ALTHOUGH AT PRESENT THESE COMMUNITY CENTRES, ARE NOT OFFICIALLY OPEN ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS, THE PREMISES ARE MADE AVAILABLE TO LOCAL ORGANISATIONS FOR THEIR ACTIVITIES WHENEVER ADVANCE BOOKING IS MADE WITH THE MANAGEMENT.
+IN ADDITION, MY STAFF FROM THESE CENTRES ORGANISE OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES WHICH TAKE PLACE AWAY FROM THE PREMISES.
+THESE TAKE THE FORM OF PICNICS AND OUTINGS TO MAKE THE BEST USE OF SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS WHEN MOST PEOPLE ARE NOT REQUIRED TO WORK OR ATTEND SCHOOL,* HE SAID.
--------Q-----------
/14
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1973
14
TEMPORARY HOUSING FOR HOMELESS OLD MEN IN TSUEN WAN ******
FUNDS WILL BE PROVIDED TO BUILD PARTITIONS IN TEMPORARY HOUSING BEING PROVIDED IN KWAI CHUNG BY THE GOVERNMENT FOR MORE THAN 1OO OLD, SICK AND UNEMPLOYED MEN WHO ARE TO BE EVICTED FROM THEIR HOME IN TSUEN WAN BY THEIR LANDLORD.
THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, THE HON. DAVID AKERS-JONES, GAVE THIS ASSURANCE IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY WHEN HE OUTLINED THE MEASURES BEING TAKEN TO CARE FOR THESE OLD MEN.
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON. MRS. KWAN KO SIU-WAH, HE SAID A SURVEY CARRIED OUT BY THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE SHOWED THAT MANY OF THE 112 OLD MEN WOULD BE LEFT HOMELESS BY THE EVICTION.
+THE DIRECTOR OF HOUSING HAS THEREFORE AGREED TO ACCOMMODATE THOSE WHO WILL BE HOMELESS IN TEMPORARY HOUSING IN KWAI CHUNG- FUNDS WILL BE SEPARATELY PROVIDED FOR BUILDING THE NECESSARY PARTITIONS IN THIS TEMPORARY HOUS I NG,+ MR. AKERS-JONES SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT SHORTLY BEFORE THE LUNAR NEW YEAR, THE TSUEN WAN TOWN MANAGER, MR. JAMES HAYES, HAD SECURED AN AGREEMENT FROM THE LANDLORD AND THE PRINCIPAL TENANT TO DEFER REPOSSESSION OF THE PROPERTY UNTIL THE END OF FEBRUARY.
THIS GAVE TIME FOR OFFICERS FROM THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT TO COMPLETE A SURVEY OF THE OCCUPANTS.
HE SAID THE TEMPORARY HOUSING !N KWAI CHUNG WOULD NOT BE AVAILABLE UNTIL APRIL, AND THE LANDLORD HAD NOW AGREED TO ANOTHER DEFERMENT OF REPOSSESSION UNTIL THE END OF NEXT MONTH.
+THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE MEANWHILE IS ARRANGING FOR THE OLD AND THE HANDICAPPED TO RECEIVE TREATMENT AND INSTITUTIONAL CARE,+ HE ADDED.
--------o-----------
/15
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
15
MEANS TO SPEED UP PUBLIC SEARCHES IN LAND OFFICE *****
THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON. DEREK JONES, SAID TODAY THE REGISTRAR GENERAL WAS EXAMINING THE INTRODUCTION OF A SYSTEM OF MICROFILMING OF RECORDS, WHICH SHOULD RESULT IN MORE EFFICIENT SEARCHING ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE DEPARTMENT AND THE PUBLIC IN THE LAND OFFICE.
HE SAID THE REGISTRAR GENERAL HAD DISCUSSED HIS IDEAS WITH REPRESENTATIVES OF THE LAW SOCIETY OF HONG KONG AND HOPED TO SUBMIT A FORMAL REPORT ON THE MATTER TO THE GOVERNMENT IN THE NEAR FUTURE.
MR. JONES WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON. LEUNG TAT-SHING IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON THE STEPS BEING TAKEN BY THE GOVERNMENT TO MINIMISE DELAYS TO PEOPLE MAKING SEARCHES IN THE LAND OFF ICE.
MR. JONES SAID THE AVERAGE TIME TAKEN FOR A MEMBER OF THE PUBLIC TO MAKE A SEARCH IN THE LAND OFFICE, IF THE DOCUMENT WAS AVAILABLE, WAS BETWEEN FIVE AND 30 MINUTES DEPENDING UPON THE NATURE OF THE DOCUMENT AND THE TIME OF DAY IN WHICH THE SEARCH WAS MADE.
♦MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TEND TO CONCENTRATE THEIR SEARCHES BETWEEN THE PEAK HOURS OF 10 A.M. UNTIL NOON AND BETWEEN 2.30 P.M. AND 4 P.M. AND THIS CAN OCCASIONALLY CAUSE DELAYS IN MAKING RECORDS AVAILABLE,* HE ADDED.
MR. JONES SAID, SOME DELAYS WERE ALSO CAUSED BECAUSE THE LAND OFFICE WAS SPLIT BETWEEN THREE PREMISES AND THE SEPARATION OF RECORDS SOMETIMES MEANT THAT A SEARCHER HAD TO MAKE TWO JOURNEYS.
♦THIS IS CLEARLY UNSATISFACTORY AND EFFORTS ARE BEING MADE TO RELOCATE THE WHOLE OF THE LAND OFFICE AND CERTAIN OTHER PARTS OF THE REGISTRAR GENERAL’S DEPARTMENT IN ONE BUILDING,* HE SAID.
MR. JONES ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THERE HAD BEEN A SHORTAGE OF STAFF IN THE DEPARTMENT IN THE PAST DUE TO THE RAPID INCREASE IN RECENT YEARS IN THE NUMBER OF DOCUMENTS LODGED FOR REGISTRATION, AND THIS HAD CAUSED DELAYS BOTH IN REGISTRATION AND IN SEARCHING.
♦BUT I UNDERSTAND THAT THE POSITION HAS NOW CONSIDERABLY IMPROVED AND THAT MORE STAFF ARE IN PLACE,* HE ADDED.
/16
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
16 -
REFUSE COLLECTION SERVICES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ******
ABOUT 90 PER CENT OF ALL VILLAGES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ARE PROVIDED WITH A DAILY REFUSE COLLECTION SERVICE, THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, THE HON. DAVID AKERS-JONES, SAID TODAY.
AND ABOUT 90 VILLAGES, SOME SMALL, SOME DESERTED AND LOCATED IN AREAS DIFFICULT OF ACCESS ARE SERVICED AT A REDUCED FREQUENCY, RANGING FROM TWICE WEEKLY TO ONCE A MONTH, BY MOBILE CLEANSING GANGS.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM MR. CHARLES YEUNG IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR. AKERS-JONES ADDED THE PROBLEM OF REFUSE COLLECTION IN THESE AREAS WAS FURTHER AGGRAVATED BY THE LITTER LEFT BEHIND BY PICNICKERS AND CAMPERS.
+BOTH THE DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES AND MYSELF REGARD THIS SITUATION AS UNSATISFACTORY,* MR. AKERS-JONES SAID.
+PROPOSALS ARE UNDER CONSIDERATION AT PRESENT IN THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT FOR A VERY SUBSTANTIAL REINFORCEMENT OF MOBILE CLEANSING GANGS AND VEHICLES FOR LITTER COLLECTION THROUGHOUT THE NEW TERRITORIES.
+THE SERVICE CAN THEREFORE BE EXPECTED TO IMPROVE CONSIDERABLY IN ALL AREAS ONCE THE ADDITIONAL RESOURCES REQUIRED ARE AVAILABLE AND DEPLOYED ON THE GROUND.*
IN REPLY TO AN EARLIER QUESTION FROM MR. YEUNG, MR. AKERS-JONES SAID THERE WERE NOT YET ENOUGH PROPERLY BUILT REFUSE COLLECTION POINTS IN OR AROUND VILLAGES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
HE ADDED: +THERE IS A BUILDING PROGRAMME, AND 255 HAVE BEEN BUILT SINCE 1973 MAINLY IN VILLAGES WITH VEHICULAR ACCESS.
+SOME OF THE OLDER REFUSE COLLECTION POINTS ARE INADEQUATE IN SIZE AND METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION.
+AN IMPROVED DESIGN IS BEING DEVELOPED AND WILL BE USED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF NEW REFUSE COLLECTION POINTS.*
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
- 17 -
SELLING HK PRODUCTS
*****
THE FIRST ESSENTIAL STEP FOR A SUCCESSFUL +BUY HONG KONG+ CAMPAIGN MUST BE THAT MORE LOCAL MANUFACTURERS SHOULD BE PREPARED TO SELL THEIR PRODUCTS HERE, THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, THE HON. DAVID JORDAN, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
IN RECENT YEARS THERE HAD BEEN EXCELLENT EXAMPLES OF THIS BEING DONE BY SEVERAL MANUFACTURERS AND THE RANGE OF HONG KONG PRODUCTS AVAILABLE ON THE RETAIL MARKET HAD INCREASED CONSIDERABLY.
MR. JORDAN WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON. FRANCIS TIEN ON WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT WOULD TAKE STEPS TO SET UP A PERMANENT HONG KONG PRODUCTS TRADE CENTRE WHERE OVERSEAS BUYERS COULD SEE ON DISPLAY THE WHOLE RANGE OF LOCAL PRODUCTS AND NEGOTIATE DEALS, AND WHERE THE LOCAL POPULATION AS WELL AS TOURISTS COULD PURCHASE SUCH PRODUCTS.
HE SAfDs +l BELIEVE THAT ONLY THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADES AND MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY CAN NOW INDICATE WITH ANY DEGREE OF ACCURACY WHETHER THERE EXISTS AN UNFILLED DEMAND FOR A TRADE CENTRE AS A RETAIL OUTLET FOR PURELY LOCAL PRODUCTS AND, PARTICULARLY IN VIEW OF THE GEOGRAPHICAL CONCENTRATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRY, ADJACENT PERMANENT DISPLAY AND OFFICE ACCOMMODATION IN A COMPREHENSIVE COMPLEX TO SERVICE OVERSEAS BUYERS.+
MR. JORDAN NOTED THAT THE HONG KONG TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL HAD ALREADY MAINTAINED A PERMANENT PRODUCT DISPLAY CENTRE WHERE THE GOODS ON DISPLAY WERE CHANGED SEVERAL TIMES A YEAR, AND THAT THE COUNCIL ALSO PROVIDED A SERVICE TO OVERSEAS BUYERS SEEKING CONTACT WITH LOCAL SUPPLIERS.
HE SAID COMMERCIAL ENTERPRISES OF A SIMILAR NATURE AS THAT SUGGESTED BY MR. TIEN HAD IN THE PAST BEEN CONSIDERED AND LAUNCHED IN HONG KONG, THOUGH ON A SMALLER SCALE, WITH VARYING DEGREE OF SUCCESS.
+l THINK THAT BEFORE THE GOVERNMENT COULD CONSIDER THE SUPPORT IT MIGHT BE ABLE TO GIVE TO A VENTURE OF THE TYPE PROPOSED, THERE HAVE TO BE SOME VERY CLEAR INDICATION FROM THE PRIVATE SECTOR, PRINCIPALLY THROUGH THE MAIN TRADE AND INDUSTRIAL ORGANISATIONS, THAT A SUFFICIENT DEMAND FOR SUCH FACILITIES EXISTS TO MAKE THE CONCEPT VIABLE,* HE ADDED.
/ie.
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978 ’
- 18 -
BILL TO PROVIDE NEW CONTROLS OVER OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS *****
THE BUILDINGS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978, WHICH AIMS TO PROVIDE FOR NEW CONTROLS RELATING TO OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS, RECEIVED ITS SECOND READING AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL, THE HON. DAVID MCDONALD, DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, SAID THAT THE PROPOSED LEGISLATION, IF ENACTED, WOULD ALSO GIVE THE BUILDING AUTHORITY SUPERVISORY POWERS OVER THE CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF SUCH INSTALLATIONS SO AS TO REDUCE THE POSSIBILITY OF A MAJOR OIL SPILL.
HE SAID THAT ONE OF THE CLAUSES RE-DEFINED +BUILDING+ IN THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE TO INCLUDE OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS AND CLEARLY SETS DOWN THE MEANING OF SUCH INSTALLATIONS.
ANOTHER CLAUSE, MR. MCDONALD ADDED, ENABLED REGULATIONS TO BE MADE BY THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL TO CONTROL THE DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE AND LICENSING OF OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS AND ALSO PROVIDED FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A STANDING COMMITTEE TO ADVISE THE BUILDING AUTHORITY ON MATTERS RELATING TO SUCH INSTALLATIONS.
A THIRD CLAUSE AMENDED A SECTION OF THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE, PERMITTING MAXIMUM PENALTIES OF A FINE OF $100,000 AND IMPRISONMENT FOR TWO YEARS FOR CONTRAVENTION OF THESE REGULATIONS.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
0 -
ADDITIONAL EXPENDITURE FOR SECOND QUARTER OF 1977-78 FINANCIAL YEAR ******
THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY APPROVED THE ADDITIONAL PUBLIC EXPENDITURE OF $452 MILLION FOR THE PERIOD BETWEEN JULY 1 AND SEPTEMBER 30 OF LAST YEAR.
MOVING THE MOTION FOR SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISION FOR THE SECOND QUARTER OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR 1977-78, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON. PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, SA ID THAT ABOUT $88.5 MILLION WAS REQUIRED AS A RESULT OF MORE RAPID PROGRESS ON A NUMBER OF EXISTING PROJECTS AND THE UPGRADING OF 15 PROJECTS TO CATEGORY A OF THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME.
ANOTHER $335 MILLION WAS FOR AN EQUITY CONTRIBUTION TO THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION AND THIS WAS MATCHED BY AN EQUIVALENT PAYMENT INTO GENERAL REVENUE AS PREMIUM FOR THE GRANT OF LAND IN KOWLOON BAY FOR A DEPOT, MR. HADDON-CAVE ADDED.
MR. HADDON-CAVE SAID THAT OFF-SETTING SAVINGS OF $101 MILLION HAVE BEEN FOUND UNDER OTHER SUBHEADS OF EXPENDITURE, OR BY THE FREEZING OF FUNDS FOR ADDITIONAL COMMITMENTS UNDER MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES SUBHEAD.
0 ---------
/19
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 1978
19
BILLS PASSED * * * *
SEVEN BILLS WERE PASSED INTO LAW IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THEY WERE THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978, THE HOTEL ACCOMMODATION TAX (AMENDMENT) BILL 1-978, THE SUPPLEMENTARY APPROPRIATION (1976-77) BILL 1978, THE RESERVED COMMODITIES BILL 1977, THE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS (MARKETING)(AMEND-MENT) BILL 1978, THE MARINE FISH (MARKET I NG)(AMENDMENT) BILL 1978 AND THE ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978.
THREE BILLS WERE INTRODUCED INTO THE COUNCIL FOR FIRST AND SECOND READINGS. THEY WERE THE BUILDINGS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978, THE INSURANCE COMPANIES (CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS) BILL 1978 AND THE PROTECTION OF WOMEN AND JUVENILES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978.
--------0----------
PARTY FOR MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT STAFF AND THEIR FAMILIES *****
STAFF OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH WILL BE ENTERTAINED AT A PARTY TO BE KOWLOON HOSPITAL ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY
DEPARTMENT AND THEIR FAMILIES HELD IN THE SPORTS FIELD OF 19).
WILL BE THE SEVENTH ANNUAL PARTY ORGANISED BY THE DEPARTMENT’S STAFF SOCIETY. PROGRAMMES FOR THE DAY WILL INCLUDE A LION DANCE, FOLK DANCE, GAMES, A LUCKY DRAW AND ARMOUR CARS DISPLAY
THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR. K.L. THONGWILL ATTEND AND ADDRESS THE GATHERING. ’
NOTE TO EDITORS: YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE PARTY WHICH WILL BE HELD ON THE LAWN BY THE ENTRANCE TO THE WEST WING OF KOWLOON HOSPITAL, ARGYLE STREET, BETWEEN 1 P.M. AND 5 P.M. ON SUNDAY.
--------0----------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
LABOUR COMMISSIONER STRESSES IMPORTANCE OF PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS .................................................... i
REPORT ON FOURTH QUARTERLY BUSINESS SURVEY ................ 2
KCR GENERAL MANAGER TO TAKE UP NEW POST IN BOTSWANA ........ 3
OPENING OF PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREA IN TSUEN WAN .......... 4
CAREERS SEMINARS FOR STUDENTS .............................. 5
NINE STAFF MEMBERS OF GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT RETIRING ................................................... 6
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN NORTH POINT AND WAN CHAI ........... 7
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong.Tel: 5-233191
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1978
1
LABOUR COMMISSIONER STRESSES IMPORTANCE OF PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS ******
PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS HAVE BECOME A SOURCE OF TECHNICAL MANPOWER SUPPLY FOR HONG KONG INDUSTRY, THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR. PETER WILLIAMS, SAID TODAY.
SPEAKING IN CANTONESE AT THE UNVEILING OF A COMMEMORATIVE STONE FOR THE MARDEN FOUNDATION CARITAS PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOL IN SHA TIN, HE SAID PREVOCATIONAL EDUCATION PROVIDED HONG KONG’S VITAL INDUSTRIES WITH PEOPLE WHO HAD THE NECESSARY FOUNDATION FROM WHICH THEY CAN DEVELOP NEW SKILLS AS TECHNOLOGY ADVANCES.
MR. WILLIAMS NOTED THAT IN 1977, ALMOST 90 PER CENT OF THE BOY GRADUATES FROM PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS ENTERED INDUSTRY.
THE MAJORITY, HE ADDED, WERE PLACED IN PROPER APPRENTICESHIP SCHEMES BY THE TRAINING COUNCIL DIVISION OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT.
+THIS NOT ONLY REFLECTS EMPLOYERS’ PREDISPOSITION FOR PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS BUT ALSO INDICATES THAT PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS HAVE BECOME A SOURCE OF TECHNICAL MANPOWER SUPPLY THAT IS VITAL TO HONG KONG,+ MR. WILLIAMS SAID.
AS FAR AS CAREERS IN INDUSTRY ARE CONCERNED, HE SAID, STUDENTS IN PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS HAVE A DEFINITE ADVANTAGE OVER THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN OTHER SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
+BECAUSE OF THE BASIC PRACTICAL TRAINING GIVEN IN PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS, THOSE WHO WISH TO ENTER INTO AN APPROVED APPRENTICESHIP SCHEME TO PREPARE THEMSELVES FOR A CAREER IN INDUSTRY ARE NORMALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE FIRST YEAR OF A CRAFT APPRENTICESHIP AS WELL AS FROM THE FIRST YEAR OF THE RELATED PART-TIME DAY-RELEASE CRAFT COURSE IN A TECHNICAL INSTITUTE,* MR. WILLIAMS SAID.
+THE MORE DETERMINED CAN CONTINUE THEIR TECHNICAL STUDIES ON A PART-TIME BASIS TO ACHIEVE TECHNICIAN STATUS,* HE ADDED.
EARLIER, MR. JOHN MARDEN EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT THE SHA TIN SCHOOL WOULD FIT IN WITH ALL THE TREMENDOUS CHANGES WHICH WERE TAKING PLACE IN THE AREA.
HE SAID: +THE FLEXIBILITY OF A PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOL MEANS THAT IT CAN VARY THE EMPHASIS OF ITS CURRICULUM TO FIT IN WITH THE NEEDS OF THE COMMUNITY. FOR EXAMPLE, WE ARE OFFERING PRACTICAL COURSES IN SUBJECTS WHICH HAVE BEEN ACTUALLY DISCUSSED WITH THE COMMUNITY LEADERS HERE AND WHICH WE HOPE WILL BE REALLY USEFUL TO THE STUDENTS WHEN THEY COME TO DECIDE ON A CAREER.*
MR. MARDEN ADDED THE NEW SCHOOL BUILDINGS WOULD BE ACCESSIBLE TO PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PEOPLE AND EVERYONE WOULD BE WELCOME.
THE SCHOOL COMPLEX, WHICH WILL COMPRISE THREE BLOCKS, TWO OF WHICH WILL BE SEVEN STOREYS HIGH, IS EXPECTED TO RECEIVE ITS FIRST BATCH OF 360 BOYS AND GIRLS IN SEPTEMBER NEXT YEAR.
/2
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1978
2
REPORT ON FOURTH QUARTERLY BUSINESS SURVEY
******
THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT HAS COMPILED A REPORT ON A QUARTERLY BUSINESS SURVEY HELD IN JANUARY THIS YEAR - THE FOURTH OF A SERIES OF QUARTERLY SURVEYS.
IN THE SURVEY ABOUT 700 FIRMS FROM VARIOUS INDUSTRIES FORMING A CROSS-SECTION OF THE ECONOMIC COMMUNITY, WERE ASKED ABOUT THEIR BUSINESS EXPERIENCE IN THE FOURTH QUARTER LAST YEAR, AND THEIR BUSINESS EXPECTATIONS FOR THE FIRST QUARTER THIS YEAR.
IT IS BELIEVED THAT SEASON AFFECTS THE SURVEY RESULTS CONSIDERABLY AND HONG KONG BUS INESSMEN. ARE LESS OPTIMISTIC ABOUT THE FIRST QUARTER THIS YEAR THAN ABOUT THE FOURTH QUARTER LAST YEAR.
IN THE TEXTILE AND WEARING APPAREL SECTORS, OPINIONS VARY WIDELY REFLECTING SUBSTANTIAL UNCERTAINTY. PLASTICS AND FOOD, BEVERAGE AND TOBACCO BOTH EXPECT AN UPTURN.
THE OTHER MANUFACTURING SECTORS, EXCEPT ELECTRONICS, LOOK FORWARD TO A STEADY ADVANCE.
CONSTRUCTION EXPECTS A CONTINUATION IN THE UPTURN IN BUSINESS AND THE SERVICES SECTOR PREDICTS MODERATE IMPROVEMENT.
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS EXPECT A SEASONAL DOWNTREND AFTER A HIGH FOURTH QUARTER.
WITH REGARD TO BUSINESS PERFORMANCE IN THE FOURTH QUARTER LAST YEAR, THE SURVEY INDICATED THAT BUSINESS IMPROVED WHEN COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS QUARTER.
FOR WEARING APPAREL, OPINIONS VARIED, BUT BUSINESSMEN IN THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY SEEMED TO BE FAIRLY SATISFIED WITH THEIR FOURTH QUARTER PERFORMANCE.
FOOD, BEVERAGE AND TOBACCO AND PLASTICS BUSINESS REPORTED SOME DECLINE WHICH IS BELIEVED TO BE SEASONAL.
PRINTING AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS REPORTED GOOD PERFORMANCE WHILE THE REST OF THE MANUFACTURING SECTORS REPORTED MILD ADVANCES. CONSTRUCTION AND THE SERVICES SECTORS BOTH EXPERIENCED REMARKABLE IMPROVEMENTS.
FOR WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS WHICH ARE BELIEVED TO HAVE BEEN AT THEIR SEASONAL PEAKS, SIGNIFICANT ADVANCES OVER THE THIRD QUARTER WERE REPORTED.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT SAID THE DATA, OBTAINED WITH A MINIMUM TIME LAG, WERE BASICALLY INTENDED TO FACILITATE A QUICK ASSESSMENT OF THE CURRENT ECONOMIC SITUATION OF HONG KONG.
/+APAKT FROM .....
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1976
- 3 -
+APART FROM A LIMITED NUMBER OF QUESTIONS REQUIRING ANSWERS IN QUANTITATIVE TERMS, THE FIRMS IN THE SURVEY WERE ASKED TO COMPARE THE FOURTH QUARTER JUST PAST WITH THE PREVIOUS QUARTER AND SIMILARLY FOR THE FORTHCOMING ONE,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
+THEY ONLY HAD TO INDICATE WHETHER, IN THEIR OPINION, A CERTAIN VARIABLE WAS UP, SAME OR DOWN.*
THE SPOKESMAN CAUTIONED THAT IN A SURVEY OF THIS NATURE, CONSIDERABLE RESERVATIONS MUST BE MADE IN THE INTERPRETATION OF RESULTS, AS IT WAS DIFFICULT TO ESTABLISH THE EXTENT TO WHICH THE RESPONDENTS’ PERCEPTION OF THE PAST AND THE FUTURE ACCORDS WITH THE UNDERLYING TRENDS.
COPIES OF THE REPORT, CONTAINING AN ANALYSIS AND STATISTICAL TABLES ON VARIOUS ECONOMIC VARIABLES, HAVE BEEN DISTRIBUTED TO FIRMS TAKING PART IN THE SURVEY AND OTHER BUSINESS ORGANISATIONS.
--------0 - -
KCR GENERAL MANAGER TO TAKE UP NEW POST *****
MR. R.E. GREGORY, WHO HAS BEEN GENERAL MANAGER OF THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY SINCE APRIL 1974, WILL BE LEAVING HONG KONG TOWARDS THE END OF THIS MONTH TO TAKE UP A NEW POST IN BOTSWANA.
BEFORE COMING TO HONG KONG, MR. GREGORY, WHO IS 48, HAD WORKED FOR BRITISH RAIL FOR MORE THAN 30 YEARS.
THE BOTSWANA GOVERNMENT HAVE ASKED BRITISH RAIL TO TAKE OVER THE MANAGEMENT OF THEIR RAILWAY, AN 800-KILOMETRE LINK BETWEEN SOUTH AFRICA AND RHODESIA,AND BRITISH RAIL HAVE REQUESTED THE URGENT RELEASE OF MR. GREGORY TO TAKE UP THE POST OF GENERAL MANAGER OF THAT RAILWAY. THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT HAVE AGREED TO THIS REQUEST.
IT IS EXPECTED THAT A REPLACEMENT FOR MR. GREGORY AS GENERAL MANAGER OF THE KCR WILL BE ANNOUNCED IN THE NEAR FUTURE.
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1978
4
OPENING OF TSUEN WAN PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREA * * * *
THE TSUEN WAN PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREA - THE FOURTH TO BE OPERATED BY THE MARINE DEPARTMENT - WILL BE OPENED TOMORROW (FRIDAY) BY THE CHAIRMAN OF TSUEN WAN RURAL COMMITTEE, MR. PETER YEUNG.
THE NEW PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREA IN YEUNG UK ROAD HAS A FRONTAGE OF MORE THAN 300 METRES CONSISTING OF 40 UNIT BERTHS AND 38 LORRY PARKING SPACES.
IN ADDITION, WASH ROOM FACILITIES, A PANTRY AND THREE REST SHELTERS ARE ALSO PROVIDED FOR CARGO OPERATORS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR MARINE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY CONTROL MEASURES FOR THE AREA WOULD BE SIMILAR TO THOSE NOW OPERATING IN CARGO WORKING AREAS IN WAN CHAI, YAU MA TEI AND KWUN TONG.
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO POINTED OUT THERE HAD BEEN A TENDENCY FOR WAREHOUSES AND GODOWNS TO MOVE FROM THE URBAN AREAS TO TSUEN WAN AND KWAI CHUNG IN THE PAST FEW YEARS.
+THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREA IN THE DISTRICT WILL FACILITATE THE ORDERLY AND RAPID FLOW OF BREAKBULK CARGO AND WILL BE PROVIDING A SERVICE OF IMMENSE BENEFIT TO THE PORT IN GENERAL, AND THE TSUEN WAN CARGO OPERATORS IN PARTICULAR,+ HE ADDED.
HE SAID THAT FIVE MORE PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREAS ARE PLANNED FOR THE WESTERN DISTRICT, CHAI WAN, RAMBLER CHANNEL TYPHOON SHELTER, CHEUNG SHA WAN AND TUEN MUN.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE OPENING OF THE TSUEN WAN PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREA IN YEUNG UK ROAD AT 13.30 A.M. TOMORROW. PRESS TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED. A GOVERNMENT VAN(AM 2082)WILL LEAVE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT TSIM SHA TSUI AT 9.45 A.M.
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1978
- 5 -
CAREERS SEMINARS FOR STUDENTS
* * *
A SERIES OF 12 CAREERS SEMINARS IS BEING ORGANISED FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICES FROM FEBRUARY 20 TO MARCH 15.
THESE SEMINARS, AIMED AT PROVIDING FIRST-HAND INFORMATION ON A WIDE RANGE OF CAREERS, WILL INCLUDE TOPICS SUCH AS TELECOMMUNICATION, TEXTILE INDUSTRY, ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING, TELEVISION BROADCASTING, BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION, NURSING, BANKING, HOTELS AND TOURISM.
A TOTAL OF 48 TALKS COVERING 23 TRADES AND PROFESSIONS IN HONG KONG WILL BE GIVEN DURING THE SEMINARS AT VARIOUS CENTRES, INCLUDING THE CARITAS SOCIAL CENTRE IN CAINE ROAD- POPE PAUL VI COLLEGE IN TSUEN WAN- KWUN TONG MARYKNOLL COLLEGE- LOK SIN TONG YU-KAN-HING SCHOOL- QUEEN ELIZABETH SCHOOL IN KOWLOON AND THE HEUNG YEE KUK YUEN LONG DISTRICT SECONDARY SCHOOL IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE FIRST OF THE SERIES OF SEMINARS WILL BE HELD AT THE CARITAS SOCIAL CENTRE AND WILL BE OFFICIALLY OPENED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR. PETER WILLIAMS.
A LABOUR DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID: +IT IS OUR HOPE THAT STUDENTS WILL GET SOME INSIGHT INTO THE WORLD OF PROFESSION AND HAVE THE CHANCE OF DIRECT DISCUSSIONS WITH ENGINEERS, TELEVISION PROGRAMME PRODUCERS, PERSONNEL MANAGERS AND SPECIALISTS FROM VARIOUS FIELDS. IN THIS WAY, THEY COULD BE BETTER PREPARED WHEN THEY COME TO CHOOSE A CAREER.+
REPRESENTATIVES FROM VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS SUCH AS THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT AND THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE WILL ALSO BE TAKING PART IN THE SEMINARS.
THE TALKS BY SPECIALISTS WILL BE SUPPLEMENTED WITH SLIDES AND FILM SHOWS AND A MOBILE EXHIBITION OF CAREERS INFORMATION.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR. PETER WILLIAMS, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY FOR THE FIRST OF THE SERIES OF CAREERS SEMINARS TO BE HELD AT THE CARITAS SOCIAL CENTRE, CARITAS HOUSE, NO.2 CAINE ROAD, HONG KONG, ON FEBRUARY 20 AT 9.15 A.M.
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER AND/OR PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE CEREMONY.
-----o------
/6 ..."
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1978
6
NINE STAFF MEMBERS OF GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT RETIRING ******
NINE STAFF MEMBERS OF THE GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT WITH A TOTAL OF MORE THAN 279 YEARS SERVICE IN THE GOVERNMENT WILL BE RETIRING SOON.
THEY ARE MR. YUEN CHUNG, CHARGEHAND- MR. YEUNG CHEUK, MR. LEE HAI-LUN AND MR. HO KWOK-YEUNG, ARTISANS I- MR. POW KUM-KWONG, CLERICAL OFFICER I- MR. WONG CHAK, GANGER-NR. CHAN SHEUNG, FOREMAN AND MR. WONG YIP AND MR. PETER YU, LABOURERS.
TO MARK THEIR RETIREMENT, THE DIRECTOR OF'GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES, MR. F.J. YOUNG, WILL PRESENT THEM WITH FAREWELL GIFTS ON BEHALF OF THEIR COLLEAGUES AND FRIENDS AT A CEREMONY TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY WHICH WILL BE HELD AT 4 P.M. TOMORROW AT THE GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT’S CANTEEN ON THE TOP FLOOR OF THE DEPARTMENT’S ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING IN OIL STREET, NORTH POINT.
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1978
7
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN NORTH POINT AND WANCHAI ******
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT HAS ANNOUNCED THAT FROM 10 A.M. TOMORROW (FRIDAY) PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WILL BE RESTRICTED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS BETWEEN 7 A.M. AND MIDNIGHT DAILY ON SEVERAL SECTIONS OF ROADS IN NORTH POINT.
THESE SECTIONS OF ROADS ARE:
* NORTH POINT ROAD BETWEEN JAVA ROAD AND WHARF ROAD,
* WHARF ROAD BETWEEN NORTH POINT ROAD AND TONG SHUI ROAD, AND
* TONG SHUI ROAD (SOUTHBOUND) BETWEEN WHARF ROAD AND JAVA ROAD.
AT THE SAME TIME, ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WILL BE INTRODUCED TEMPORARILY FOR ABOUT THREE MONTHS ON TWO SECTIONS OF JAVA ROAD TO FACILITATE ITS RECONSTRUCTION.
THESE ARE:
* JAVA ROAD (EASTBOUND) BETWEEN NORTH POINT ROAD AND TONG SHUI ROAD, AND
* JAVA ROAD (WESTBOUND) BETWEEN TONG SHUI ROAD AND TIN CHONG STREET.
MEANWHILE, THE DEPARTMENT ALSO ANNOUNCED THAT THE SECTION OF SPRING GARDEN LANE SOUTH OF QUEEN’S ROAD EAST HAS BEEN CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 13 A.M. YESTERDAY (WEDNESDAY).
THE ARRANGEMENT HAS IN QUEEN’S ROAD EAST AND
BEEN IMPLEMENTED TO FACILITATE ROADWORKS WILL LAST UNTIL MID-MARCH.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP IN ALL THESE AREAS TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
PRH 7
HH Sffl
GI5I htM
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
L 1
SECONDARY SCHOOLS URGED TO OPEN SPECIAL CLASSES ....... 1
DOG LICENCES EXTENDED TO THREE YEARS .................. 3
\
MORE COMFORT FOR FIRST CLASS TRAIN PASSENGERS ......... 4
BRASS BAND CONCERTS ................................... 5
SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT PARTY FOR STAFF’S CHILDREN ........ 5
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN JAVA ROAD ................... 6
FIRING PRACTICE ....................................... 6
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong.Tel: 5-233191
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1978
1
SECONDARY SCHOOLS URGED TO OPEN SPECIAL CLASSES ******
THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR. COLVYN HAYE, TODAY APPEALED TO MORE THAN 200 HEADS AND TEACHERS OF SECONDARY SCHOOLS TO GIVE THEIR FULLEST CONSIDERATION AND HELP IN THE OPENING OF SPECIAL CLASSES IN THEIR SCHOOLS.
MR. HAYE WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF A SEMINAR ON SPECIAL CLASSES IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS AT THE GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION. IT WAS ORGANISED TO DISCUSS THE PROVISION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION AT SECONDARY LEVEL.
+THE SPECIAL AND RESOURCE CLASSES IN ORDINARY PRIMARY SCHOOLS HAVE ALREADY PROVED SUCCESSFUL,+ MR. HAYE SAID, +AND I AM CONFIDENT THAT WITH YOUR CO-OPERATION AND GOODWILL, THE PROVISION OF SPECIAL AND RESOURCE CLASSES IN ORDINARY SECONDARY SCHOOLS WILL ALSO BE SUCCESSFUL.*
THE NEED FOR THE PROVISION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION AT SECONDARY LEVEL IN SEPTEMBER THIS YEAR AROSE FROM THE GOVERNMENT STATEMENT IN OCTOBER LAST YEAR REGARDING COMPULSORY JUNIOR SECONDARY EDUCATION.
+ONE MAJOR CONSEQUENCE OF THIS POLICY IS THAT ALL PRIMARY 6 PUPILS, REGARDLESS OF ABILITY AND ATTAINMENT LEVEL, WILL BE PROVIDED WITH FREE FORM 1 PLACES IN SEPTEMBER 1978. THESE WILL INCLUDE THE PARTIALLY SIGHTED, PARTIALLY HEARING, MALADJUSTED AND SLOW LEARNING PUPILS WHO ARE NOW IN PRIMARY 6 SPECIAL AND RESOURCE CLASSES.
+HITHER.TO, THE MAJORITY OF THESE PUPILS HAVE HAD TO DROP OUT OF SCHOOL AFTER PRIMARY 6 BECAUSE THEY DID NOT PERFORM WELL ENOUGH IN THE S.S.E.E. FROM SEPTEMBER 1978, THEY WILL BE PROVIDED WITH A FREE SECONDARY PLACE AND BECOME PART OF THE SECONDARY SCHOOL SYSTEM.
+MANY OF THESE PUPILS WILL STILL REQUIRE SPECIAL ATTENTION,* HE SAID. +IN ORDER TO ENSURE THAT ALL PUPILS, INCLUDING THOSE IN NEED OF SPECIAL EDUCATION, RECEIVE THE MAXIMUM BENEFIT FROM THE FREE EDUCATION WHICH IS NOW TO BE PROVIDED FOR THEM, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT WE NOW EXPAND PRIMARY SPECIAL EDUCATION INTO THE SECONDARY LEVEL.*
*IN THE INTERESTS OF ALL SECONDARY PUPILS, THE NON-HANDICAPPED AS WELL AS THE HANDICAPPED, WE MUST PROVIDE FOR THEM AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE AND AS ADEQUATELY AS WE CAN,* HE ADDED.
MR. HAYE SAID, +THOSE OF YOU WHO DO PARTICIPATE IN THIS VERY WORTHWHILE EDUCATIONAL CHALLENGE CAN BE ASSURED OF THE FULL SUPPORT OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.*
MISS ELIZABETH ROWE, PRINCIPAL EDUCATION OFFICER (SPECIAL EDUCATION), SPOKE ON THE INTEGRATION OF HANDICAPPED PUPILS IN ORDINARY SCHOOLS, EMPHASISING THE RATIONALE AND IMPORTANCE OF INTEGRATION AND THE BENEFITS TO BOTH HANDICAPPED AND NONHANDICAPPED PUPILS.
/SHE said.......
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1978
2
SHE SAID, +THE CHANGE IN ATTITUDE TOWARDS OUR VIEW OF HANDICAP, THE CHANGE IN ATTITUDE TOWARDS THE HANDICAPPED PERSONS THEMSELVES, AND OUR GREATER KNOWLEDGE OF THE DIFFERING DEGREES OF HANDICAP, TOGETHER WITH THE WORLD-WIDE MOVE TOWARDS NORMALITY FOR THE HANDICAPPED, HAVE LED TO EFFORTS THROUGHOUT THE WORLD TO EDUCATE HANDICAPPED CHILDREN IN ORDINARY SCHOOLS, TO EDUCATE THEM WITH ORDINARY CHILDREN.
+ IT IS NOW GENERALLY ACCEPTED THAT WHEREVER POSSTBft, HANDICAPPED CHILDREN SHOULD BE EDUCATED IN ORDINARY SCHOOLS.+
THE FIRST SPECIAL CLASS WAS OPENED IN A GOVERNMENT PRIMARY SCHOOL IN 1965. TODAY, THERE ARE A TOTAL OF 351 SPECIAL AND RESOURCE CLASSES IN GOVERNMENT AND AIDED PRIMARY SCHOOLS. THESE INCLUDE 27 SPECIAL CLASSES FOR THE PARTIALLY HEARING, FIVE FOR THE PARTIALLY SIGHTED, 43 FOR THE MALADJUSTED, 183 FOR THE SLOW LEARNING AND 93 RESOURCE CLASSES.
+IN ADDITION, THERE ARE APPROXIMATELY 3,700 PUPILS IN ORDINARY SCHOOLS RECEIVING REGULAR PERIPATETIC OR FOLLOW-UP SERVICES. THE MAJORITY OF THESE PUPILS ARE LEARNING SATISFACTORILY IN ORDINARY SCHOOLS. MANY PUPILS IN THE PAST HAVE MADE SUFFICIENT PROGRESS AND NO LONGER NEED PLACEMENT IN A SPECIAL CLASS,+ MISS ROWE SAID.
SHE ADDED +SEVERAL SEVERELY HANDiCAPPED-PUPILS WHO HAVE HAD THEIR PRIMARY EDUCATION IN A SPECIAL SCHOOL HAVE MADE SUFFICIENT PROGRESS TO CONTINUE THEIR SECONDARY EDUCATION IN ORDINARY SCHOOLS. SOME OF THESE PUPILS HAVE BEEN ABLE TO ENTER A UNIVERSITY OR TECHNICAL COLLEGE.
+AS A RESULT OF THE EXPERIENCE GAINED IN PRIMARY SPECIAL AND RESOURCE CLASSES, WE ARE NOW IN A POSITION TO EXTEND PROVISION TO ORDINARY SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
+BY 1985, WE HOPE TO HAVE 341 SPECIAL OR RESOURCE CLASSES IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FOR APPROXIMATELY 12,835 PUPILS. IN ADDITION THE SPECIAL EDUCATION SECTION HOPES TO PROVIDE PERIPATETIC AND SPECIALIST FOLLOW-UP SERVICES FOR MORE THAN 8,000 PUP ILS.+
MISS ROWE ALSO STRESSED THE IMPORTANCE OF AN ATTITUDE OF UNDERSTANDING, CONSIDERATION, AND ACCEPTANCE IN THE SUCCESSFUL INTEGRATION OF THE HANDICAPPED PUPILS IN ORDINARY SCHOOLS.
THE SEMINAR INCLUDED TALKS ON THE ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS RELATED TO THE OPERATION OF SPECIAL CLASSES IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS, FOLLOWED BY AN ILLUSTRATED TALK ON EXISTING SPECIAL CLASSES AND GROUP DISCUSSIONS.
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1978
- 3 -
VALIDITY OF DOG LICENCES EXTENDED TO THREE YEARS * * * * *
THE VALIDITY OF A DOG LICENCE HAS BEEN EXTENDED FROM ONE YEAR TO THREE YEARS UNDER THE DOGS AND CATS (AMENDMENTS) REGULATIONS 1978 GAZETTED TODAY.
THE LICENCE IS NOW VALID FOR THE SAME PERIOD AS THE ANTI-RABIEl INOCULATION WHICH IS COMPULSORY FOR ALL DOGS IN HONG KONG. __________
THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, MR. TED NICHOLS, SAID TODAY THAT THE AMENDED REGULATIONS WERE APPROVED BY THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL ON TUESDAY AND THE AMENDMENTS WOULD MAKE IT EASIER FOR OWNERS TO HAVE THEIR DOGS INOCULATED AGAINST RABIES AND LICENSED AT THE SAME TIME.
HE SAID, THE CHANGES IN THE REGULATIONS ALSO FIXED THE LICENSING FEE AT $15 FOR THE THREE-YEAR PERIOD FOR BOTH URBAN AND RURAL DOG OWNERS.
MR. NICHOLS SAID THAT DOGS INOCULATED AGAINST RABIES AT ANY TIME DURING THE PAST THREE YEARS ARE COVERED UNDER THE NEW AMENDMENTS AND DO NOT HAVE TO BE RELICENSED UNTIL THE INOCULATION IS DUE FOR RENEWAL^
THE REGULATIONS ALSO EXTEND THE AGE AT WHICH A DOG SHOULD BE INOCULATED AND LICENSED FROM THREE TO FIVE MONTHS. RECENT FINDINGS INDICATE THAT DEFERRING INOCULATION UNTIL FIVE MONTHS OF AGE, RESULTS IN A MUCH MORE EFFECTIVE FIRST-STAGE INOCULATION.
+SHOULD RABIES BE ACCIDENTALLY REINTRODUCED INTO HONG KONG, THE MOST LIKELY TRANSMISSION TO THE HUMAN POPULATION WOULD BE THROUGH AFFECTED DOGS,+ MR. NICHOLS SAID.
+FOR THIS REASON ,♦ HE SAID, +THE DEPARTMENT OPERATES A CONTINUAL PROGRAMME FOR CATCHING AND DESTROYING UNCONTROLLED AND STRAY DOGS. AND IN SPITE OF THE DIFFICULTIES INVOLVED, IT SUCCEEDS IN CATCHING ABOUT 630 DOGS A MONTH.
♦SINCE MAY 1977, THE DEPARTMENT HAS BEEN CONDUCTING A SERIES OF RABIES AWARENESS AND LICENSING CAMPAIGNS THROUGHOUT HONG KONG. THESE CAMPAIGNS HAVE SO FAR RESULTED IN SOME 25,000 DOGS BEING VACCINATED AGAINST RABIES — ABOUT 13,000 MORE THAN THE USUAL ANNUAL AVERAGE.
+T0 ENSURE THAT REGULAR INOCULATION IS CARRIED OUT, DOGS ARE ALSO REQUIRED TO BE LICENSED. BUT EXPERIENCE HAS DEMONSTRATED THAT NOT ALL DOGS ARE BROUGHT IN FOR INOCULATION, PARTICULARLY WHERE THE DOGS DO NOT NORMALLY LEAVE THE OWNERS’ PREMISES.
♦BECAUSE LICENCES HAVE BEEN VALID FOR ONE YEAR ONLY, EVEN FEWER DOGS ARE BROUGHT BACK FOR INSPECTION AND RELICENSING, THUS MAKING IT MORE DUFF ICULT TO CHECK WHETHER DOGS ARE RE-INOCULATED ON TIME.____
/+THE FACT .....
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1978
+THE FACT THAT SOME OWNERS HAVE BROKEN THE LAW BY NOT RENEWING THEIR ANNUAL LICENCES PROVIDES A DISINCENTIVE FOR THEM TO BRING THEIR DOGS IN FOR THE THREE YEARLY INOCULATIONS,* HE SAID.
MR. NICHOLS POINTED OUT THAT THE NEW MEASURES WOULD OBVIATE THE NEED FOR DOGS TO BE INSPECTED AND RE-LICENSED ANNUALLY AND ARE LIKELY TO ENCOURAGE MORE OWNERS TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PRINCIPAL REGULATIONS.
- - 0 - -
MORE COMFORT FOR FIRST CLASS TRAIN PASSENGERS
******
THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY IS REFURBISHING ITS FIRST CLASS COACHES TO PROVIDE MORE SPACIOUS SEATS, COMFORT AND GREATER CONVENIENCE-FOR PASSENGERS.__________________________________________
WORK ON REDUCING THE NUMBER OF SEATS FROM 80 TO 70 IN ONE OF THE EIGHT FIRST CLASS COACHES HAS FINISHED.
A KCR SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT LATER THIS YEAR AIR CONDITION WILL ALSO BE INSTALLED IN THE REMAINING FOUR NON-AIR CONDITIONED -IRST CLASS COACHES.
HE SAID: +DESPITE THE ALTERATION, THERE WILL BE NO CHANGE IN THE FARE, AND UNDER THE EXISTING FARE STRUCTURE TRAVELLERS IN THE AIR CONDITIONED COACHES ARE CHARGED AN ADDITIONAL $1 IRRESPECTIVE OF THE DISTANCE OF THE JOURNEY.*
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE WELCOME TO SEND A PHOTOGRAPHER TO TAKE PICTURES OF THE REFURBISHED COACH. THOSE WISHING TO DO SO SHOULD CONTACT THE DUTY STATION MASTER AT THE KOWLOON RAILWAY STATION OR BY CALLING 3-646321 EXT. 234
- - o - -
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1978
5
BRASS BAND CONCERTS * * * *
THE MONG KOK CITY DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR’. OFFICE ARE JOINTLY ORGANISING TWO BRASS BAND CONCERTS TOMORROW (SATURDAY) AIMED AT STIMULATING AND PROMOTING SCHOOL CHILDREN’S INTEREST IN MUSIC.
ABOUT 800 CHILDREN AGED BETWEEN 8 AND 15 WILL ATTEND.
THE CONCERTS, WHICH INCLUDE A NUMBER OF CLASSICAL COMPOSITIONS, WILL BE HELD AT 9,30 A’M< AND 11 A-M- AT THE SHARON PRIMARY SCHOOL IN CHERRY STREET, TAI KOK TSUI, KOWLOON.
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE OCCASION.
--------o -
NOTE TO EDITORS:
SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT PARTY FOR OVER 1,000 CHILDREN * * * * *
™E GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD A PARTY FOR ABOUT 1,300 CHILDREN OF ITS STAFF ON SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 19) AT THE DEPARTMENT’S COMPOUND IN OIL STREET, NORTH POINT
THE PARTY WILL FEATURE GAMES, AIR RIFLE SHOOTING, TRAIN RIDE GLOVE PUPPET SHOW, BICYCLE DEMONSTRATION, MUSIC BY CAPE COLLINSON TRAINING CENTRE PIPER BAND AND THE AUXILIARY MEDICAL SERVICE BAND. THERE WILL ALSO BE A VARIETY SHOW PERFORMED BY SHAW BROTHERS’ ARTISTES.
THE DIRECTOR OF GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES, MR. F.J. YOUNG, WILL ATTEND THE PARTY AND DRAW THE WINNING NUMBERS OF A RAFFLE.
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE PARTY WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 12.30 P.M. ON SUNDAY.
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 1978
6
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN JAVA ROAD * * * *
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT HAS ANNOUNCED THAT FROM 10 A.M. TODAY (FRIDAY), ALL VEHICLES, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES, ARE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS AND LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS IN JAVA ROAD BETWEEN NORTH POINT ROAD AND TONG SHU I ROAD FROM 7 A.M. TO 10 A.M. AND 4 P.M. TO 7 P.M. DAILY.
THE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS, WHICH ARE EXPECTED TO LAST FOR ABOUT THREE MONTHS, ARE IMPLEMENTED TO FACILITATE ROAD WORKS IN JAVA ROAD.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS HAVE BEEN SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
------(J-------
• / •'
FIRING PRACTICE * * *
4
FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON 10 DAYS NEXT MONTH.
THE PUBLIC ARE REMINDED THAT IT IS DANGEROUS TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN THE RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF FIRING PRACTICE.
THE PRACTICE TIMES ARE:
DATE HOURS
MARCH 1 (WEDNESDAY) 8 A.M. - 4 P.M.
MARCH 3 (FRIDAY) 9.30 A.M. - 4 P.M.
MARCH 16 (THURSDAY) 8.30 A.M. - 5 P.M.
MARCH 17 (FRIDAY) 8 A.M. - 5 P.M.
MARCH 21 (TUESDAY) 8 A.M. - 11 P.M.
MARCH 22 (WEDNESDAY) 8.30 A.M. - 11 P.M.
MARCH 23 (THURSDAY) 8.30 A.M. - 5 P.M.
MARCH 28 (TUESDAY) 8 A.M. - 11 P.M.
MARCH 29 (WEDNESDAY) 8 A.M. - 11 P.M.
MARCH 30 (THURSDAY) 8 A.M. - 5 P.M.
0
PRH 7
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
MULT I-'-JILL I ON-DOLLAR DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR MARKET TOWNS IN NT ...................................................... 1
PURPOSE OF A GREEN PAPER EXPLAINED ......................... 2
BIG BOOST FOR AMBULANCE SERVICE ............................ 3
PAY TAX BY POST ............................................ 4
POSTAL SERVICES TO LEBANON TO BE RESUMED NEXT MONTH ........ 4
RENAMING OF TSUEN WAN SWIMMING POOL ........................ 5
FIRING PRACTICE ............................................ 5
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1978
- 1 -
MULTI-MILLION DOLLAR PLAN FOR MARKET TOWNS OF NT
*****
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT WILL SOON EMBARK ON A |l,3OO MILLION PROJECT TO DEVELOP THE MARKET TOWNS OF SHEK WU HUI AND FANLING.
THE PROJECT FORMS PART OF THE RURAL NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME AND WILL BE PHASED OVER THE NEXT EIGHT YEARS.
TENDERS FOR THE FIRST CONTRACT OF THE PROJECT, COVERING SITE FORMATION AND DRAINAGE WORKS IN THE SOUTH-WESTERN PART OF SHEK WU HUI, ARE BEING INVITED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT BRANCH OF THE P.W.D.
MR. BERNARD NEWMAN, GOVERNMENT ENGINEER (NEW TERRITORIES), SAID TODAY WORK ON THIS PROJECT WAS SCHEDULED TO BEGIN IN APRIL AND WOULD TAKE ABOUT 14 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
THE WORK WOULD INCLUDE THE FORMATION OF ABOUT 16 HECTARES OF LAND IN AN AREA FORMERLY OCCUPIED BY THE TANNERIES FOR PUBLIC HOUSING AND THE FIRST STAGE OF A MAJOR DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT SCHEME.
HE SAID THAT PART OF THE LAND WHICH WOULD BE FORMED BY JULY WOULD INITIALLY BE USED AS A TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA TO ACCOMMODATE THE PEOPLE AFFECTED BY OTHER SHEK WU HUI AND FANLING DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS, WHICH WOULD BEGIN IN THE SECOND HALF OF THE YEAR.
THESE PROJECTS, MR. NEWMAN SAID, WOULD INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS AND SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS.
SITES WOULD ALSO BE PROVIDED FOR COMMUNITY FACILITIES SUCH AS SCHOOLS, MARKETS, A COMMUNITY CENTRE, HOSPITAL AND STADIUM.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE OBJECT OF THE DEVELOPMENT IS TO CREATE A BALANCED COMMUNITY IN THE TWO MARKET TOWNS FOR A DESIGNED POPULATION OF 168,000.
TENDERS FOR THE WORKS TO BE-CARRIED OUT IN FANLING WILL BE CALLED LATER IN THE YEAR.
--------0 - -
/2
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1978
- 2 -
PURPOSE OF A GREEN PAPER IS TO SOUND OUT PUBLIC OPINION
* M * * *
GREEN PAPERS ARE AUTHORITATIVE STATEMENTS OF GOVERNMENT PROPOSALS ON MATTERS OF PUBLIC INTEREST AND ARE ISSUED TO SOUND OUT THEIR OPINION, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.
HE SAID THEY WERE PUBLISHED FOR PUBLIC CONSIDERATION BEFORE FINAL DECISIONS ARE TAKEN BY THE GOVERNMENT.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID A GREEN PAPER WAS A CHANNEL FOR THE.INFLOW OF PUBLIC OPINION, AN ASSESSMENT OF WHICH WAS A VITAL FACTOR IN SOUND POLICY PLANNING.
+IT IS IMPORTANT THAT MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC SHOULD KNOW THAT THEY ARE BEING CONSULTED WHEREVER PRACTICABLE ON MATTERS OF GOVERNMENT POLICY AND PLANNING WHICH DIRECTLY AFFECT THEIR DAILY LIVES,♦ HE SAID.
♦ ALSO, IF A SPIRIT OF COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT IS TO BE DEVELOPED, IT IS DESIRABLE FOR THE GOVERNMENT TO BE SEEN TO BE TAKING PUBLIC VIEWS INTO ACCOUNT.♦
A GREEN PAPER MAY TAKE SEVERAL FORMS INCLUDING A REPORT OF AN ADVISORY BODY, A REPORT SUBMITTED TO THE GOVERNMENT BY CONSULTANTS OR A DRAFT WHITE PAPER, AND ALL GREEN PAPERS CONTAINED AN INVITATION TO SUBMIT VIEWS AND OPINIONS TO THE SECRETARY OF THE GOVERNMENT BRANCH CONCERNED.
IT WAS ONLY PUBLISHED WHERE AN ISSUE WAS OF SUBSTANTIAL PUBLIC INTEREST, OF MAJOR IMPORTANCE OR WHERE THERE WAS SOME GENUINE CHOICE OF POLICY.
♦ A GREEN PAPER IS DISTRIBUTED AS WIDELY AS POSSIBLE TO THOSE WITH AN INTEREST IN THE SUBJECT. THE AIM IS TO OBTAIN ACCURATE AND COMPREHENSIVE INFORMATION ON PUBLIC ATTITUDES WHICH MIGHT VARY GREATLY ACCORDING TO SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC STATUS, EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND AND AGE,+ HE SAID.
♦ WHEN OPINION HAS BEEN ASSESSED, IT MAY SOMETIMES BE DESIRABLE TO PUBLISH A WHITE PAPER CONTAINING A STATEMENT OF THE DECIDED POL ICY,+ THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.
FOUR GREEN PAPERS HAD BEEN ISSUED RECENTLY: SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY- SENIOR SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION- SOCIAL SECURITY DEVELOPMENT- AND DEVELOPMENT OF PERSONAL SOCIAL WORK AMONG YOUNG PEOPLE IN HONG KONG.
0 -------
/3
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1978
- 3 -
AMBULANCE SERVICE GETS A BIG BOOST * * * *
UNDER AN EXPANSION SCHEME OF FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT, THE AMBULANCE SERVICE MANPOWER WILL NEARLY DOUBLE ITS PRESENT STRENGTH TO ABOUT 1,000 BY THE END OF NEXT FINANCIAL YEAR.
A FLEET OF 20 NEW, FULLY-AUTOMATIC AMBULANCES WILL ALSO ARRIVE HONG KONG EARLY THIS YEAR TO BOOST THE NUMBER OF VEHICLES IN SERVICE TO 119.
TWO AMBULANCE DEPOTS WERE BROUGHT INTO SERVICE LAST YEAR AT HING WAH AND LEI MUK SHU ESTATES AND EIGHT MORE ARE BEING PLANNED FOR THE NEW TOWNS AND DENSELY POPULATED AREAS TO ENSURE THAT THE PUBLIC ARE ADEQUATELY SERVED.
THE NEW VEHICLES, EACH COSTING $93,000 WILL BE THE FIRST FULLY-AUTOMATIC AMBULANCES IN SERVICE HERE. THE FIRST BATCH OF THREE VEHICLES WILL ARRIVE HONG KONG IN APRIL. THEY ARE MANUFACTURED IN THE UNITED KINGDOM AND ARE IDEAL FOR HONG KONG’S ROADS.
THEY WILL ALSO BE EQUIPPED WITH TELE-COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, PIPED OXYGEN, ANALGESIC GAS, RESUSCITATION APPARATUS, BURN DRESSINGS AND AIR SPLINTS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AMBULANCE COMMAND SAID THAT DEMAND FOR AMBULANCE SERVICE HAD INCREASED BY 10 PER CENT IN 1976 AS COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS YEAR. THE NUMBER OF CALLS RECEIVED WAS MORE THAN 160,000 AND THE TOTAL NUMBER OF PATIENTS CARRIED EXCEEDED WELL OVER 204,600.
HE ATTRIBUTED THE UPWARD TREND TO A NUMBER OF FACTORS, INCLUDING GREATER RARENESS BY THE PUBLIC OF THE SERVICES PROVIDED AND THE WILLINGNESS TO USE IT.
+THE RISE IN POPULATION AND THE INCREASING NUMBERS OF CASES OF HOSPITAL TRANSFERS CAUSED BY THE HEAVY DEMAND ON HONG KONG’S MEDICAL SERVICES, ARE SOME OF THE CONTRIBUTING FACTORS FOR THE TREND,+ HE SAID.
+FURTHERMORE, OUR SERVICE HAS INCREASED SINCE THE GERIATRIC WARD IN PRINCESS MARGARET HOSPITAL CAME INTO OPERATION EARLY LAST YEAR,+ HE ADDED.
ABOUT FIVE AMBULANCES ARE SPECIALLY USED TO CARRY PATIENTS BETWEEN THEIR HOMES AND HOSPITAL FOR AFTER-CARE TREATMENT DURING WEEKDAYS. THIS SPECIAL SERVICE USUALLY TAKES ABOUT HALF A DAY.
HOWEVER, THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE SERVICE PROVIDED FOR THE GERIATRIC PATIENTS COULD BE EXPANDED TO COVER THE NEW TERRITORIES AND HONG KONG ISLAND AS WELL.
+ALTHOUGH THE NUMBER OF CALLS CONTINUES TO PUT PRESSURE ON AMBULANCE RESOURCES, WE ARE STILL AEuE TO MEET DEMANDS WITHOUT UNDUE DELAY,+ HE SAID.
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1978
4
PAY TAX BY POST * * * *
Tuc,nT^J™AND REVENUE department today urged taxpayers TO PAY ATEItS^OULECHON OFptcESD 1NC0NVEN1ENCE AND PEAK PERIOD CONGESTION
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT SAID TO PAY TAX IN PERSON IS NOT NECESSARY BECAUSE PAYMENT CAN BE MADE BY MAILING A CROSSED CHEQUE ALONG WITH THE DEMAND NOTE TO THE CENTRAL MAIL OFFICE, G.P.O. BOX 132, HONG KONG.
HE SAID IF THE DEMAND NOTE CANNOT BE ENCLOSED WITH THE CHEQUE, TAXPAYERS SHOULD STATE CLEARLY THEIR NAMES AND ADDRESSES AND QUOTE THE CHARGE NUMBER SHOWN ON THE DEMAND NOTE, OR THEIR INLAND REVENUE REFERENCE NUMBERS. RECEIPTS TO ACKNOWLEDGE THE PAYMENT WOULD BE MAILED TO THE TAXPAYERS WITHIN A FEW DAYS.
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THERE IS NO SURCHARGE FOR DELAY IN PAYMENT IF THE ENVELOPE IS POSTMARKED NOT LATER THAN THE DUE DATE SHOWN ON THE DEMAND NOTE.
- - 0 - -
POSTAL SERVICES TO LEBANON * * * *
THE POST OFFICE HAS ANNOUNCED THAT SURFACE LETTER, PARCEL AND AIR PARCEL SERVICES TO LEBANON WILL BE RESUMED FROM NEXT MONTH.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID, FOR THE TIME BEING, THE MAXIMUM WEIGHT FOR EACH PARCEL IS LIMITED TO FOUR POUNDS ONLY.
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1978
5
RENAMING OF TSUEN WAN SWIMMING POOL
* * * *
THE TSUEN WAN SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX AT THE JUNCTION OF KWAI SHING CIRCUIT AND SHING FUK STREET IN KWAI CHUNG, HAS BEEN RENAMED THE KWAI SHING SWIMMING POOL.
THE ADJACENT REST GARDEN IS NAMED KWAI SHING CIRCUIT GARDEN.
THE KWAI SHING SWIMMING POOL IS AN EIGHT-POOL COMPLEX WITH A MAIN POOL, A SECONDARY POOL, A DIVING POOL, THREE TEACHING POOLS, A PADDLING POOL AND A CHILDREN’S POOL. IT IS AT PRESENT CLOSED FOR ANNUAL OVERHAUL AND WILL RE-OPEN FOR PUBLIC USE IN EARLY MARCH.
EXPLAINING THE CHANGE OF NAME, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY THAT THE SWIMMING POOL, THE FIRST PUBLIC COMPLEX OF ITS KIND IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, WAS FOR SEVERAL YEARS THE ONLY ONE SERVING THE TSUEN WAN AREA. BUT NOW FURTHER POOLS ARE PLANNED FOR TSUEN WAN AND FOR KWAI CHUNG, AND THE NAME KWAI SHING IS MORE ACCURATE AND APPROPRIATE.
-----o------
FIRING PRACTICE
*****
FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON FOUR DAYS NEXT WEEK.
THE PUBLIC ARE REMINDED THAT IT IS DANGEROUS TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN THE RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF FIRING PRACTICE.
THE PRACTICE TIMES ARE:
DATE HOURS
FEBRUARY 20 (MONDAY) 9.30 A.M. - 4 P.M.
FEBRUARY 22 (WEDNESDAY) 8 A.M. - 5 P.M.
FEBRUARY 23 (THURSDAY) 8 A.M. - 10 P.M.
FEBRUARY 24 (FRIDAY) 8 A.M. - 4 P.M.
PRH 7
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 19, 1978
CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR YOUTH SCHEME ............................. 1
NEW BUS TERMINUS TO BE BUILT IN KWUN TONG .................. 2
TRAFFIC RE-ROUTING IN CANTON ROAD .......................... 2
Issued by Government Information Services. Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong.Tel: 5-233191
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 19, 1978
1
O°PORTUNI TIES FOR YOUTH SCHEME
*****
THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S SEVENTH OPPORTUNITIES FOR VOUTH SCHEME HAS ATTRACTED MORE THAN 70 PROJECT APPLICATIONS — 50 OF WHICH WERE APPROVED.
THE LATEST SCHEME STARTED LAST DECEMBER.
THE OPPORTUNITIES FOR YOUTH SCHEME, WHICH HAS BENEFITED MORE THAN HALF A MILLION PEOPLE IN THE PAST THREE YEARS, IS AIMED AT PROVIDING YOUTHS AGED BETWEEN 15 AND 25 WITH OPPORTUNITIES TO START PROJECTS UNDER THEIR OWN PLANNING AND ADMINISTRATION SO AS TO ENABLE THEM TO REALISE THEIR POTENTIAL, TO UNDERSTAND THE COMMUNITY AND TO ENHANCE THEIR SOCIAL WORKING EXPERIENCE.
♦YOUTH SERVING YOUTH+ IS THE THEME OF THE LATEST SCHEME AND SERVICE PROJECTS COSTING MORE THAN $60,003 INCLUDE ONE ON ANTI-SMOKING AND ANOTHER ON COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN LAND AND MARINE RESIDENTS.
THE ANTI-SMOKING DRIVE INITIATED BY A GROUP OF YOUNG STUDENTS FOR SERVICE OF KWUN TONG IN RESPONSE TO THE RECENT CAMPAIGN LAUNCHED BY THE GOVERNMENT, IS AIMED AT AROUSING PUBLIC’S AWARENESS ON THE HAZARDS OF SMOKING THROUGH SEMINARS, POSTER-DESIGN AND ESSAY COMPETITIONS.
ANOTHER LARGE-SCALE PROJECT GIVEN PRIORITY IN THE SCHEME IS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE MORE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES FOR ABOUT 600 CHILDREN LIVING IN YAU MA TEI TYPHOON SHELTER AND TO ENHANCE THEIR KNOWLEDGE OF COMMUNITY.
MR. LAM KWOK-WAN, PRINCIPAL SOCIAL WELFARE OFFICER (OPERATION), SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S GROUP AND COMMUNITY WORK DIVISION, SAID: +THE MAIN PURPOSE OF THE SCHEME IS THAT THROUGH PARTICIPATION IN VARIOUS COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECTS, THE YOUTHS CAN DEVELOP THEIR OWN POTENTIAL, SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND CIVICCONSCIOUSNESS AND DISCOVER THEIR OWN GENUINE NEEDS.
♦SINCE ITS INCEPTION IN 1974, THE SCHEME HAS PRODUCED 334 PROJECTS, INVOLVING OVER 10,003 YOUNG STUDENTS AND WORKERS.
+THE SCOPE IT COVERS RANGES FROM YOUTH RECREATION TO SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY' AND SCHOOL WORK GUIDANCE TO PRODUCTION OF FILMS AND PUBLICATIONS. THESE SERVICES ARE PARTICULARLY FOR THOSE LIVING IN RESITE AREAS, REMOTE VILLAGES AND IN TYPHOON SHELTERS,+ HE SAID.
UNLIKE CONVENTIONAL SOCIAL PROGRAMMES, HE ADDED, PROJECTS IN THE SCHEME HAD TO BE ASSESSED AND APPROVED BEFORE THEY WERE INTRODUCED.
+THE CRITERIA IN SELECTING THESE PROJECTS TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE EXTENT OF YOUTH INVOLVEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT, BENEFITS TO THE COMMUNITY, INNOVATION, FEASIBILITY AND OPTIMUM USE OF RESOURCES + MR. LAM SAID.
/+cc:;siDEiunoK......
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 19, 1978
2
■••CONSIDERATION WILL ALSO BE GIVEN TO AVOIDING DUPLICATION CF EXISTING LOCAL SERVICES AND PROGRAMMES,* HE ADDED.
ONCE A PROJECT RECEIVES THE GREEN LIGHT, A SUBSIDY OF NOT MORE THAN 52,000 WILL BE ALLOCATED FOR ITS IMPLEMENTATION. IT WILL BE REVIEWED AND ITS ORGANISERS WILL HAVE TO SUBMIT PROGRESS REPORTS TO THE COMMUNITY AND YOUTH OFFICERS OF THE DIVISION WHO WILL GIVE TECHNICAL ADVICE AS APPROPRIATE.
MR. LAM SAID MANY OF THESE PROJECTS PROVED TO BE SO SUCCESSFUL THAT THEY WERE LATER ESTABLISHED ON A PERMANENT BA«| IS WITH FINANCIAL AIDS FROM CHARITABLE BODIES.
- - 0 -
NEW BUS TERMINUS FOR KWUN TONG
» * * K K
A NEW BUS TERMINUS WILL SOON BE CONSTRUCTED IN CENTRAL KWUN TONG TO COPE WITH RAPID EXPANSION OF BUS SERVICES SERVING THE AREA.
TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT ARE BEING CALLED BY THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
MR. TOM ARMOUR, ACTING CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE HIGHWAYS (KOWLOON) DIVISION, SAID TODAY THAT THE NEW BUS TERMINUS WOULD BE BUILT AT THE JUNCTION OF HIP WO AND YUET WAH STREETS. THE AREA WOULD BE PAVED, AND PROVIDED WITH SHELTERS TO PROTECT PASSENGERS FROM INCLEMENT WEATHER.
PLANTING STRIPS WOULD ALSO BE PROVIDED ADJACENT TO THE TERMINUS TO IMPROVE THE AMENITY OF THE AREA, HE SAID.
WORK ON THE PROJECT WOULD BEGIN IN APRIL AND TAKE ABOUT FIVE MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
ON COMPLETION, THE NEW BUS TERMINUS WOULD REPLACE THE EXISTING ONE AT YUE MAN SQUARE AND SERVE FIVE BUS ROUTES.
TRAFFIC RE-ROUTING IN CANTON ROAD * * * * *
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT HAS ANNOUNCED THAT FROM 10 A.M. ON TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 21), THE SECTION OF CANTON ROAD BETWEEN DUNDAS STREET AND SOY STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY FROM DUNDAS STREET TO SOY STREET TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW IN THE AREA.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
- - 0 -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
LABOUR COMMISSIONER OPENS CAREERS SEMINARS ..... 1
HONG KONG-AUSTRIA TEXTILE AGREEMENT SIGNED..... 2
MEW BRANCH OFFICE FOR LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE IN NORTH POINT .................................... 2
CORRECT USE OF SHIP SIGNALS .................... A
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KWUN TONG .............. 5
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 1978
- 1
LABOUR COMMISSIONER OPENS CAREERS SEMINARS *****
THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR. PETER WILLIAMS, SAID TODAY THAT PLANNING ONE’S CAREER IS NOT EASY AND THAT IT TAKES TIME AND EFFORT TO FIND OUT WHAT ONE IS BEST SUITED FOR.
MR. WILLIAMS WAS SPEAKING TO A GATHERING OF YOUNG PEOPLE — MOSTLY FORM FIVE STUDENTS — AT THE CARITAS SOCIAL CENTRE IN CAINE ROAD DURING THE OPENING OF THE FIRST OF 12 CAREERS SEMINARS ORGANISED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE.
HE SA IDs +T00 OFTEN WE HEAR PEOPLE COMPLAINING ABOUT WORK. IT IS NOT WORK ALONE THAT THEY ARE COMPLAINING ABOUT. THEY ARE NOT SUITED TO THE LIFE-STYLE WHICH THEY HAVE DRIFTED INTO. THEY HAVE DIFFICULTY IN ADJUSTING TO THE WORLD OF WORK WHICH DEMANDS RESPONSIBILITY AND IMPOSES CHALLENGES ON THE INDIVIDUAL.+
MR. WILLIAMS SAID PLANNING ONE’S CAREER WAS A STEP-BY-STEP APPROACH TO A BETTER AND MORE SUCCESSFUL FUTURE.
HE ADVISED YOUNG PEOPLE WHO WERE ABOUT TO DECIDE ON A CAREER TO OBTAIN A CLEAR IDEA OF WHAT LAY AHEAD OF THEM BEFORE ASKING WHAT THEY WANTED TO DO, COULD DO AND WHAT WAS THERE TO DO.
TURNING TO THE ROLE PLAYED BY THE YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE, HE SAID ITS WORK WAS CONCERNED WITH THE PREPARATION AND DISSEMINATION OF CAREERS INFORMATION, AND BY MEANS OF CAREERS LITERATURE, SCHOOL TALKS, SEMINARS, FILMS AND SLIDE PRESENTATIONS AS WELL AS EXHIBITION, IT HOPED TO INTRODUCE YOUNG PEOPLE TO THE WORLD OF WORK.
THE JOB OF THE YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE, MR. WILLIAMS SAID, WAS TO HELP YOUNG PEOPLE START THINKING IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION.
REFERRING TO THE SEMINAR ITSELF, HE SAID IT WAS AN OCCASION FOR SPECIALISTS IN COMMERCE, INDUSTRY AND THE CIVIL SERVICE TO GIVE THE MOST UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION ON JOB OPPORTUNITIES, TRAINING FACILITIES AND JOB REWARDS, AND TO ANSWER QUESTIONS FROM STUDENTS.
-----0------
/2 .......
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 1978
2
TEXTILE AGREEMENT SIGNED
******
HONG KONG HAS FORMALLY SIGNED AN EXPORT AUTHORISATION ARRANGEMENT GOVERNING THE EXPORT OF CERTAIN TEXTILE PRODUCTS TO Austria por ths period from February i, 1978, to January 31, 1979.
THE AGREEMENT WITH AUSTRIA WAS SIGNED IN HONG KONG BY THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, MR. DAVID JORDAN, ON FEBRUARY 17.
THE AGREEMENT, WHICH WAS INITIALLED BY THE TWO SIDES LAST MONTH, FOLLOWED CONSULTATIONS IN GENEVA FROM JANUARY 16 TO 18.
--------o - - - -
LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE OFFICE FOR NORTH POINT * * * *
THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT WILL OPEN ANOTHER NEW BRANCH OFFICE FOR ITS LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 22) IN THE DENSELY POPULATED DISTRICT OF NORTH POINT.
THE NEW OFFICE, SITUATED AT 264 ELECTRIC ROAD, WILL BE OFFICIALLY OPENED BY MR. SHUM CHOI-SANG, MR. CHEUNG KAM-TIM AND MADAM SUN FONG-CHUNG, THREE APPOINTED MEMBERS OF THE EASTERN CITY DISTRICT COMMITTEE. ITS TELEPHONE NUMBER IS 5-711351/4.
THE NEW OFFICE WILL BRING THE TOTAL NUMBER OF LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE OFFICES IN HONG KONG, KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES TO NINE.
A LABOUR DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID: +THE MAIN FUNCTION OF THE NEW OFFICE IS TO SERVE JOB-SEEKERS AND EMPLOYERS IN NORTH POINT AND NEARBY AREAS.
♦THE SERVICE IS FREE AND ANYONE WHO WISHES TO LOOK FOR JOBS IS WELCOME TO REGISTER PERSONALLY AT THE NEW OFFICE OR ANY OTHER LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE OFF ICES,+ HE ADDED.
♦EMPLOYERS WHO WISH TO RECRUIT STAFF HAVE ONLY TO NOTIFY ONE OF THE LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE OFFICES OF THE DETAILS OF THEIR REQUIREMENTS BY TELEPHONE.+
ALL THE LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE OFFICES ARE MANNED DURING WEEKDAYS, INCLUDING THE LUNCH HOUR BETWEEN 1 P.M. AND 2 P.M.
/ THE......
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 1978
3
THE FOLLOWING ARE THE ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF THE OTHER EIGHT LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE OFFICES:
ADDRESS TELEPHONE
NEW RODNEY BLOCK, QUEENSWAY, HONG KONG 5-270276
CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 4TH FLOOR, KOWLOON 3-695525/8
POST OFFICE BUILDING, 1ST FLOOR, KOWLOON 3-7OO293/5
KWUN TONG DISTRICT BRANCH OFFICE BUILDING, 2ND FLOOR, TUNG YAN STREET 3-420486 3-424251/3
7 KING FUK STREET, SAN PO KONG 3-265121/4
CHARTERED BANK BUILDING, 3RD FLOOR, TSUEN WAN, NEW TERRITORIES 12-420154/6
52 KWONG FUK ROAD, GROUND FLOOR, TAI PO, NEW TERRITORIES 12-665183/5
31 TAK CHING COURT, TUEN MUN, NEW TERRITORIES 12-819300/2
NOTE TO EDITORS: THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR. PETER WILLIAMS WILL SPEAK AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE NEW LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE OFFICE WHICH WILL BE OFFICIATED BY THREE LOCAL DIGNITARIES ON WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 22) AT 3 P.M.
REFRESHMENT WILL BE SERVED AFTER THE CEREMONY.
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER AND/OR PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE CEREMONY.
-----0------
/4........
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 1978
4
CORRECT USE OF SHIP SIGNALS
*****
THE MARINE DEPARTMENT HAS REMINDED MARINERS OF THE CORRECT USE OF SOUND SIGNALS, FAIRWAY AND TRAFFIC SEPARATION ZONES IN ORDER TO PREVENT COLLISIONS AT SEA.
A SPOKESMAN OF THE DEPARTMENT SAID THAT UNDER THE INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS AT SEA, THE VESSEL IN DOUBT OF ANOTHER’S INTENTIONS SHOULD GIVE AT LEAST FIVE SHORT AND RAPID BLASTS ON THE WHISTLE.
+SUCH SIGNAL MAY BE SUPPLEMENTED BY A LIGHT SIGNAL OF AT LEAST FIVE SHORT AND RAPID FLASHES,* HE ADDED.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT IT HAD BEEN OBSERVED THAT IT IS CUSTOMARY FOR THOSE IN CHARGE OF LOCAL CRAFT TO SOUND ONE PROLONGED BLAST WHEN IN DOUBT OF ANOTHER VESSEL’S INTENTIONS.
HE SAID ACCORDING TO THE REGULATIONS, THE ONE PROLONGED BLAST IS TO INDICATE A VESSEL NEARING A BEND OR AN AREA OF A CHANNEL OR FAIRWAY WHERE OTHER VESSELS MAY BE OBSCURED BY AN INTERVENING OBSTRUCTION.
*SUCH SIGNAL SHALL BE ANSWERED WITH A PROLONGED BLAST BY AN APPROACHING VESSEL THAT MAY BE WITHIN HEARING AROUND THE BEND OR BEHIND THE INTERVENING OBSTRUCTION,* HE ADDED.
WITH RESPECT TO THE CORRECT USE OF FAIRWAYS AND TRAFFIC SEPARATION ZONES, THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT +A VESSEL PROCEEDING ALONG THE COURSE OF A NARROW CHANNEL OR FAIRWAY SHOULD KEEP AS NEAR TO THE OUTER LIMIT OF THE CHANNEL OR FAIRWAY WHICH LIES ON ITS STARBOARD SIDE AS IS SAFE AND PRACTICABLE.*
THE SPOKESMAN REMINDED MARINERS THAT WHEN REQUIRED UNDER THE INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS TO AVOID ANOTHER VESSEL, WHETHER BY ALTERATION OF COURSE OR REVERSING ASTERN, A VESSEL SHOULD INDICATE SUCH MANOEUVRE BY THE APPROPRIATE SOUND SIGNAL OR SIGNALS AS REQUIRED BY THE REGULATIONS.
-----0-------
/5
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 1978
- 5
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KWUN TO»G * * * * 7 II
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FROM SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 25) KWUN TONG ROAD BETWEEN HONG ffAK ROAD AND ELEGANCE ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 1.3P A.M. AND 5.30 A.M. DAILY FOR ABOUT TWO MONTHS IN ORDER TO FACILITATE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CONSTRUCTION WORKS. ’
IN VIEW OF THE TEMPORARY CLOSURE, THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC DIVERSIONS WILL BE IMPLEMENTEDs-
* SOUTHBOUND TRAFFIC ON KWUN TONG ROAD WILL BE DIVERTED VIA NGAU TAU KOK ROAD AND ELEGANCE ROAD TO REJOIN KWUN TONG ROAD-
* NORTHBOUND TRAFFIC ON KWUN TONG ROAD WILL BE DIVERTED VIA LAI YIP STREET, WAI YIP STREET TO REJOIN KWUN TONG ROAD. ALTERNATIVELY, VEHICLES CAN PROCEED VIA THE ROUNDABOUT AT THE JUNCTION OF KWUN TONG ROAD AND ELEGANCE ROAD, TO NGAU TAU KOK ROAD AND SHING SHUN ROAD TO REJOIN KWUN TONG ROAD.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
- - 0 - -
PRH 7
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
FINANCE COMMITTEE APPROVES $266 MILLION LOAN TO INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION .................... 1
GROWING DEMAND FOR PREVOCATIONAL EDUCATION ........... 2
CS TO VISIT TAI PO ................................... 2
DEMONSTRATION OF OIL SKIMMER ......................... 3
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE ON PENG CHAU ............ 3
DEATH SENTENCE COMMUTED .............................. 4
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1978
1
FINANCE COMMITTEE APPROVES 3266 MILLION LOAN TO INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION *****
THE FINANCE COMMITTEE OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL HAS APPROVED A $266 MILLION LOAN TO THE HONG KONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION TO MEET THE DEVELOPMENT COSTS OF AN INDUSTRIAL ESTATE IN YUEN LONG.
THE LOAN, ON WHICH INTEREST OF 7-7/8 PER CENT PER ANNUM WILL BE CHARGED, IS FOR A SEVEN-YEAR PERIOD BEGINNING JANUARY 1, 1978.
THE YUEN LONG SITE CONSISTS OF 93 HECTARES OF LAND, WHICH WILL PRODUCE AN ESTIMATED NET INDUSTRIAL AREA OF ABOUT 56 HECTARES.
DEVELOPMENT OF THE SITE WILL BE IN THREE STAGES, WITH 49 HECTARES BEING FORMED IN STAGE I, 27 HECTARES IN STAGE II AND 17 HECTARES IN STAGE III. LAND IN STAGES I AND II IS MOSTLY CROWN LAND, WHILE THE LAND REQUIRED FOR STAGE III IS LARGELY PRIVATELY OWNED.
INITIALLY, THE LOAN WILL BE RESTRICTED TO EXPENDITURE ON STAGES I AND I I ($242.2 MILLION) AND THE RESUMPTION COSTS OF STAGE III ($23.8 MILLION). A SEPARATE SUBMISSION WILL BE MADE FOR FINANCING THE CONSTRUCTION OF STAGE III.
A TOTAL OF $88.59 MILLION IS EXPECTED TO BE SPENT ON THE PROJECT IN 1978/79, $89.36 MILLION IN 1979/80, $91.75 MILLION IN 1980/81 AND $9.87 MILLION IN 1981/82.
THE LARGEST ITEM OF EXPENDITURE — $50.40 MILLION — WILL BE ON SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS WHICH WILL BE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE ALSO FOR THE EXPANSION OF YUEN LONG.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS EMPLOYED BY THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION ARE AT PRESENT CARRYING OUT A STUDY OF THE YUEN LONG SITE AND THEIR PRELIMINARY REPORT IS EXPECTED TO BE SUBMITTED IN A FEW WEEKS.
■ TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1978 ✓
- 2 -
GROWING DEMAND FOR PREVOCATIONAL EDUCATION *****
THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (TECHNICAL), MR. DANIEL WATERS, SAID TODAY THAT ABOUT 17,000 APPLICATIONS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED FOR THE APPROXIMATELY 3,000 NEW PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOL PLACES WHICH WILL BECOME AVAILABLE IN SEPTEMBER THIS YEAR.
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE JOINT SPORTS MEET OF THE PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS AT THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT STADIUM, MR. WATERS SA ID, +THIS MEANS THAT EACH AVAILABLE NEW PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOL PLACE IN THE COMING ACADEMIC YEAR IS OVER-SUBSCRIBED BY APPROACHING SIX TO ONE.
+THIS PROVES WITHOUT DOUBT THAT PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS ARE STILL POPULAR, ALTHOUGH PLACES WILL BE AVAILABLE IN THE COMING ACADEMIC YEAR, IN OTHER TYPES OF SCHOOLS, FOR ALL OUR PRIMARY 6 LEAVERS,* HE ADDED.
MR. WATERS NOTED THAT THE PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS, BESIDES IMPARTING TECHNICAL EDUCATION IN BREADTH RATHER THAN IN DEPTH, ALSO PROVIDE A +WELL-ROUNDED GENERAL EDUCATION* UP TO FORM.THREE LEVEL.
IN ADDITION TO TECHNICAL AND GENERAL EDUCATION, HE POINTED OUT, SPORTS, GAMES AND OTHER EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES ARE BY NO MEANS FORGOTTEN AS IS EVIDENCED BY THE SPORTS MEET.
--------0--------
NOTE TO EDITORS:
CHIEF SECRETARY YO VISIT TAI PO
* * * *
THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR DENYS ROBERTS, WILL VISIT TAI PO DISTRICT ON THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 23) AFTERNOON TO SEE THE PROGRESS OF ITS DEVELOPMENT.
ACCOMPANIED BY THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. CLIVE OXLEY, SIR DENYS WILL VISIT THE YUE KOK TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA, THE PLOVER COVE COUNTRY PARK AND THE FORMER TANNERIES SITE IN SHEUNG SHU I.
HE WILL ALSO MEET MEMBERS OF THE TAI PO RURAL COMMITTEE FOR A DISCUSSION ON MATTERS OF LOCAL INTEREST.
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND YOUR REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE CHIEF SECRETARY’S VISIT. PRESS TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED.
TWO GOVERNMENT VANS, AM 2088 AND AM 3174, WILL LEAVE FROM BEHIND THE TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE AT 1.15 P.M. ON THURSDAY.
------o----------
/3
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1978
NOTE TO EDITORS!
DEMONSTRATION OF OIL SKIMMER ******
THE MARINE DEPARTMENT WILL GIVE A DEMONSTRATION OF A NEW OIL SKIMMER TO THE PRESS AT THE GOVERNMENT DOCKYARD IN CANTON ROAD ON THURSDAY (FEBRUARY 23).
thF^qui pmeht • REUtTr rly atqwet w
CAPABLE OF SKIMMING VARIOUS TYPES OF OIL FROM THE SEA AT A RATE OF TEN TONS PER HOUR.
THE OIL SKIMMER, WEIGHING 115 LB AND WITH A DRAUGHT
OF 7.5 INCHES, WILL.STRENGTHEN THE CAPABILITY OF THE DEPARTMENT’S POLLUTION CONTROL UNIT IN FIGHTING OIL SPILLAGES AT SEA.
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE DEMONSTRATION AT 11.15 A.M. ON THURSDAY. A MARINE DEPARTMENT LAUNCH WILL LEAVE THE GOVERNMENT PIER IN CENTRAL AT 11 A.M. TO TAKE PRESS REPRESENTATIVES TO THE GOVERNMENT DOCKYARD.
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE ON PENG CHAU ******
A TEAM FROM THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE WILL CONDUCT REGISTRATIONS AT THE OFFICE OF PENG CHAU RURAL COMMITTEE FOR PEOPLE LIVING ON THE ISLAND FROM 9.30 A.M. TO 4 P.M. ON FEBRUARY 27,. 28 AND MARCH 1.
THE VISIT IS TO ENABLE PARENTS AND GUARDIANS TO REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN AND WARDS BETWEEN 11 AND 17 YEARS OF AGE FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS AND HOLDERS OF JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS TO REGISTER FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ON REACHING THE AGE OF 18.
PEOPLE LIVING ON PENG CHAU ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO REGISTER THEMSELVES AND THEIR CHILDREN FOR IDENTITY CARDS AND TO REPORT CHANGES OF EMPLOYMENT, RESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES, MARITAL STATUS, OR OTHER PARTICULARS.
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1978
- 4 -
DEATH SENTENCE COMMUTED
* * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, AFTER TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION THE ADVICE OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, HAS DECIDED THAT THE DEATH SENTENCE PASSED ON LAM YIU-FONG ON MAY 20 LAST YEAR SHOULD BE COMMUTED TO LIFE IMPRISONMENT.
LAM WAS FOUND GUILTY OF THE MURDER OF 43-YEAR-OLD LAM MUK-KIN WHOM HE STABBED DURING A ROBBERY ATTEMPT IN A TOILET AT TUNG TAU ESTATE ON OCTOBER 13, 1976.
- - o - -
PRH 7
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
MORE LOCAL EMPLOYMENT OFFICES IN THE PIPELINE .................. 1
SCHOOLS’ DANCE FESTIVAL BEGINS TOMORROW ....................... 2
DIRECTOR OF HOME AFFAIRS TO VISIT PO LEUNG KUK NURSERY ......... 3
PROBLEM OF PIG WASTES .......................................... 4
DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE TO TALK ON PROBATION SERVICE .... 5
EXTENSION OF PLB RESTRICTED ZONE IN UN CHAU STREET.............. 5
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong.Tel: 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1978
MORE LOCAL EMPLOYMENT OFFICES IN THE PIPELINE * K X X
THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR. PETER WILLIAMS, TODAY OUTLINED PLANS TO IMPROVE THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE TO THE PUBLIC.
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE LATEST NORTH POINT BRANCH OFFICE OF THE SERVICE, MR. WILLIAMS SAID THE PLANS INCLUDED THE SETTING UP OF A FACSIMILE NETWORK LINKING THE VARIOUS BRANCH.. OFFICES AND THE OPENING OF FOUR MORE NEW OFFICES IN MONG KOK, HUNG HOM, WONG CHUK HANG AND CHAI WAN IN THE NEXT TWO MONTHS.
THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE NORTH POINT OFFICE AT 264, ELECTRIC ROAD, WAS JOINTLY OFFICIATED BY THREE APPOINTED MEMBERS OF THE EASTERN CITY DISTRICT COMMITTEE, MR. SHUM CHOI-SANG, MR. CHEUNG KAM-TIM AND MADAM SUN FONG-CHUNG.
IN A BRIEF SPEECH IN CANTONESE, MR. WILLIAMS SAID THE FACSIMILE NETWORK WILL FACILITATE EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION BETWEEN THE MANY BRANCH OFFICES OF THE SERVICE.
+IMPROVED COMMUNICATION THROUGH SUCH ADVANCED EQUIPMENT WILL ENABLE A VACANCY RECEIVED BY THE NORTH POINT OFFICE TO BE TRANSMITTED TO ALL OTHER OFFICES IN TWO MINUTES, THUS RENDERING IT POSSIBLE FOR A JOB-SEEKER REGISTERING AT, SAY, SAN PO KONG OFFICE TO HAVE ACCESS TO THIS VACANCY INFORMATION AND TO HAVE A WIDER BASE OF JOBS TO CHOOSE FROM,* HE SAID.
+ WORKING ON THE SAME LOGIC, PARTICULARS OF A JOB-SEEKER COULD BE PROVIDED TO ANOTHER OFFICE IN NO TIME FOR THE PURPOSE OF MATCHING AGAINST SUITABLE VACANCIES,* HE ADDED.'
+WITH THIS NETWORK, IT IS EXPECTED THAT IN JOB-MATCHING EACH OFFICE WILL MAKE REFERENCE TO VACANCIES RECEIVED AS A WHOLE BY THE SERVICE INSTEAD OF EMPHASISING VACANCIES IN ITS INDIVIDUAL AREA.*
MR. WILLIAMS SAID HIS DEPARTMENT WAS NOT OPENING NEW BRANCH OFFICES FOR THE SAKE OF HAVING MORE OFFICES, BUT IN FACT THE WHOLE EXPANSION PROGRAMME WAS GEARED TO THE NEEDS OF THE ECONOMY.
HE SAID: +FROM PAST EXPERIENCE WE NOTICED THAT HONG KONG RESIDENTS, EMPLOYERS AND JOB-SEEKERS ALIKE, VERY MUCH PREFER THE GOVERNMENT TO PROVIDE SERVICES RIGHT AT THEIR DOOR STEPS.
+THE OPENING OF THE SAN PO KONG OFFICE IN MID LAST YEAR WELL ILLUSTRATED THIS PHENOMENON.
+THAT OFFICE IS NOW REGISTERING A MONTHLY AVERAGE OF 1,500 JOB-SEEKERS LOOKING FOR FIRST AND ALTERNATIVE EMPLOYMENT, AND 250 VACANCY ORDERS FROM EMPLOYERS IN THE VICINITY.
/+PRIOR TO ITS .....
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1978
+PRIOR TO ITS OPENING I CAN MOST DEFINITELY PIN-POINT THAT MOST OF THESE ’CUSTOMERS’ WERE NOT ON OUR BOOKS.
+THIS SERVES TO CONFIRM THE NECESSITY TO HAVE A IDER CATCHMENT AREA. THAT IS, MORE OFFICES SPREADING ALL OVER HONG KONG IN ORDER TO NET EVERY SINGLE JOB-SEEKER OR EMPLOYER WHO MAY BENEFIT FROM OUR SERVICES,* NR. WILLIAMS ADDED.
- 0 - -
SCHOOLS’ DANCE FESTIVAL BEGINS TOMORROW
******
THE ANNUAL SCHOOLS’ DANCE FESTIVAL, 1978 WILL START TOMORROW (THURSDAY).
THIS IS THE 14TH DANCE FESTIVAL ORGANISED BY THE PHYSICAL EDUCATION SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG AND NE'a TERRITORIES SCHOOLS SPORTS ASSOCIATIONS. IT WILL LAST TWO WEEKS.
THE DANCE SESSIONS OF TWO TO THREE HOURS’ DURATION WILL INCLUDE WESTERN AND ORIENTAL CLASSICAL PRESENTATIONS. THERE WILL ALSO BE FOLK DANCES, DANCE DUETS AND DRAMAS.
PERFORMANCES WILL BE HELD GENERALLY BETWEEN 9 A.M. AND 5 ?.!'■. AT THE CLEMENTI MIDDLE SCHOOL, HONG KONG, ON FEBRUARY 23 AND 24= WONG TAI SHAN MEMORIAL COLLEGE, KOWLOON, ON FEBRUARY 27 AND DAILY BETWEEN MARCH 1 AND 3- AND LAM WOO MEMORIAL SECONDARY SHCOOL, NEW TERRITORIES, ON FEBRUARY 28.
ADMISSION IS FREE.
SPECIAL PERFORMANCES AND PRIZES TO INNERS OF THE DANCE FESTIVAL WILL BE PRESENTED DURING APRIL 23-26 AT THE CITY HALL CONCERT HALL.
- - 0 -
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1978
- 3 -
WALDEN VISITS PO LEUNG KUK NURSERY
*****
THE DIRECTOR OF HOME AFFAIRS, MR. JOHN WALDEN, WILL PAY AN INSPECTION VISIT TO THE PO LEUNG KUK YAU TONG NURSERY TOMORROW (THURSDAY) MORNING.
DURING HIS VISIT, MR. WALDEN WILL BE ACCOMPANIED BY MR. CHENG ENG-KUAN, CHAIRMAN OF PO LEUNG KUK, THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICER (KWUN TONG), MR. LEUNG CHIN-MAN AND OTHER REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE KUK.
THE NURSERY, ESTABLISHED IN 1965, IS SITUATED AT BLOCK 2 OF YAU TONG ESTATE AND HAS AN ENROLMENT OF 150. IT IS OPEN FROM 8 A.M. TO 6 P.M. AND IS STAFFED BY A SUPERVISOR AND 18 NURSERY WORKERS.
EACH CHILD IN THE NURSERY IS CHARGED $50 PER MONTH WITH THE DEFICIT PARTLY SUBSIDISED BY THE GOVERNMENT AND PARTLY BORNE BY THE KUK.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER AND/OR PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE VISIT BY THE DIRECTOR OF HOME AFFAIRS, MR. JOHN WALDEN, TO. THE PO LEUNG KUK YAU TONG NURSERY WHICH WILL TAKE PLACE TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AT 11 A.M.
- - - - 0---------
/A
I
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1978
PROBLEM OF PIG WASTES * * * *
MORE THAN 130,000 TONNES OF LOCAL RESTAURANT FOOD WASTES ARE BEING FED TO PIGS IN HONG KONG EACH YEAR.
THIS WAS STATED TODAY BY THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, MR. TED NICHOLS, AT THE SPRING DINNER OF THE FEDERATION OF PIG RAISING CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES.
HE SAID THAT IF IT HAD NOT BEEN FOR THE PIGS TO CONSUME THE LEFT-OVER RESTAURANT FOOD, THERE COULD HAVE BEEN +INTRACTABLE PROBLEMS OF WASTE DISPOSAL.*
HOWEVER, ALTHOUGH THE PIGS HAVE HELPED SOLVE THE PROBLEMS OF RESTAURANT FOOD WASTES, THEY CREATED ANOTHER PROBLEM REGARDING THE DISPOSAL OF PIG MANURE AND EFFLUENT.
+IN FUTURE,+ MR. NICHOLS WARNED, +THERE IS ANOTHER CHALLENGE WHICH WILL GROW IN MAGNITUDE ... THE NEED FOR SATISFACTORY DISPOSAL OF PIG MANURE AND EFFLUENT WITHOUT DETERIORATION TO THE QUALITY OF THE RURAL ENVIRONMENT.
+ONE CAN FORESEE LEGISLATION WHICH, WHILST INITIALLY APPEARING TO BE SOMEWHAT STRINGENT IN ITS EFFECTS, NEED NOT HOWEVER PROVOKE THE ADVERSE REACTIONS WHICH SEEM TO BE IMPLICIT.
+1 WISH TO GIVE THE INDUSTRY DUE NOTICE OF THIS POTENTIAL PROBLEM AREA AND TO ADVISE THAT, WHILST WE AS A DEPARTMENT ARE ALREADY WORKING ON THE PROBLEM, OUR EFFORTS WILL BE IN VAIN IF WE DO NOT HAVE THE ADVICE AND SUPPORT OF ALL THOSE IN THE PIG RAISING INDUSTRY,* SAID MR. NICHOLS.
IN HONG KONG THERE ARE ABOUT 3,500 PIG PRODUCTION UNITS WHICH PROVIDE ABOUT 15 PER CENT OF THE TERRITORY’S PORK SUPPLY.
MR. NICHOLS SAID THAT IN CASH TERMS THIS SECTOR OF THE AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRY WAS VALUED AT ABOUT $170 MILLION ...+ A VERY USEFUL FINANCIAL CONTRIBUTION TO OUR ECONOMY.*
----0----
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 1978
NOTE TO EDITORS:
DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE TO TALK ON PROBATION SERVICE *****
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE, WILL BE THE GUEST SPEAKER AT THE LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE LIONS CLUB OF TAI PING SHAN TO BE HELD AT THE MANDARIN HOTEL TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AT 1 P.M.
MR. LEE WILL SPEAK ON +PROBATION SERVICE*.
- - 0 - -
EXTENSION OF PLB RESTRICTED ZONE IN UN CHAU STREET *****
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FROM 10 A.M.
ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 25) THE EXISTING PUBLIC LIGHT BUS RESTRICTED ZONE IN UN CHAU STREET WILL BE EXTENDED FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH KIU KIANG STREET NORTHWARDS TO THE JUNCTION WITH PRATAS STREET.
UNDER THE ARRANGEMENT WHICH IS INTENDED TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW IN UN CHAU STREET, PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS BETWEEN 7 A.M. AND MIDNIGHT DAILY IN THE RESTRICTED ZONE.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO INDICATE THE RESTRICTION.
- 0 -
PRH 7
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1978
CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
CHIEF SECRETARY SEES DEVELOPMENT IN MARKET TOWNS .... 1
RECORD PRICES PAID FOR INDUSTRIAL LAND IN TSUEN WAN . 3
TOPLEY STRESSES NEED TO DEVELOP BASIC SKILLS OF STUDENTS ............................................
IMPORTANCE OF PROBATION SERVICE ........................ 5
FUNFAIR FOR CHILDREN OF WATERWORKS STAFF ............... 6
AGRICULTURE LOANS TO FARMERS REACH ^100 MILLION ........ 7
PASSING-OUT PARADE OF PRISON OFFICERS .................. 8
AMS BAND TO GIVE CONCERT AT CONVALESCENT HOME .......... 8
PLE RESTRICTED ZONE IN SAI WAN HO STREET CANCELLED .. 9
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1976
1
CHIEF SECRETARY SEES DEVELOPMENT IN MARKET TOWNS
******
THE CHIEF SECRETARY, FAST-GROWING MARKET TOWNS WHICH THE GOVERNMENT WILL THE NEXT 10 YEARS.
SIR DENYS ROBERTS, TODAY VISITED THE OF TAI PO, FANLING AND SHEK WU HUI ON SPEND AN ESTIMATED 32,320 MILLION OVER
SIR DENYS INSPECTED THE YUE KOK TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA IN TAI PC, TOURED THE PROPOSED PLOVER COVE COUNTRY PARK AREA, AND VISITED THE FANLING PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION AND THE FORMER TANNERIES SITE IN SHEK WU HUI.
HE ALSO MET MEMBERS OF THE TAI PO RURAL COMMITTEE LED BY THE CHAIRMAN, MR. STEPHEN WONG YUEN-CHEUNG, AND WAS BRIEFED ON THE PROGRESS OF DEVELOPMENT IN TAI PO DISTRICT.
ACCOMPANYING HIM ON THE HALF-DAY VISIT WAS THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. CLIVE OXLEY.
THE CHIEF SECRETARY FIRST WENT TO THE ROOF OF A HIGH-RISE BUILDING FOR A BRIEFING AND A BIRD’S EYE VIEW OF TAI PO TOWN. FROM THIS SITE SOME OF THE MAJOR PROJECTS HE SAW WERE:
* THE TAI PO INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, FOR WHICH THE FIRST TWO STAGES OF RECLAMATION ARE WELL UNDERWAY. THE FIRST STAGE IS ALMOST COMPLETE AND WILL PROVIDE 24 HECTARES OF LAND, WHILE THE SECOND STAGE WILL PRODUCE ANOTHER 53 HECTARES BY MID-1978-
* THE FORMATION OF A LARGE DEVELOPMENT AREA BY RECLAMATION AT WESTERN TOLO HARBOUR. THE AREA IS PLANNED FOR A BALANCED COMMUNITY WITH A PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE FOR 33,030 PEOPLE, PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT, SCHOOLS, A CLINIC, GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS, IMPROVED ROADWORKS, OPEN SPACES, A BUS TERMINUS, MARKET AND HAWKERS’ BAZAAR-
* THE TING KOK ROAD IMPROVEMENT SCHEME UNDER WHICH A SECTION OF THE ROAD BET'.. EEi. ITS JUNCTION WITH KWONG FUK ROAD AND HA HANG VILLAGE WILL BE WIDENED TO A TWO-LANE DUAL CARRIAGEWAY TO SERVE THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATE-AND
* THE TAI PO SECTION OF THE NEW TERRITORIES TRUNK ROAD SYSTEM WHICH WILL LINK SHA TIN AND TAI PO AND THEN GO '.'ORTH TO JOIN YUEN LONG. CONSTRUCTION WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN AUGUST THIS YEAR.
/SIR DENYS THIN WENT ......
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1978
2
SIR DENYS THEN WENT TO YUE KOK TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA WHERE HE WAS MET EY THE MANAGER, MR. LEUNG CHUN-CHUNG, WHO EXPLAINED THAT THE AREA HAD BEEN DESIGNED TO HOUSE 5,000 SQUATTERS MAINLY FROM THE NEARBY YUEN CHAU TSAI, WHICH WAS BEING CLEARED FOR A TRUNK ROAD.
AN EXTENSION TO THE TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA IS PLANNED FOR COMPLETION EY THE MIDDLE OF THIS YEAR WITH AN ADDITIONAL 5,000 SPACES.
THE CHIEF SECRETARY LATER WENT TO BRIDE’S POOL WHERE HE *AS BRIEFED ON THE PROPOSAL TO DESIGNATE THE PLOVER COVE AREA AS A COUNTRY PARK TO PROVIDE YET ANOTHER RECREATIONAL OUTLET.
FROM TAI PO SIR DENYS WENT TO FANLING TO SEE WORK ON THE 312 MILLION PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX WHICH WILL SERVE PEOPLE IN THE NORTHERN NEW TERRITORIES.
THE COMPLEX WHICH IS EXPECTED TO BE OPEN IN MID-JULY, IN TIME FOR THE SUMMER SWIMMING SEASON, WILL HAVE FOUR POOLS, WITH THE MAIN POOL TO EE HEATED IN WINTER SO THAT IT COULD BE USED THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.
SIR DENYS CONCLUDED THE VISIT BY INSPECTING THE FORMER TANNERIES SITE IN THE SOUTH-WESTERN PART OF SHEK JU HUI, WHERE WORK IS SCHEDULED TO START IN APRIL TO FORM 16 HECTARES OF LAND FOR PUBLIC HOUSING AND THE FIRST STAGE OF A MAJOR DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT SCHEME.
THE LAND FORMATION IS PART OF A Cl,300 MILLION PROJECT TO DEVELOP THE MARKET TOWNS OF SHEK JU HUI AND FANLING.
- _ 0 - - - -
/3
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1978
RECORD PRICES PAID FOR INDUSTRIAL LAND IN TSUEN WAN ******
STRONG BIDDING AT A CROWN LAND AUCTION TODAY SET A RECORD PRICE FOR INDUSTRIAL LAND IN THE FAST GROWING NEW TOWN OF TSUEN WAN.
TWO COMPANIES PAID MORE THAN $40 MILLION FOR TWO LOTS AT KWAI CHUNG - ONE SITE FOR CARGO CONSOLIDATION AND GODOWN PURPOSES AND THE OTHER FOR FLATTED FACTORY DEVELOPMENT.
ABOUT 200 PEOPLE ATTENDED THE AUCTION AT THE PRINCESS ALEXANDRA COMMUNITY CENTRE AND BIDDING WAS SPIRITED FOR BOTH LOTS.
THE LARGER SITE OF ABOUT 2,655 SQ. M. WAS KNOCKED
DOWN FOR $27.1 MILLION TO THE TUNISIA CO. LTD. AFTER BIDDING HAD STARTED AT $5.7 MILLION. THE LOT IS INTENDED FOR CARGO CONSOLIDATION OR GODOWN PURPOSES AND IS NEAR THE KWAI CHUNG CONTAINER TERMINAL.
THE SELLING PRICE IS EQUIVALENT TO NEARLY $950 PER SQ. FT. -MORE THAN DOUBLE THE $400 PER SQ. FT. PAID AT THE LAST PUBLIC AUCTION OF INDUSTRIAL LAND IN TSUEN WAN ABOUT TWO YEARS AGO.
THE FLATTED FACTORY SITE, COVERING 1,478 SQ. M. WAS
SOLD TO THE ON CHEONG INVESTMENT CO LTD FOR $13.5 MILLION -
OR ABOUT $850 PER SQ. FT. THE SITE IS ALSO LOCATED IN KWAI CHUNG.
THE SENIOR ESTATE SURVEYOR OF THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE, MR. NIGEL BURLEY, WHO CONDUCTED THE AUCTION, SAID AFTERWARDS THAT THE SALE PRICES WERE VERY SATISFACTORY.
+THE RECORD PRICES REFLECT THE CONTINUING INTEREST IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE NEW TOWN AS AN IMPORTANT INDUSTRIAL AREA FOR HONG KONG,+ HE SAID. +THE BIDDING WAS STRONGLY COMPETITIVE AND CLEARLY THERE WERE MANY PEOPLE AT THE AUCTION VERY KEEN TO ACQUIRE INDUSTRIAL LAND IN TSUEN WAN.+
THE BIGGER OF THE TWO LOTS CARRIES A BUILDING COVENANT OF $4.3 MILLION OVER 30 MONTHS WHILE THE FLATTED FACTORY SITE HAS A BUILDING COVENANT OF $2.4 MILL I ON OVER THE SAME PERIOD.
0 -------
/4
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1978
TOPLEY STRESSES NEED TO DEVELOP BASIC SKILLS OF STUDENTS
******
THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR. KENNETH TOPLEY, TODAY STRESSED THE NEED TO DEVELOP STUDENTS’ BASIC SKILLS WHICH ACCOUNT FOR THEIR SUCCESS IN SCHOOL AND IN LATER LIFE.
+THE ABILITY TO LISTEN WELL, TO COMMUNICATE EFFECTIVELY WITH THE SPOKEN WORD, AND TO READ AND WRITE ACCURATELY AND AT A REASONABLE PACE — THESE ARE SKILLS FUNDAMENTAL TO PROGRESS AND SUCCESS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL,+ HE SAID.
. MR. TOPLEY WAS ADDRESSING STUDENTS AND MEMBERS OF THE SHUN TAK FRATERNAL ASSOCIATION AT THE INAUGURATION OF THE ASSOCIATION’S SEAWARD WOO COLLEGE IN HO MAN TIN, KOWLOON.
+IT IS IMPORTANT FOR THE PUPILS TO FORM GOOD AND EFFECTIVE WORK HABITS SUCH AS EARLY RISING, FOLLOWING REASONABLY REGULAR HOURS OF STUDY, AND ADHERING TO ALTERNATE PERIODS OF REST AND ACTIVITY.
+NEEDLESS TO SAY, THE FORMATION OF SUCH HABITS SHOULD HAVE BEGUN AT THE PRIMARY STAGE,+ HE ADDED.
MR. TOPLEY ALSO STRESSED THE IMPORTANCE OF SOUND HEALTH, AS ILL-HEALTH LED TO PROLONGED ABSENCE FROM SCHOOL. THE STUDENT SHOULD ALSO BE ABLE TO GET ON HARMONIOUSLY WITH OTHERS, HE ADDED.
HE SAID NO EDUCATION WOULD EE COMPLETE IF THE SECONDARY PUPIL DID NOT LEARN THAT, BESIDES PHYSICAL WELL-BEING AND MATER Iml. POSSESSIONS, THE DEVELOPMENT OF MIND AND SPIRIT WAS EQUALLY IMPORTANT.
NATURE, THE WORLD OF BOOKS, MUSIC, SCIENCE AND ART SHOULD BE OPENED EARLY TO THE STUDENTS AS SOURCES OF MENTAL AND SPIRITUAL REFRESHMENT, MR. TOPLEY SAID.
AFTER THE INAUGURAL CEREMONY, MRS. TOPLEY CUT THE RIBBON TO OPEN AN EXHIBITION OF THE STUDENTS’ WORK.
THE SHUN TAK FRATERNAL ASSOCIATION, WHICH IS OVER 30 YEARS OLD, HAS UNDER ITS CARE TWO AIDED PRIMARY SCHOOLS AND ONE PRIVATE NON-PROFIT-MAKING KINDERGARTEN. THE SEAWARD WOO COLLEGE, WITH AN ENROLMENT OF 960 STUDENTS, IS THE ASSOCIATION’S NEW SECONDARY SCHOOL RECEIVING FULL GOVERNMENT SUBSIDY.
/5
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1978
5
IMPORTANCE OF PROBATION SERVICE
******
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE, TODAY STRESSED THE IMPORTANCE OF PROBATION SERVICE AND CALLED ON THE PUBLIC TO HELP THE PROBATIONERS TO BECOME USEFUL CITIZENS AGAIN.
SPEAKING AT THE LUNCHEON MEETING OF LIONS CLUB OF TAI P.ING SHAN AT THE MANDARIN HOTEL, MR. LEE SAID THAT PROBATION SERVICE HAD ITS DEFINITE VALUE AND IT WAS MOST EFFECTIVE WHEN APPLIED TO +CAREFULLY SELECTED OFFENDERS+.
HE SAID THE PURPOSE OF PROBATION, WHICH NOW COVERS BOTH JUVENILE AND ADULT OFFENDERS, +IS TO ENSURE THAT PROBATIONERS WILL EE ABLE TO LIVE FREELY IN SOCIETY THROUGH THE FRIENDLY COUNSELLING AND ASSISTANCE PROVIDED BY THE PROBATION WORKERS.*
THERE ARE AT PRESENT SOME 3,003 CASES WHERE MOST OFFENDERS ARE FIRST-TIMERS PLACED ON PROBATION BY THE COURT. STATISTICS SHOW THAT MORE THAN 73 PER CENT OF THE PROBATIONERS WERE FOUND +CLEAN+ AFTER COMPLETING THEIR PROBATION ORDER.
MR. LEE ALSO APPEALED TO THE PUBLIC TO REMOVE ANY COMMON DISCRIMINATION TOWARDS OFFENDERS AND TO INVOLVE THEMSELVES DlRtCTLY IN THEIR REFORMATION, TO KNOW THEM, TO UNDERSTAND THE CAUSES OF THEIR OFFENCES AND TO ASSIST THEM TO BECOME CONTRIBUTING CITIZENS AGAIN.
+A PROBATIONER NEEDS THE ACCEPTANCE OF THE PUBLIC AND TO BE ENSURED THAT HE IS NOT BEING PREJUDICED,* MR. LEE SAID.
REFERRING TO THE PROBATION SERVICE OFFERED TO OFFENDERS BEFORE THEY ARE SENTENCED BY THE COURT, MR. LEE SAID THIS WOULD ENSURE THAT OFFENDERS OF SERIOUS CRIMES 3ULD RECEIVE HEAVY PUNISHMENT, wHILE THOSE OF MINOR OFFENCES GIVEN LIGHT SENTENCES SO THAT THEY COULD HAVE BETTER CHANCES TO TURN OVER A NEW LEAF.
PROBATION IS OBVIOUSLY DESIGNED FOR THE REFORMATION OF OFFENDERS, MR. LEE SAID. BUT, HE REMINDED THE BETTER SOLUTION TO PROBATION WAS PREVENTING CRM- INAL ACTIVITIES.
HE APPEALED TO PARENTS, TEACHERS AND EMPLOYERS THAT THEY SHOULD BE +RESPONSIBLE FOR CARING AND SUPERVISING THEIR CHILDREN, STUDENTS AND EMPLOYEES WITH THE VIEW OF HELPING THEM TO FORM GOOD HABITS AND SELF-DISCIPLINE IN ORDER THAT THEY BECOME RESPONSIBLE YOUNG PEOPLE.*
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1978
6
FUNFAIR FOR CHILDREN OF WATERWORKS STAFF ******
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD AN ANNUAL FUNFAIR, FOR ABOUT 2,500 CHILDREN OF ITS STAFF AT THE KOWLOON WAH YAN COLLEGE BETWEEN 12.30 P.M. AND 4 P.M. ON SUNDAY.
THE FUNFAIR FEATURES A VARIETY OF ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMMES, INCLUDING SONGS AND DANCES, A MAGIC SHOW, AND GAMES STALLS.
IN ADDITION, CHILDREN WILL BE ABLE TO SEE PERFORMANCES BY POPULAR RTV AND CTV ARTISTES.
A MERRY-GO-ROUND AND THE POPULAR +CANNON BALL EMPRESS+ WHICH WILL TAKE CHILDREN ON TOURS ROUND THE FAIR ARE ALSO INCLUDED IN THE PROGRAMME.
FIFTEEN GAMES STALLS HAVE BEEN ORGANISED BY VARIOUS DIVISIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT AND TROPHIES WILL BE AWARDED TO THE WINNERS BY MRS. T.H. TOMLINSON, WIFE OF THE PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT WATER ENGINEER.
ONE OF THE HIGHLIGHTS WILL BE A RAFFLE WHICH WILL BE DRAWN EY MRS. W.D.A. TUCKER, WIFE OF THE DIRECTOR OF WATER SUPPLIES.
DURING THE OCCASION, MR. TUCKER WILL PRESENT GOLD MEDALS TO TWO STAFF MEMBERS IN RECOGNITION OF THEIR OUTSTANDING PERFORMANCE IN THE PAST YEAR.
THEY ARE MR. HO HON-KEI AND MR. CHOI YUEN, BOTH ARTISANS IN THE MECHANICAL DIVISION.
MR. HO HAS BEEN WITH THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT FOR 10 YEARS. HE IS ENGAGED IN THE MAINTENANCE OF DIESEL ENGINES, PUMPS AND ASSOCIATED AUXILIARY PLANT IN KOWLOON.
+MR. HO FULLY DESERVES TO BE DESCRIBED AS AN OUTSTANDING ARTISAN: HE NOT ONLY POSSESSES FIRST-RATE SKILL IN MACHINERY MAINTENANCE, BUT ALSO EXCELLENT WORK HABITS,+ MR. TUCKER SAID.
MR. CHOI HAS BEEN WITH THE DEPARTMENT’S BULLOCK LANE DEPOT FOR 19 YEARS AND IS ENGAGED IN STEEL FABRICATION AND SMITY WORK.
MR. TUCKER SAID: +DURING THE PERIOD, MR. CHOI HAS .
PROVED TO BE VERY SKILFUL IN THE ART. HE IS INTERESTED IN HIS JOB AND SHOWS PRIDE IN THE RESULT.+
THE PRESENTATION OF THE MEDALS KNOWN AS THE KIRKWOOD AWARDS WAS STARTED IN 1967 WITH DONATIONS FROM TEXTILE AND ENGINEERING FIRMS IN MEMORY OF THE LATE MR. W.K. KIRKWOOD, A FORMER WATERWORKS ENGINEER.
THESE AWARDS ARE GIVEN ANNUALLY TO STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT AT THE RANK OF FOREMAN I I I OR BELOW WHO HAVE DISTINGUISHED THEMSELVES BY THEIR GENERAL CAPABILITIES AND ATTENTION TO DUTIES OR BY THEIR NOTEWORTHY CONDUCT OR PERFORMANCE OF DUTY IN A PARTICULAR INSTANCE.
/NOTE TO EDITORS.......
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1978
- 7 -
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE FUNFAIR AND THE KIRKWOOD AWARD PRESENTATIONS DURING THE PARTY AT VAH YAN COLLEGE, KOWLOON, ON SUNDAY. THE PARTY WILL START AT 12.30 P.M. AND THE AWARD PRESENTATIONS BY MR. W.D.A. TUCKER, DIRECTOR OF WATER SUPPLIES, WILL TAKE PLACE AT ABOUT 1.10 P.M.
MR. FRANK CHUAN, WATERWORKS CONSUMER RELATIONS OFFICER, AND MR. MOK MAN-TAT, WATERWORKS WELFARE OFFICER, WILL EE PRESENT TO ASSIST MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES.
--------o-----------
NOTE TO EDITORS:
AGRICULTURE LOANS TO FARMERS REACH $100 MILLION ******
ISSUE OF LOANS TO LOCAL FARMERS UNDER A 22-YEAR-CLD AGRICULTURE CREDIT SCHEME ADMINISTERED BY THE AGRICULTURE f'E«ER'ES DEP4rthekt "ill reach Sioo millioh^mark tomorrow4^ <r n I ja i / •
FO I 1ARK THE OCCASION, THE DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD A I UMCMPAM PARTY AT SALISBURY ROOM, PENINSULA HOTEL AT NOON TOMORROW DURINO ^’CH THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHER IES ' MR. TED NICHOLS WILL PRESENT THE LOANS TO SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS* ’ CHCLo‘
THE LOW INTEREST LOANS ARE MADE FROM THREE FUNDS — THF K’nncPlF AGRICULTURAL AID LOAN FUND, THE J.E. JOSEPH TRUST FUND AND THE VEGETABLE MARKETING ORGANISATION LOAN FUND. THEY ARE GIVEN WITH
struc™e 4ND Ss-
TUC C0RDIALLY INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER
lot FUNCTION.
-----0------
/8
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1976
8 -
NCTE TO EDITORS-
PASSING-OUT PARADE OF PRISON OFFICERS * * * * *
THE COMMISSIONER OF PRISONS, MR. TOM GARNER WILL TAKE SALUTE FRO!-. 40 PRISON OFFICERS, WHO HAVE COMPLETED THEIR TRAINING, AT A PASSING-OUT PARADE TC 3E HELD AT PRISONS DEPARTMENT’S STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IN STANLEY ON SATURDAY (FEERUARY 25).
AT THE CEREMONY, MR. GARNER '..’ILL ALSO PRESENT CLASPS TO LONG SERVICE MEDALS TC 20 PRISON OFFICERS.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TC COVER THE EVENT AT 11 A.M. ON SATURDAY. PRESS TRANSPORT v. ILL BE PROVIDED. A PRISON VAN .ILL LEAVE THE HEADQUARTERS OF PRISONS DEPARTMENT AT GUARDIAN HOUSE, Cl KWAN ROAD, WAN CHAI AT 10 A.M.
- - o - -
AMS BAND TO ENTERTAIN CHILDREN AT CONVALESCENT HOME
*****
THE AUXILIARY MEDICAL SERVICE BAND WILL GIVE A CONCERT TO CHILDREN OF THE DUCHESS OF KENT ORTHOPAEDIC HOSPITAL AND CONVALESCENT HOME AT SANDY EAY CM SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 26)..
THE AMS BRASS BAND, COMPRISING 53 MEMBERS, WILL PLAY . ARC"i .0 AND LIGHT MUSIC AS .'WELL AS POPULAR SONGS TO ENTERTAIN THE CFILDRE.-,.
THE CONCERT WILL START AT 2 P.M. UNDER THE EATON OF AMS INSTRUCTOR OF MUSIC, MR. JULIAN FRAMELA, AHO IS AN ASSOC I ATE-1N-MUSIC, TRINITY COLLEGE OF MUSIC, LONDON.
THE BAND GAVE A VERY SUCCESSFUL T./O HOUR CHRISTMAS CONCERT LAST YEAR TO THE CHILDREN AT THE HOSPITAL.
MOTE TC EDITORS:--
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TC SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGF.APHER TO COVER THE CONCERT WHIG .ILL ST-..-.T AT 2 P.M. ON FEERUARY 26 AT THE DUCHESS OF KENT ORTHOPAEDIC HOSPITAL, SANDY EAY.
- - 0 - -
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1978
- 9 -
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT * * * *
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED ON SATURDAY (FEBRUARY 25) THE TEMPORARY ZONE ON SAI WAN HO STREET BETWEEN SHING STREET WILL BE CANCELLED.
TODAY THAT FROM 10 A.M. PUBLIC LIGHT BUS RESTRICTED ON STREET AND TAI NING
THP RESTRICTION IS WITHDRAWN BECAUSE THE CABLE LAYING WORK IN THE AREA HAS RECENTLY BEEN COMPLETED.
____0----
PRH 7
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
DUKE OF KENT TO VISIT HONG KONG ........................ 1
NT HA'wKER FEES REVISED ................................ 2
BILL TO CONTROL CAR PARKING IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES. 3 LOANS TO FARMERS REACH 5100 MILLION ..................... 4
GOVERNOR VISITS WONG TAI SIN CDO ....................... 5
HIGHER COST OF LIVING FOR JANUARY ....................... 5
PWD SETS UP COMPLAINTS OFFICE ........................... 7
RAPID DROP IN NUMBER OF TUBERCULOSIS CASES .............. 3
CROWN LAND FOR SALE ..................................... 9
GOVERNOR TO LAY FOUNDATION STONE FOR FANLING HOSPITAL EXTENSION ............................................... 9
$38 MILLION LAND FORMATION CONTRACT FOR TUEN MUN ....... 10
NEW TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE BUILDING OPENS ............ 10
FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION CAMPAIGN ......................... 11
SWD CLERK RETIRING ..................................... 11
NEW BUS TERMINUS IN CHEUNG CHING ESTATE ................ 12
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong.Tel: 5-233191
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1978
1
DUKE OF KENT TO VISIT HONG KONG
******
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE DUKE OF KENT, A COUSIN OF THE QUEEN AND THE DUKE OF EDINBURGH, WILL ARRIVE IN HONG KONG ON SUNDAY (MARCH 5) FOR A FIVE-DAY VISIT IN HIS CAPACITY AS VICE-CHAIRMAN OF THE BRITISH OVERSEAS TRADE BOARD (BOTB).
DURING THE VISIT, THE DUKE WILL OPEN THE BRITISH INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITION AT KOWLOON RAILWAY STATION IN HUNG HOM.
HE WILL ALSO VISIT THE TSI NG Yl POWER STATION, TUEN MUN NEW TOWN, AND MEET MEMBERS OF THE HONG KONG GENERAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE AND THE UMELCO.
THE 42—YEAR-OLD DUKE IS NO STRANGER TO HONG KONG. IN 1952, HE ACCOMPANIED HIS MOTHER, THE DUCHESS OF KENT, ON HER FAR EASTERN TOUR WHICH BROUGHT HIM TO HONG KONG. HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS ALSO SPENT MORE THAN A YEAR HERE FROM NOVEMBER 1962 TO DECEMBER 1963 ON REGIMENTAL DUTIES WITH THE ROYAL SCOTS GREYS.
BORN ON OCTOBER 9, 1935, HE WAS EDUCATED AT ETON AND AT LE ROSEY IN SWITZERLAND. ON LEAVING SCHOOL IN 1953 HE DECIDED TO MAKE THE ARMY HIS CAREER AND WAS POSTED TO THE PRE-CADET TRAINING COMPANY IN SANDHURST.
HE GRADUATED FROM THE ROYAL MILITARY ACADEMY IN 1955 AND WAS GAZETTED A 2ND LIEUTENANT IN THE ROYAL SCOTS GREYS. HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS SERVED WITH HIS REGIMENT AT HOME AND OVERSEAS, AND ATTENDED THE ARMY STAFF COURSE IN 1966.
HE SUBSEQUENTLY SERVED ON THE STAFF IN EASTERN COMMAND AND IN 1970 TOOK COMMAND OF A SQUADRON OF HIS REGIMENT SERVING IN CYPRUS AS PART OF THE UNITED NATIONS FORCE.
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS RETIRED FROM THE ARMY AT HIS OWN REQUEST IN APRIL 1976, TO TAKE UP THE APPOINTMENT OF VICE-CHAIRMAN OF THE BOTB.
AS VICE-CHAIRMAN, THE DUKE HAS BECOME THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE ROYAL FAMILY TO BE INVOLVED WITH THE DAY TO DAY AFFAIRS OF BRITISH INDUSTRY. HE SHOULDERS WIDE RESPONSIBILITIES, REPRESENTING THE BOARD BOTH OVERSEAS PROMOTING EXPORTS AND AT FREQUENT MEETINGS WITH BRITISH BUSINESS AND INDUSTRIAL FIRMS WHICH IS A MAJOR PART OF ITS WORK.
IN JUNE 1961, THE DUKE WAS MARRIED TO MISS KATHARINE WORSLEY IN YORK MINSTER. THEY HAVE THREE CHILDREN.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
A BRIEFING ON FACILITIES AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE PRESS TO COVER THE VISIT OF THE DUKE OF KENT WILL BE HELD AT 3 P.M. ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 27) IN THE GIS THEATRE ON THE FIFTH FLOOR OF BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO ATTEND.
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1978
2
REVISION' OF HAWKER FEES IK THE REW TERRITORIES
******
HAWKER FEES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, WHICH HAVE MOT CHARGED IN THE LAST 15 YEARS, ARE TO EE INCREASED AS LICENCES ARE rERE..ED OVER THE NEXT 12 MONTHS.
THE REVISION IS ANNOUNCED IK AR AMENDMENT TO THE HAWKERS (NEW TERRITORIES) REGULATIONS PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE. THE CHANGES COME INTO EFFECT ON APRIL 1.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE PURPOSE OF THE INCREASE IS THREE-FOLD:
* TO BRING HAWKER FEES IK THE NEL TERRITORIES TO OLE REALISTIC LEVEL SINCE THE EXISTING FEES WERE FIXED
IN 1963=
* TO HELP OFFSET THE OPERATIONAL DEFICIT INCURRED IN HAWKER ADMINISTRATION IM THE NEW TERRITORIES" AND
* TO STREAMLINE ADMINISTRATION BY INTRODUCING A SIMPLER SCALE OF CHARGES.
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT THE NE.. FEES, AND THE REASONS FOR THEIR INTRODUCTION, HAD BEEN EXPLAINED TO THE HEUNG YEE KUK, THE NEW TERRITORIES GENERAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE AND ORGANISATIONS REPRESENTING LICENSED HAWKERS IN THE NE.. TERRITORIES.
HE SAID THAT SO PER CENT OF THOSE AFFECTED WOULD BE PEDLAR HAWKERS AND THE CHANGE MEANS THAT THEY ..ILL NOW PAY ;43 A YEA’ INSTEAD OF THE PRESENT LICENCE FEE OF )1O.
FIXED PITCH FEES KILL DE INCREASED DY VARYING AMOU TO, DEPEND I NO OR THE TRADE. FOR EXAMPLE, THE LARGEST INCREASE . ILL EE li THE LICENCE FEE FOR A COOKED FOOD STALL ..HICH .ILL PISE FROM .,175 TO ;i,3CO PER YEAR, WHILE FIXED PITCH NEWSPAPER HAWKERS .ILL P’Y .130 INSTEAD OF 543.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE TEMPORARY LUNAR .'.EL YEAR LICENCE FEE ..ILL REMAIN AT .25, BUT TEMPORARY LICENCES FOR OTHER TIMES OF THE YEAR, .HICH "O' COST .5, -ILL I' FUTURE COST 525 ALSO.
/5
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1978
BILL TO CONTROL CAR PARKING IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES GAZETTED ******
A BILL PROPOSING TO GIVE THE HOUSING AUTHORITY RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROVIDING AND MANAGING CAR PARKS IN ITS ESTATES IS PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY.
THE BILL ALSO PROPOSES TO GIVE THE AUTHORITY POWERS TO CONTROL CAR PARKING ON SOME ESTATE ROADS.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID UNAUTHORISED PARKING OF VEHICLES IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES IS A LONGSTANDING PROBLEM. THE POLICY OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY, HE SAID, IS TO REGULATE AND CHARGE FOR PARKING IN STREETS, CONCOURSES OR PARKING SPACES MARKED OUT FOR THIS PURPOSE. IN SOME ESTATES, RENTED PARKING SPACES ARE PROVIDED IN SIDE STREETS AS WELL AS IN CAR PARKS.
+HOWEVER, STREETS IN MOST ESTATES, ESPECIALLY THE OLDER ONES, ARE THROUGH ROADS WHERE RESPONSIBILITY FOR REGULATING ON-STREET PARKING LIES WITH THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, AND THE AUTHORITY FOR ENFORCING THE FIXED PENALTY ORDINANCE LIES WITH POLICE OFFICERS AND TRAFFIC WARDENS,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
HE ADDED: +AS WELL AS THE NUISANCE CAUSED TO RESIDENTS FROM INDISCRIMINATE PARKING OF VEHICLES, PARTICULARLY AT NIGHT, MORE IMPORTANT IS THE DIFFICULTY OF UNAUTHORISED PARKED VEHICLES PREVENTING VEHICLES SUCH AS AMBULANCES AND FIRE ENGINES REACHING AN EMERGENCY QUICKLY.*
THE BILL WOULD EMPOWER THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TO DESIGNATE CERTAIN HOUSING ESTATE ROADS AS +RESTRICTED+ ROADS, AND ENTRY TO THESE WOULD BE CONTROLLED.
THE AUTHORITY WOULD ALSO BE EMPOWERED TO PROVIDE CAR PARKS IN ESTATES AND PARKING PLACES ON RESTRICTED ROADS FOR VEHICLES Owned or USED by people with permission TO enter AND PARK ON RESTRICTED ROADS.
IT WOULD BE ABLE TO CHARGE FEES FOR PARKING, TO IMPOUND OR REMOVE AND DETAIN VEHICLES ILLEGALLY PARKED ON ESTATE ROADS CR IN CAR PARKS, TO CHARGE FEES FOR RELEASING THESE VEHICLES AND TO DISPOSE OF DETAINED VEHICLES NOT CLAIMED.
THE SPOKESMAN EMPHASISED THAT THE HOUSING AUTHORITY WOULD NOT HAVE POWER TO DEAL WITH TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS AND OTHER TRAFFIC OFFENCES IN ESTATES - THESE DUTIES REMAIN WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE.
---0-----
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1978
4
LOANS TO FARMERS REACH $100 MILLION ******
GOVERNMENT-ADMINISTERED LOANS TO HONG KONG FARMERS TODAY REACHED THE $100 MILLION MARK AND ONE LUCKY PIG BREEDER HAS WON A TRIP TO THE UNITED KINGDOM WHEN HIS APPLICATION FOR A LOAN CAME CLOSEST TO THE HUNDRED MILLION MARK.
THE PIG BREEDER IS MR. NG SHU-WING, 35, OF PAT HEUNG, AND .-.HEN HE APPROACHED THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT FOR A LOAN TO BUY PIG FEED, HE WAS TOLD THAT THE SUM HE ASKED FOR, IF APPROVED, WOULD BRING TO $100 MILLION THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF LOANS ADMINISTERED BY THE DEPARTMENT DURING THE PAST 23 YEARS.
MR. NG STARTED PIG RAISING IN LUI KUNG TIN IN 1970 AND NOW HAS 100 PIGS - A MIXTURE OF BREEDERS AND PORKERS.
THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, MR. TED NICHOLS IN PRESENTING THE LOAN TO MR. NG TODAY SAID THAT THE LOAN FUNDS HAD SNOWBALLED IN TERMS OF LENDING CAPACITY.
IN THE FIRST 10 YEARS, $25 MILLION HAD BEEN LENT- AT THE END OF THE SECOND TEN YEARS SOME $76 MILLION- AND +NOW, WITHIN A FURTHER THREE YEARS, WE HAVE CROSSED THE $100 MILLION MARK.+
+THIS IS AN ACHIEVEMENT IN ITSELF, BUT IT IS IN MANY WAYS ALL THE MORE AMAZING WHEN ONE ADDITIONALLY RECORDS THE FACT THAT BAD DEBTS TO THE LOAN FUNDS STAND AT WHAT IS PROBABLY A WORLD RECORD LOW ... BETWEEN 0.2 AND 0.3 PER CENT,* MR. NICHOLS SAID.
COMMENTING ON THE PRODUCTION OF LOCAL FARM PRODUCE, MR. NICHOLS SAID MORE THAN 60 PER CENT OF ALL CHICKEN AND 50 PER CENT OF ALL VEGETABLES CONSUMED IN HONG KONG WERE HOME GROWN.
HOWEVER, HE ADDED THAT MORE IMPORTANTLY, THE PROTEIN CONSUMPTION IN HONG KONG WAS AMONG THE HIGHEST IN THE WORLD.
ON A PER CAPITA BASIS THE CONSUMPTION OF PROTEIN li. HONG KONG WAS AHEAD OF THE U.K. (88 GRAMS PER DAY), ON PAR WITH THE U.S.A. AND AUSTRALIA (101 GRAMS A DAY) AND SURPASSED ONLY BY NEW ZEALAND AT 107 GRAMS PER DAY.
+WHEN ONE ANALYSES THIS SITUATION, WE CAN EE PROUD OF THE PART PLAYED BY THE LOAN FUNDS IN MAKING FINANCIALLY POSSIBLE ALL THE TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATION INTRODUCED BY MY DEPARTMENT AND WHICH OUR PRESENT LEVEL OF FARMING STANDARDS DEMAND,* SAID MR. NICHOLS.
MR. NG’S TRIP TO THE U.K. IS SPONSORED BY SIR LAWRENCE KADOORIE, CHAIRMAN OF THE AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT FOUNDATION.
0--------
/5
5
GOVERNOR VISITS WONG TAI SIN CDO * * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, THIS AFTERNOON VISITED THE WONG TAI SIN CITY DISTRICT OFF ICE IN SAN PO KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING AND HELD DISCUSSIONS THERE WITH SIX CITY DISTRICT OFFICERS.
ACCOMPANIED EY THE DIRECTOR OF HOME AFFAIRS, MR. JOHN WALDEN, SIR MURRAY WAS MET ON ARRIVAL BY THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICER (WONG TAI SIN), MR. TONY MILLER, WHO INTRODUCED HIM TO STAFF MEMBERS IN THE OFFICE.
SIR MURRAY FIRST VISITED THE CDO’S INQUIRIES COUNTER ON THE GROUND FLOOR WHICH WAS ORIGINALLY WITH THE MAIN OFFICE ON THE FOURTH FLOOR OF THE BUILDING. IT WAS RECENTLY MOVED TO THE GROUND FLOOR FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF THE PUBLIC.
SIR MURRAY ALSO MET THE RECREATION AND SPORTS OFFICER OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, MR. CHARLES CHU, AND THE COMMUNITY AND YOUTH OFFICER OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, MR. LAI CHAM-KUN, WHO ARE WORKING IN CLOSE CO-OPERATION WITH THE WONG TAI SIN CITY DISTRICT OFFICE IN PLANNING VARIOUS COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT PROJECTS FOR THE DISTRICT.
AFTER TOURING THE OFFICE, SIR MURRAY HELD DISCUSSIONS WITH MR. MILLER AND FIVE OTHER CITY DISTRICT OFFICERS. THEY ARE MR. WILLIAM YAP OF SOUTHERN, MR. ANGUS MIU OF KOWLOON CITY, MR. RICKY FUNG OF CENTRAL AND WESTERN, MR. THOMAS SHARR OF YAU MA TEI AND MR. BOWEN LEUNG OF WAN CHAI.
THE TALKS WHICH LASTED ABOUT AN HOUR CONCERNED PROBLEMS FACING THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICERS IN THEIR DAY-TO-DAY WORKS.
- - o -
HIGHER COST OF LIVING FOR JANUARY * * * *
THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (A) FOR LAST MONTH (JANUARY) ADVANCED BY FOUR POINTS, AND C.P.I.(B) BY THREE POINTS COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS MONTH.
THE MAJOR INCREASE WAS RECORDED IN THE INDEX FOR FOODSTUFFS WHICH ADVANCED BY FIVE POINTS IN BOTH C.P.I.(A) AND C.P.I.(B)
THE COLD WEATHER COUPLED WITH REDUCED SUPPLY CAUSED THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICE OF FRESH VEGETABLES TO RISE SUBSTANTIALLY. DUE TO REDUCED SUPPLY, THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICES OF FRESH-WATtR FISH AND LIVE POULTRY ALSO ADVANCED.
IN ADDITION, HIGHER PRICES FOR ORANGES AND APPLES PUSHED UP THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICt OF FRESH FRUITS.
MOVEMENTS IN RETAIL PRICES OF OTHER FOOD ITEMS WERE INS IGNIFICANT.
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1978
6
THE INDEX FOR MISCELLANEOUS GOODS WENT UP BY TWO POINTS IN BOTH C.P. I.(A) AND C.P.I.(B) OWING TO HIGHER PRICES FOR CHINESE HERBAL MEDICINES.
INCREASES OF ONE POINT tACH WERE RECORDED IN THE INDEX FOR DURABLE GOODS AND FOR SERVICES IN BOTH C.P.I.(A) AND C.P.I.(B) AS A RESULT OF HIGHER PRICES FOR WOODEN FURNITURE AND HIGHER CHARGES FOR MEDICAL TREATMENT AND HAIR-DRESSING.
THE_ INDEX FOR TRANSPORT AND VEHICLES IN C.P.I.(B) ALSO WENT UP BY ONE POINT FOLLOWING HIGHER FARES BEING CHARGED BY PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES.
LOWER PRICES FOR SOME OUTERCLOTHING ITEMS CAUSED THE INDEX FOR CLOTHING AND FOOTWEAR TO DROP BY ONE POINT IN BOTH C.P. I.(A) AND C.P. I.(B).
PRICE MOVEMENTS IN OTHER COMMODITY SECTIONS WERE INSIGNIFICANT.
THE C.P. I.(A) IS BASED ON WEIGHTS DERIVED FROM HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURE OF BETV/EEN $430 - 21,499 A MONTH AND THE C.P.I.(B), BETWEEN 21,500 - 32,999 A MONTH IN THE HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURE SURVEY, 1973/74.
THE StCTION INDICES FOR JANUARY 1^78 MONTH AND THE CORRESPONDING MONTH IN 1977 COMPARED WITH THE ■ • (B) 77 PREVIOUS JAN. 77
ARE AS JAN. 78 FOLLOWS C.P. 1
SECTION JAN. 78 C.P. 1 DEC. 77 JAN. 77
DEC.
FOODSTUFFS 116 Ill 110 117 112 <*4 4 — X X
HOUS ING 127 127 121 126 126 119
FUEL AND LIGHT 135 135 132 134 134 131
ALCOHOL IC DRINKS AND TOBACCO 137 137 131 133 133 128
CLOTHING AND FOCTwEAR 102 1 101 131 132 131
DURABLE GOODS 111 113 133 133 107 106
MISCELLANEOUS GOODS 127 125 124 124 122 121
TRANSPORT U’D VEH ICLES 127 117 113 122 121 118
SERVICES 134 133 126 135 134 126
ALL ITEMS 121 117 115 121 113
M M - c - _
/7
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1978
7
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SETS UP COMPLAINTS OFFICE
******
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT IT HAS SET UP AN OFFICE AT ITS HEADQUARTERS IN MURRAY BUILDING TO DEAL a I TH COMPLAINTS FROM MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC.
THC COMPLAINTS OFFICE WILL START TAKING CALLS FROM MONDAY (FEBRUARY 27) AND WILL OPERATE DURING NORMAL WORKING HOURS (9 A M. TO 5 P.M. ON WEEKDAYS AND 9 A.M. TO NOON ON SATURDAYS.)
TWO SPECIAL DIRECT TELEPHONE LINES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED TO PROVIDE THIS SERVICE. THE NUMBERS ARE:
5-244744 FOR ENGLISH SPEAKING MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC, AND, 5-221616 FOR CHINESE SPEAKING MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC.
THE OFFICER WHO WILL HANDLE COMPLAINTS IS A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, MR. JOHN DODWELL, WHO HAS HAD WIDE WORKING EXPERIENCE WITHIN THE DEPARTMENT.
THE CENTRALISED COMPLAINTS PUBLIC WITH PROBLEMS CONNECTED DEPARTMENT WHICH AFFECTED
A DEPARTMENTAL SPOKESMAN SAID OFFICE WAS TO HELP MEMBERS OF THE WITH THE WORK OF THE PUBLIC WORKS
"HEIR DAILY LIVES.
+HITHERTO PEOPLE WITH COMPLAINTS HAD TO CALL NUMBERS DEPENDING ON THE NATURE OF THEIR PROBLEM. WOULD GET THE WRONG OFFICE AND THIS ONLY ADDED TO DISSATISFACTION.
DIFFERENT SOMETIMES THEY THEIR
+NOW, HOWEVER, THEY CAN TAKE THEIR HE SAID.
THERE WILL COMPLAINTS
TO WHICH
BE A SINGLE SOURCE AND HAVE THEN DEALT WITH QUICKLY,*
-----0------
/8
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1978
8 .
RAPID DROP IN NUMBER OF TB CASES * H * * * *
IMPROVED TREATMENT OF TUBERCULOSIS AND COMPREHENSIVE COVERAGE OF THE POPULATION, PARTICULARLY THOSE AT SPECIAL RISK, HAVE RESULTED IN A RAPID DECLINE IN THE INCIDENCE OF TUBERCULOSIS WHICH WAS ONCE HONG KONG’S TOP KILLER DISEASE.
THIS WAS STATED TODAY BY THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR. K.L. THONG, WHEN HE ADDRESSED THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF THE HONG KONG ANTI-TB AND THORACIC DISEASES ASSOCIATION OF WHICH HE IS THE PRESIDENT.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE NOTIFICATION RATE OF TUBERCULOSIS HAS FALLcN FROM 697.2 PER 100,000 POPULATION IN 1952 TO 168.4 PER 100,000 IN 1977, WHILE THE DEATH RATE HAS ALSO DROPPED FROM 159.3 TO 11.8 PER 100,000 IN THE SAME PERIOD.
AS A RESULT OF THIS DECLINE, BEDS WHICH WERE NO LONGER REQUIRED FOR THE TREATMENT OF TB CASES HAVE NOW BEEN USED TO RELIEVE PRESSURES IN OTHER AREAS, SAID DR. THONG.
FOR INSTANCE, FORMER TB BEDS HAVE BEEN USED AT THE GRANTHAM HOSPITAL TO RELIEVE PRESSURES ON QUEEN MARY HOSPITAL AND SIMILARLY A CERTAIN NUMBER OF FORMER TB BEDS AT CARITAS MEDICAL CENTRE ARE BEING USED FOR ACUTE PATIENTS REFERRED FROM QUEEN ELIZABETH AND PRINCESS MARGARET HOSPITALS.
DR. THONG SAID: +WE MAY BE WINNING THE BATTLE AGAINST TJEERCULOSIS, BUT THE BATTLE IS NOT YET OVER AND ANY RELAXATION COULD CAUSE A RESURGENCE OF THE DISEASE.+
+IT IS IMPORTANT THEREFORE TO MAINTAIN OUR VIGILENCE AND TO CONTINUE WITH OUR MEASURES,+ HE ADDED.
DR. THONG SAID THERE WERE STILL SOME 7,000 NEW CASES OF TUBERCULOSIS WITH 500 DEATHS IN 1977, WHICH SHOWED THAT THE PROBLEM WAS STILL A LARGE ONE.
HE SAID THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT WOULD BE LAUNCHING A TB CASE-FINDING CAMPAIGN EARLY NEXT MONTH TO EDUCATE THE COMMUNITY TO TAKE EARLY ACTION WHEN SYMPTOMS REFERRABLE TO THE CHEST OCCURRED.
WITH THIS HEALTH EDUCATION CAMPAIGN, THE DEPARTMENT HOPES TO GET PEOPLE WITH SYMPTOMS OF PERSISTENT COUGH FOR MORE THAN FOUR WEEKS TO COME TO THE GOVERNMENT CHEST CLINICS FOR A CHECK-UP.
DR. THONG SAID THAT PRESENT DAY TREATMENT FOR TUBERCULOSIS IS VERY EFFECTIVE, COMPLETELY FREE AMD DOES NOT DISRUPT THE PATIENT’S NORMAL WORK.
+GOVERNMENT AND OTHER AGENCIES SUCH AS OUR OWN ANTI-TB AND THORACIC DISEASES ASSOCIATION ARE STILL SPENDING ENORMOUS SU-S OF MONEY IN THE FIGHT AGAINST TUBERCULOSIS, AND IT IS MY GREAT HOPE THAT WITH STEADY PROGRESS BEING ''.ADE THIS MONEY AS WITH FORMER TB BEDS CAN BE DIVERTED TC OTHER WORTHWHILE MEDICAL PROJECTS,* HE SAID.
0 -
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1973
CROWN LAND FOR SALE * * * * *
THREE LOTS CF CROWN LAND ..ILL EE OFFERED FOR SALE BY THE FUEL IC .ORKS DEPARTMENT’S CROWN LANDS AMD SURVEY OFFICE IN THE CITY HALL THEATRE ON MARCH 31 AT 2.30 P.M.
THE FIRST SITE, MEASURING ABOUT 2,900 SQ.M. AND SITUATED AT TSI?' SHA TSUI EAST, IS FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL PURPOSES.
ANOTHER SITE ALSO FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL USES IS LOCATED AT KAM SHING ROAD, KOWLOON. IT MEASURES 740 SQ.M.
THE LAST LOT WITH AN AREA OF 660 S AND LOCATED AT PAK TIN,
Kowloon, will be used for residential and non-industri al purposes.
AT THE SAME AUCTION, A FLAT CM THE FIRST FLOOR OF 4, HOI KING STREET, KOWLOON, WILL ALSO BE OFFERED FOR SALE.
THE FLAT HAS AN AREA OF ABOUT 56 SO.’.. AND THE ANNUAL CMC..' RENT IS 310.
THE PROPERTY IS SOLD SUBJECT TO EXISTING TENANCIES AND INSPECTION GF THE PREMISES MAY BE MADE CN MARCH 14 AND 28 BET..EEM 9 A.::. TO NOON.
FULL PARTICULARS AND CONDITIONS CF SALE MAY DE OBTAINED FRO AND THE SALE PLANS INSPECTED AT THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY SUE-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST ..ING), GROUND FLOOR, HONG KGLG AND AT THE CROWN LANDS AKE SURVEY OFFICE, KO.LOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 405 DAT-AN ROAD, 13TH FLOC.', KO'JLOOIM
0 - -
NOTE TO EDITORS:
GOVERNOR TO LAY FOUNDATION STONE FOR FANLING HOSPITAL EXTENSION * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, WILL LAY THE FOUNDATION STONE FOR THE FANLING HOSPITAL EXTENSION IN THE NEW TERRITORIES AT 10.30 A.M. ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 27).
THE NEW EXTENSION WILL PROVIDE A BETTER MEDICAL SERVICE FOR SHEUNG SHUI, FANLING AND ADJACENT AREAS WHICH ALREADY HAVE A POPULATION OF ABOUT 100,000.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE EVENT. PRESS TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED. A GOVERNMENT COACH AM5OO5 WILL LEAVE THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES’ CARPARK AT 8.30 A.M. SHARP ON MONDAY.
- - 0 - -
/10
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1978
10
$38M CONTRACT FOR LAND FORMATION IN TUEN MUN ******
A $38 MILLION CONTRACT FOR THE FORMATION OF SOME 29 HECTARES OF LAND IN TUEN MUN WILL BE SIGNED AT A CEREMONY TO BE HELD IN THE G.I.S. THEATRE, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, FIFTH FLOOR, ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 27).
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER AND/OR PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE EVENT WHICH WILL TAKE PLACE AT 11 A.M.
TELEVISION CREWS ARE ASKED TO ARRIVE EARLY SO THAT THEY WILL HAVE AMPLE TIME TO SET UP THEIR CAMERAS.
AFTER THE CONTRACT SIGNING CEREMONY, MR. STAN BARDEN, P.W.D.’S PROJECT MANAGER FOR TUEN MUN, AND MR. K.K. TANG, CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE TUEN MUN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE, WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR INTERVIEW IN ENGLISH AND CHINESE RESPECTIVELY.
OFFICERS FROM THE P.W.D.’S PUBLICITY UNIT WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST THE PRESS.
0 - -
NOTE TO EDITORS
OPENING OF NEW TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE BUILDING * * * * *
THE NEW TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE BUILDING AT 20 MILESTONE, CASTLE PEAK ROAD, NEAR THE TUEN MUN ROUNDABOUT, WILL BE OFFICIALLY OPENED IN AN HOUR-LONG CEREMONY TOMORROW (SATURDAY) MORNING.
OFFICIATING AT THE CEREMONY WILL BE THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES, THE HEUNG YEE KJK CHAIRMAN, MR. CHAN YAT-SUN, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE TUEN MUN RURAL COMMITTEE, MR. LAU WONG-FAT AND OTHER LOCAL COMMUNITY LEADERS.
IT WILL START'WITH A LION DANCE, WITH THE DOTTING OF THE LION’S EYES BY MR. PETER NG, THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICER, AND A PERFORMANCE BY THE GURKHA BAND. THIS WILL BE FOLLOWED BY A RIBBON-CUTTING CEREMONY TO BE PERFORMED JOINTLY BY MR. AKERS-JONES AND MR. CHAN YAT-SUN.
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE OCCASION. PRESS TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED. A GOVERNMENT VAN, AM 2088, WILL LEAVE FROM BEHIND THE TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE AT o.50 A.M. TO TAKE PRESS REDRESENTATIVES TO AND LATER BACK FROM TUEN MUN.
0 - -
/11
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1978
11
NOTE TO EDITORS:
FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION CAMPAIGN TO BE LAUNCHED ******
A PRESS CONFERENCE TO LAUNCH THE FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION CAMPAIGN WILL BE HELD ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 27) AT 4 P.M. IN THE G. I.S. THEATRE, ON THE FIFTH FLOOR OF BEACONSFIELD HOUSE.
THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MISS ANNIE CHAN, ALONG WITH THE PRINCIPAL SOCIAL WELFARE OFFICER, MRS. HENRIETTA CHEN, AND A REPRESENTATIVE OF VOLUNTARY WELFARE AGENCIES, MISS NORA YAU, WILL ATTEND THE CONFERENCE TO ANNOUNCE DETAILS OF THIS COMMUNITY-WIDE PROJECT.
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE PRESS CONFERENCE.
- - - - 0 ----
SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT CLERK RETIRING ******
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE, TODAY PRESENTED A WATCH AS A RETIREMENT GIFT TO MR. TAM MAN-YIU, CLERICAL OFFICER CLASS I, ON BEHALF OF HIS COLLEAGUES IN THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT.
MR. TAM, WHO HAS WORKED IN VARIOUS OFFICES OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT THROUGHOUT HIS 30 YEARS SERVICE IN THE GOVERNMENT. IS RETIRING SOON. '
HE JOINED THE GOVERNMENT AS A TEMPORARY CLERK IN 1948 AND WAS PROMOTED TO CLERICAL OFFICER CLASS I IN 1965.
FOR HIS LOYAL AND DEVOTED SERVICE, MR. TAM WAS AWARDED THE BRITISH EMPIRE MEDAL EARLY THIS YEAR.
AT TODAY’S PRESENTATION CEREMONY, MR. LEE THANKED MR. TAM FOR HIS DEVOTED SERVICE AND CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE DEPARTMENT AND WISHED HIM ALL THE BEST ON HIS RETIREMENT.
-----0------
FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 1978
- 12 -
NEW BUS TERMINUS IN CHEUNG CHING ESTATE ******
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT THE NEW BUS TERMINUS AT THE END OF THE ACCESS ROAD TO CHEUNG CHING PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE ON TSING Yl ISLAND WILL COME INTO OPERATION AT 13 A.M. TOMORROW (SATURDAY).
KMB BUS SERVICES TO THE ESTATE - ROUTES 43 AND 44A - *HICH NOW END IN THE ESTATE CAR PARK WILL OPERATE FROM THE NEW TERMINUS FROM TOMORROW.
THE NEW THREE-BAY BUS TERMINUS HAS BEEN BUILT AS PART OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHEUNG CHING ESTATE.
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
POLICE PUBLIC AFFAIRS WING CREATED ...................... 1
SPECIAL CLASSES FOR FISHERMEN’S CHILDREN ................ 1
SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX FOR CHAI WAN ...................... 3
PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE FOR SHEUNG SHU I .................. 4
OUTLINE ZONING PLANS AMENDMENTS ......................... 5
GRADUATION OF PRISON OFFICERS ........................... 6
NEW TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE BUILDING OPENED ............ 7
DSW TO OPEN HANDICAPPED YOUTH CENTRE .................... 8
NEW POST OFFICE IN CHAI WAN ............................. 8
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE ON CHEUNG CHAU ............. 9
FIRING PRACTICE ......................................... 9
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1978
1
NEW JING II' POLICE HEADQUARTERS TO EE CREATED K M H *
A NEw JING IN THE ORGANISATION OF POLICE HEADQUARTERS IS TO EE CREATED AND WILL BE KNOWN AS THE POLICE PUBLIC AFFAIRS WING.
ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY, THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE, MR. BRIAN SLEVIN, SAID THE NEED FOR THIS NEW ORGANISATION HAD BEEN EVIDENT FOR THE LAST 12 MONTHS, TO COPE WITH THE INCREASE IN POLICE, PRESS AND COMMUNITY RELATIONS WORK.
THE NEW WING WILL CONTAIN TWO BUREAUS^ONE TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO ALL THE NEWS MEDIA AND THE OTHER BUREAU^TO PROMOTE FURTHER THE POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS EFFORT.
THE NEW JING WILL EE HEADED BY A CHIEF SUPERINTENDENT OF POLICE, WHO WILL EE A MEMBER OF THE COMMISSIONER’S CHIEFS OF STAFF COMMITTEE (THE DIRECTORATE GF THE FORCE). THIS POST WILL EE FILLED BY MR. JOHN GRIEVE. THE INFORMATION BUREAU WILL BE HEADED BY THE CHIEF POLICE INFORMATION OFFICER, MRS. IRENE YAU, AND THE COMMUNITY RELATIONS BUREAU WILL BE UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE CHIEF COMMUNITY RELATIONS OFFICER, MR. A.C. RENNIE.
THE NEW POLICE PUBLIC AFFAIRS WING WILL DEAL WITH PRESS ENQUIRIES, NEWS AND MATTERS DIRECTLY CONCERNING THE NEWS MEDIA AS WELL AS THE COMMUNITY RELATIONS WORK WHICH INCLUDES JUNIOR POLICE CALL, LIAISON WITH SCHOOLS, PUBLICITY CAMPAIGNS, CRIME PREVENTION, POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS AND RECRUITING. ALL THESE MATTERS ARE AT PRESENT HANDLED EY THE POLICE PUBLIC RELATIONS BUREAU.
— - 0 - - - -
SPECIAL CLASSES FOR H *
FISHERMEN’S CHILDREN H * K H
SPECIAL CLASSES FOR HANDICAPPED CHILDREN ARE BEING SET UP IN THE FISHERMEN’S CHILDREN SCHOOL IN TAI PC.
THIS WAS REVEALED TODAY BY THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, MR. TED NICHOLS,WHO SAID THAT IF THIS PILOT SCHEMC WAS SUCCESSFUL, SUCH CLASSES WOULD BE INTRODUCED IN 12 OTHER’PRIMARY SCHOOLS AND ONE SECONDARY SCHOOL OPERATED BY THE FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION OF HIS DEPARTMENT.
COMMENTING ON THE GOVERNMENT’S APPROVAL FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A 31 MILLION SCHOLARSHIP FUND FOR FISHERMEN’S CHILDREN, r® nTcHOLS SAID THP FUND, DESIGNED TO ENABLE YOUNG PEOPLE CONN-CTlj Sth the fishing In6ustry’to further their study in either local TERTIARY OR POST SECONDARY SCHOOL LEVELS, WOULD POSSIBLY TaKE EFFECT FROM NEXT ACADEMIC YEAR.
HE SAID A PANEL OF ADVISERS WOULD SOON BE APPOINTED TO ADVISE ON THE ALLOCATION OF THE FUND.
——,——-----------, —. ——■!■■■> — - — — . — - - - - - ——■ ■ -——
/THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE......
SATUBuAI, FEBRUARY 25, 1978
- 2 -
THt ADVISORY COMMITTEE WILL CONSIST OF THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES WHO IS THE TRUSTEE OF THE FUND, THREE MEMBERS OF THE FISH MARKETING ADVISORY BOARD, TWO PUBLIC OFFICERS AND TWO MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO Bt APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR.
,.n„, '^°LS EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT THE FISHERMEN’S CHILDREN
•vOULD MAKE USE OF SCHOLARSHIP FUND TO STUDY THE LATEST TECHNIQUES TO THE ln'H?NGL INDUSTRYAR ,NE B,0L3GY AND OTHER SUBJECTS RELATING
HE ALSO REVEALED THAT HIS DEPARTMENT INCREASING THE SECONDARY SCHOOL COURSE AT CHILDREN SCHOOL IN ABERDEEN FROM THREE TO
WAS ALSO CONSIDERING THE FISHERMEN’S FIVE YEARS.
+THE ADDITIONAL TWO YEARS IN THE COURSE ARE AIMED AT MORE TECHNICAL SUBJECTS CONCERNING FISHING,+ HE ADDED.
MR. NICHOLS SAID: +MANY YEARS AGO FISHERMEN’S CHILDREN WERE AT A DISADVANTAGE REGARDING EDUCATION BECAUSE THEY LITERALLY LIVED AT SEA OR IN REMOTE VILLAGES. TO OVERCOME THIS PROBLEM A SMALL PORTION OF COMMISSIONS EARNED BY THE FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION IN THE SELLING OF CATCH IS RESERVED FOR THE EDUCATION OF FISHERMEN’S CHILDREN.
+NOW THERE ARE NUMEROUS SCHOOLS THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY AND THE NEXT OBJECT IS TO AIM FOR MORE ADVANCED EDUCATION.
+AS THE FISHING FLEET GROWS IN SOPHISTICATION, SO SHOULD THE EDUCATION OF THE YOUNG ... THE FUTURE GENERATION,+ SAID MR. NICHOLS.
+SO FAR WE HAVE BEEN CONCENTRATING OUR ACTIVITIES TOWARDS THE FISHERMEN’S CHILDREN BECAUSE OF THEIR UNIQUE SOCIAL ENV I ROi.'CNT. WE HAVE BEEN ABLE TO OFFER THEM EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES EQUAL TO THEIR COUNTERPARTS ON LAND AND NOW WE ARE STRIVING FOR HIGHER EDUCATION AS WELL AS IMPROVING THE PRESENT FACILITIES.
+ BUT LEGISLATION APPROVED LAST WEEK ,vAS NOT ONLY CONFINED TO THESE CHILDREN. ANOTHER EILL, THE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS SCHOLARSHIP FUND, WAS ALSO PASSED AND THIS ALSO HAS AN INITIAL CAPITAL OF 31 MILLION WHICH //ILL EE FINANCED BY THE VEGETABLE MARKETING ORGANISATION,* SAID MR. .ICHOLS.
THIS SCHOLARSHIP FUND IS ALSO AIMED AT TERTIARY AND POST SECONDARY LEVELS AI-.D ..ILL BE AVAILABLE FOR CHILDREN TO OR INTERESTED IN THE AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRIES.
CONNECTED
AN ADVISORY BOARD SIMILAR TO THE ONE FOE FISHERMEN’S CHILDREN SCHOLARSHIP FUND ..ILL ALSO EE SET UP.
0 - - - -
SATURD1Y, FEBRUARY 25, 1978 - 3 -
SWIWIING POOL COMPLEX TO BE BUILT IN CHAI VAN X X X X X X
A MULT1-MILL IOS-DOLLAR SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX WILL SOON BE WILT ON A 2.8-HECTARE SITE AT THE JUNCTION OF CHAI WAN ROAD AMD SUN YIP STREET, IM CHAI WAN.
TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX ARE BEING INVITED BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
f •
MR S.C. KWAN. CHIEF P.W.D. ARCHITECT, SAID TODAY THAT WORK ON THE PROJECT WOULD BEGIN IN MID-APRIL AND WOULD TAKE ABOUl
18 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
ON COMPLETION, IT WILL SERVE THE EASTERN D^TR'lCT, HCLUDING CHAI WAN SHAU KEI WAN, QUARRY BAY AS WELL AS NORTH POINT, AND HENCE REDUCE THE PRESSURE ON THE FACILITIES AT VICTORIA PARK.
MR. KWAN SAID THE SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX WOULD BE A STANDARD ONE AND WOULD BE ABLE TO ACCOMMODATE ABOUT 5,000 PEOPLE AT A TIME.
IT WOULD HAYE EIGHT POOLS, POOL, THREE TEACHING POOLS, ONE AND ONE PADDLING POOL, HE SAID.
INCLUDING A MAIN POOL. A SECONDARY DIVING POOL, ONE CHILDREN’S POOL.
♦OTHER FACILITIES,+ HE SAID, +WILL INCLUDE CHANGING ROOMS, TOILETS, A LIGHT REFRESHMENT CAFE AS WELL AS SPECIAL ACCESS AND CHANGING FACILITIES FOR THE HANDICAPPED.
♦THERE WILL EE A COVERED STAND FOR SPECTATORS DURING SWIMMING GALAS OR WATER SPORTS.+
IN ADDITION THERE WOULD BE PARKING SPACES FOR 40 CARS, A NEW ROAD HAS BEEN CONSTRUCTED TO PROVIDE DIRECT ACCESS FROM CHAI WAN ROAD TO THE SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX.
0 - -
/4
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1973 - 4 -
PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE FOR 30,000 IN SHEUNG SHU I * * * *
c । -rp farmatION WORK FOR THE FIRST PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE IN SHEUNG SHUI WHICH WILL PROVIDE HOMES FOR 30,000 PEOPLE WILL START IN MAY.
TMF PROJECT IS PART OF A 3400 MILLION PLAN TO DEVELOP SHEK WU HUI AS A BALANCED COMMUNITY WITH COMMERCIAL AND R-SI DENT I AL developments, schools, markets, a community centre, hospital AND STADIUM
THE SITE FORMATION FOR THE ESTATE ALONG WITH THE FIRS! PHASE OF A MAJOR DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT SCHEME WILL TAKE ABOUT 13 MONTHS TO COMPLETE. IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE FIRST PHASE OF THE HOUSING ESTATE WILL BE READY FOR OCCUPATION IN MID-1981.
TO ENABLE WORKS TO BE CARRIED OUT BY PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT’S CONTRACTORS, THE GOVERNMENT WILL RESUME ABOUT 102,300 SQUARE METRES OF PRIVATE LAND, MAINLY FOR AGRICULTURAL USE, IN THE SOUTHWESTERN PART OF SHEK WU HUI.
THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. CLIVE OXLEY, SAID TODAY THE GOVERNMENT WOULD PAY COMPENSATION FOR CROPS, FRUIT TREES, FISH PONDS, FENCES, WELLS, AND IRRIGATION PIPES AS WELL AS EX-GRATIA ALLOWANCE FOR PIG-BREEDERS AND POULTRY FARMERS.
HE SAID THE RESUMPTION WOULD INVOLVE THE CLEARANCE OF 340 TEMPORARY DOMESTIC STRUCTURES AND 924 OTHER ANCILLARY TEMPORARY STRUCTURES.
+FAMILIES WHO ARE AFFECTED WILL BE OFFERED EITHER PUBLIC HOUSING OR SPACE IN A LOCAL TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA, DEPENDING ON THEIR ELIGIBILITY,* MR. OXLEY SAID.
LAND OWNERS INVOLVED IN THE RESUMPTION WILL BE OFFEREE THE ALTERNATIVE OF LAND EXCHANGE DOCUMENTS OR CASH COMPENSATION, HE ADDED.
/5
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1978
5
AMENDMENTS TO OUTLINE ZONING PLANS FOR CHAI WAN AND CHEUNG SHA WAN ******
DETAILS OF AMENDMENTS TO TWO DRAFT OUTLINE ZONING PLANS FOR CHAI WAN AND CHEUNG SHA WAN HAVE BEEN PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TOWN PLANNING BOARD SAID TODAY THAT UNDER THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE DRAFT CHAI WAN OUTLINE ZONING PLAN, FIVE SITES FORMERLY ZONED FOR GREEN BELT' GOVERNMENT, INSTITUTION AND COMMUNITY USES- AND COMMERCIAL/RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES HAD BEEN REZONED FOR RESIDENTIAL (GROUP A) USES.
THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS ALSO INCLUDED THE RE-LOCATION OF A COMMERCIAL/RESIDENTIAL ZONE AND TWO SITES ZONED FOR OTHER SPECIFIED USES.
IN ADDITION, THE SPOKESMAN SAID 20 ZONING AMENDMENTS TO THE DRAFT CHEUNG SHA WAN OUTLINE ZONING PLAN WERE PROPOSED.
THESE INCLUDE THE EXTENSION OF THE SHAM SHU I PO RECLAMATION TO PROVIDE SPACE FOR INDUSTRY, CARGO HANDLING, OPEN SPACE AND GOVERNMENT, INSTITUTION AND COMMUNITY USES, INCLUDING A WHOLESALE MARKET COMPLEX.
AMENDMENTS TO THE NOTES OF THE TWO DRAFT PLANS WERE ALSO PROPOSED.
UNDER SEPARATE NOTICES PUBLISHED IN YESTERDAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE, ANY PERSON OBJECTING TO THE AMENDMENTS TO THE PLANS MAY ADDRESS HIS OBJECTION IN WRITING TO THE SECRETARY OF THE TOWN PLANNING BOARD, C/0 THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, HONG KONG, BEFORE MARCH 16, THIS YEAR.
THE AMENDED DRAFT OUTLINE ZONING PLANS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION UNTIL MARCH 16 AT THE P.W.D.’S TOWN PLANNING OFFICES ON BOTH SIDES OF THE HARBOUR, AND AT THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICES OF EASTERN, SHAM SHU I PO, AND CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICTS.
COPIES OF THE UNCOLOURED DRAFT PLANS AT £5 EACH ARE ALSO CH SALE AT THE P.W.D.’S CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE ON 1?TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING.
- . 0 - -
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1978
- 6 -
COMMISSIONER OF PRISONS INSPECTS PASSING-OUT PARADE OF PRISON OFFICERS
* * * *
THE COMMISSIONER OF PRISONS, MR. TOM GARNER,SAID TODAY A LOT OF THE VERY FINE WORK WHICH PRISON OFFICERS PERFORM, THE DIFFICULTIES THEY MUST DEAL WITH AND THE TROUBLE THEY AVERT BECAUSE OF PROMPT AND EFFICIENT ACTION ARE NOT IN THE PUBLIC EYE AND KNOWN TO ONLY THOSE WHO ARE WITHIN THE SERVICE.
MR. GARNER WAS SPEAKING AT THE PASSING-OUT PARADE OF 40 PRISON OFFICERS AND THE PRESENTATION OF CLASPS TO LONG SERVICE MEDALS TO 23 OTHER PRISON OFFICERS AT THE DEPARTMENT’S STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IN STANLEY.
AT TODAY’S CEREMONY, MR. GARNER PAID TRIBUTE CLASP RECIPIENTS, WHO BETWEEN THEM HAVE 533 YEARS AND SAID: +PROOF OF YOUR SUCCESS LIES IN THE MANY WOMEN .'.HO HAVE PASSED THROUGH YOUR HANDS AND HAVE TO CRIME.
TO THE 20
OF SERVICE
MEN AND
NOT RELAPSED
+OVER THE YEARS, MANY OF YOU HAVE ASSISTED IN THE OPENING OF NEW INSTITUTIONS SUCH AS TAI LAM, CHI MA WAN AND OTHERS, AND ALL OF YOU HAVE HELPED PIONEER THE ,.AY FOR THOSE TO FOLLOW, + HE ADDED.
ADDRESSING THE PARADE, MR. GARNER SAID: +DC NOT BE DISHEARTENED BY SOME OF THE COMMENTS WHICH YOU READ OR HEAR ABOUT WHICH ARE MADE FROM TIME TO TIME BY EX-PRISONERS.
+WHEN YOU DO YOUR JOE CORRECTLY YOU WILL NOT MAKE FRIENDS AMONGST THE PRISONERS NOR aOULD YOU BE EXPECTED TO AND SOME WILL ALWAYS RELISH THE OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE A GO AT YOU IF THEY CAN.+
MR. GARNER STRESSED THAT PR ISC,': OFFICERS MUST NOT EE PERSUADED TO DEVIATE FROM WHAT THEY KNOW IS THE RIGHT WAY TO CARRY OUT THEIR DUTIES.
HE ALSO EMPHASISED THAT IRRESPECTIVE OF THE CRIME COMMITTED, ’A PRISONER IS A PERSON AND HE MUST EE TREATED IN CONFCR. ITY .. h • THE PRISON RULES.’
+1 RECOGNISE THAT PRISON OFFICERS APE HUMAN PROVOCATION FROM PRISONERS, SOME .'EAKER ONES CAN BE ON YOUR GUARD AGAINST ANY SUCH EAKNESS.
AND UNDER SLIP. YOU MUST
+HUMAN ERROR THOUGH IT NAY EE AND DONE UNDER PROVOCATION ' ILL BE NO cXCUSE WHEN YOU ARE CALLED .PC TO ANSWER FOP IT.+
IS
AMONG THE RECIPIENTS OF CLASPS TC COLONIAL PRISON MEDALS THE DEPUTY CO'- ''ISS IONE" CF PRISONS, : . T. ECOB.
- - 0 - -
/7
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1978
7
OPENING OF NEW TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE BUILDING
*****
THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES TODAY OFFICIALLY OPENED THE NEW TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE BUILDING TC MARK A STREAMLINING OF GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE RESIDENTS OF THE TUEN MUN NEW TOWN.
THE NEW OFFICES AT 2OTH MILESTONE, CASTLE PEAK ROAD, NEAR THE TUEN MUN ROUNDABOUT, CAME INTO OPERATION LATE LAST MONTH.
REPLACING ITS FORMER OFFICES AT TAK CHING CIRCUIT, THE THREE-STOREY BUILDING PROVIDES MORE SPACIOUS OFFICES FOR THE LAND DIVISION, THE SQUATTER CONTROL SECTION AND OTHER SECTIONS OF THE DISTR ICT OFF ICE.
ALSO OFFICIATING AT TODAY’S CEREMONY ARE THE HEUNG YEE KUK CHAIRMAN, MR. CHAN YAT-SUN, THE TUEN MUN RURAL COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN, MR. LAU WONG-FAT AND OTHER LOCAL LEADERS.
ADDRESSING A GATHER I NGOF GUESTS^THE TUET; - MUN D I STRICT. OFFICER, MR. PETER NG, SAID THE OPENING OF THE NEW BUILDING WOULD' ENABLE HIS STAFF TO SERVE THE COMMUNITY BETTER AND ENHANCE THEIR WORK EFFICIENCY.
+HOWEVER.+ HE SAID, +IN VIEW OF THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT AND ITS FUTURE POPULATION CAPACITY, THERE IS ALREADY A PLAN FOR A GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING IN THE NEW TOWN SO THAT MORE COMPREHENSIVE AND SYSTEMATIC GOVERNMENT SERVICES CAN BE PROVIDED TO THE COMMUNITY,*
+UPON ITS COMPLETION, THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE WILL ALSO BE MOVING PERMANENTLY TO THE BUILDING.*
MR. NG SAID TUEN MUN WOULD BECOME A SELF-CONTAINED AND MODERN NEW TOWN FOR HALF A MILL 101,' PEOPLE BY 1985.
THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT WILL BE MUCH BETTER THAN SOME OF THE URBAN AREAS AS THE NEW TOWN HAD BEEN CAREFULL DESIGNED BY PROFESSIONAL TOWN PLANNERS.
+PLENTY OF OPEN SPACES WILL BE PROVIDED IN THE VICINITY OF THE RESIDENTIAL AREA: THESE, TOGETHER WITH BEAUTIFULLY DESIGNED RECREATION GROUNDS AND REST GARDENS, WILL PROVIDE A PLEASAN LIVING ENVIRONMENT FOR LOCAL RES IDENTS,* MR.' NG' SAID.
+OTHER CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL COMMUNITY FACILITIES INCLUDE AN ARTS CENTRE, A STADIUM, SWIMMING POOLS, PUBLIC PARKS, REST GARDENS AND SPORTS GROUNDS -- ALL CONTRIBUTING TOWARDS A SELF-CONTAINED NEW TOWN,* HE ADDED.
+ESSENTIAL GOVERNMENT FACILITIES AND SERVICES SUCH AS HOSPITALS, CLINICS, SCHOOLS, POLICE AND FIRE STATIONS, MARKETS AND POST OFFICES, HAVE ALSO BEEN PLANNED AND WILL ALL EE COMPLETED IN TIME TO CATER FOR THE NEEDS OF RESIDENTS.*
_ o - -
/8
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1978
NOTE TO EDITORS:
DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE TO OPEN HANDICAPPED YOUTH CENTRE
******
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE,, WILL OPtN THE HONG KONG FEDERATION OF HANDICAPPED YOUTH’S ACTIVITIES CENTRE AT BLOCK 21 LAM TIN ESTATE, GROUND FLOOR AT 2 P.M. TOMORROW (SUNDAY).
MR. LEE WILL ADDRESS THE GATHERING AT THE OPEN CEREMONY.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE CEREMONY.
- - - - 0------------
NEW CHAI WAN POST OFFICE
*****
THE NEW CHAI WAN POST OFFICE WILL BE OPENED FOR BUSINESS AT 9 A.M. ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 27) ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF YUE WAN ESTATE’S ADM INSTRATI ON BUILDING, CHAI WAN ROAD.
IT WILL REPLACE THE EXISTING ONE AT BLOCK 16 CHAI WAN ESTATE WHICH WILL BE CLOSED AFTER USUAL BUSINESS TODAY (SATURDAY).
THE EXISTING HOURS OF BUSINESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER 5-564411 OF THE NEW POST OFFICE WILL REMAIN THE SAME.
----0------
/9
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1978
9
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE ON CHEUNG CHAU
******
A TEAM FROM THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE WILL CONDUCT REGISTRATIONS AT THE OFFICE OF CHEUNG CHAU RURAL COMMITTEE FOR PEOPLE LIVING ON THE ISLAND FOR FOUR DAYS FROM MARCH 6.
DURING THESE FOUR DAYS, REGISTRATIONS WILL BE CARRIED OUT BETWEEN 9.30 A.M. AND 4 P.M.
THE VISIT IS TO ENABLE PARENTS OR GUARDIANS TO REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN OR WARDS BETWEEN 11 AND 17 YEARS OF AGE FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS AND HOLDERS OF JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS TO REGISTER FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ON REACHING 18 YEARS OF AGE.
PEOPLE LIVING ON CHEUNG CHAU ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO REGISTER THEMSELVES AND THEIR CHILDREN FOR IDENTITY CARDS AND TO REPORT CHANGES OF EMPLOYMENT, RESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES, MARITAL STATUS, OR OTHER PARTICULARS.
- - 0
FIRING PRACTICE * * * *
FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON TWO DAYS NEXT WEEK.
TH- PUBLIC ARE REMINDED THAT IT IS DANGEROUS TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN THE RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF FIRING PRACTICE.
THE PRACTICE TIMES ARE:
DATE
HOURS
MARCH 1 (WEDNESDAY)
8 A.M. - 4 P.M.
MARCH 3 (FRIDAY)
9.30 A.M. - 4 P.M.
- - 0 - -
PRH 7
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1978
CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
ALEX WU TO REPRESENT HK AT PARLIAMENTARY SEMINAR IN LONDON ■..................................... 1
PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES FOR JANUARY .................. 1
TENDERS INVITED FOR SUPPLY OF SAND TO GOVERNMENT .... 3
77 NEW BUILDING PLANS APPROVED LAST MONTH .............. 4
OPENING OF NEW SECTION OF HOI BUN ROAD ................. 4
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong.Tel: 5-233191
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1978
1
ALEX WU TO REPRESENT HONG KONG AT PARLIAMENTARY SEMINAR AT WESTMINSTER ******
UNOFFICIAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, MR. ALEX WU SHU-CHIH, IS TO REPRESENT THE HONG KONG BRANCH OF THE COMMONWEALTH PARLIAMENTARY ASSOCIATION (C.P.A.) AT THE 27TH ANNUAL PARLIAMENTARY SEMINAR TO BE HELD AT WESTMINSTER IN LONDON.
THE SEMINAR, ORGANISED EACH YEAR BY THE COMMONWEALTH PARLIAMENTARY ASSOCIATION, IS ON PARLIAMENTARY PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE. IT WILL RUN FROM FEBRUARY 28 TO MARCH 21.
A TOTAL OF 24 DELEGATES FROM VARIOUS BRANCHES OF THE C.P.A. HAVE BEEN NOMINATED TO ATTEND THIS YEAR’S SEMINAR.
MR. WU, ACCOMPANIED BY HIS WIFE, WILL LEAVE FOR LONDON TOMORROW (MONDAY).
PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES FOR JANUARY
******
THE VALUE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS FOR LAST MONTH (JANUARY) WAS $2,721 MILLION, EXPORTS WERE WORTH $4,288 MILLION AND RE-EXPORTS $882 MILLION, ACCORDING TO THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT’S PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES PUBLISHED TODAY (SUNDAY).
THE FIGURES FOR THE PERIOD BETWEEN NOVEMBER 1977 TO JANUARY 1978 SHOWED INCREASES, BY VALUE, OF 9.1 PER CENT FOR DOMESTIC EXPORTS, 16.6 PER CENT FOR IMPORTS AND 10.3 PER CENT FOR RE-EXPORTS, COMPARED WITH THE SAME PERIOD BETWEEN NOVEMBER 1976 TO JANUARY 1977.
COMPARED WITH THE SAME MONTH IN 1977, INCREASES, BY VALUE, OF $31 MILLION OR 1.2 PER CENT IN EXPORTS, $457 MILLION OR 11.9 PER CENT IN IMPORTS AND $41 MILLION OR 4.9 PER CENT IN RE-EXPORTS WERE RECORDED.
THE SHORT TERM CHANGES, JANUARY 1978 COMPARED WITH DECEMBER 1977, SHOWED DECREASES OF $856 MILLION OR 23.9 PER CENT FOR DOMESTIC EXPORTS, $628 MILLION OR 12.8 PER CENT FOR IMPORTS AND $93 MILLION OR 9.5 PER CENT FOR RE-EXPORTS.
SUCH DECREASES APPEAR TO BE IN LINE WITH THE SEASONAL PATTERN AFTER THE PEAK IN LAST DECEMBER.
THE FIGURES FOR THE 12-MONTH PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 1977 TO JANUARY 1978 COMPARED .H TH THOSE OF THE PREVIOUS 12-MONTH SHOWED INCREASES, EY VALUE, OF 7 PEE CENT FOR DOMESTIC EXPORTS, 12 RECENT FOR IMPORTS AND 9.2 PER CENT FOR RE-EXPORTS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT REMINDED IMPORTERS AND EXPORTERS THAT FROM JANUARY 1973, THEY SHOULD COMPLETE THEIR DECLARATIONS ACCORDING TO THE 1078 REVISED HONG KONG IMPORTS AND EXPORTS CLASSIFICATION LIST ..HICK IS EASED CH THE UNITED NATIONS STANDARD INTERNATIONAL TRADE CLASSIFICATION (SITC) AND CONTAINS MORE DETAILED COMMODITY BREAKDOWNS.
/FOLLG.<I"G
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1978
2
FOLLOWING ARE COMPARATIVE TRADE FIGURES :-
LATEST THREE MONTHS NOVEMBER 1977 TO JANUARY 1978 NOVEMBER 1976 TO JANUARY 1977 INCREASE OR DECREASE
3 MN. $ MN. 3 MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 9,353 8,573 + 780 +9.1
IMPORTS 13,530 11,599 +1,931 +16.6
RE-EXPORTS 2,725 2,470 + 255 +10.3
SAME MONTH LAST YEAR JANUARY 1978 JANUARY 1977 INCREASE OR DECREASE
$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS (% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) 2,721 (75.5%) 2,690 (76.2%) + 31 + 1.2
IMPORTS 4,288 3,831 + 457 +11.9
RE-EXPORTS (% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) 882 (24.5%) 841 (23.8%) + 41 + 4.9
LAST MONTH JANUARY 1978 DECEMBER 1977 INCREASE OR DECREASE
3 MN. 3 MN.
DOMESTIC EXPORTS (% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) 2,721 (75.5%) 3,577 (78.6%) - 856 -23.9
IMPORTS 4,288 4,916 - 628 -12.8
RE-EXPORTS (% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) 882 (24.5%) 975 (21.4%) - 93 - 9.5
LAST 12 MONTHS FEBRUARY 1977 TO JANUARY 1978 FEBRUARY 1976 TO JANUARY 1977 INCREASE OR DECREASE
3 MN. $ MN. $ MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 35,335 32,736 +2,299 + 7.0
IMPORTS 49,158 43,888 +5,270 +12.0
RE-EXPORTS 9,871 9,039 + 832 + 9.2
o- /3
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1978
TENDERS INVITED FOR SUPPLY OF SAND TO GOVERNMENT
******
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE SUPPLY TO THE GOVERNMENT OF 200,300 CUBIC METRES OF MANUFACTURED SAND A YEAR.
SUCCESSFUL TENDERERS WILL BE AWARDED A FIVE-YEAR CONTRACT TO SUPPLY SAND SUITABLE FOR BUILDING PURPOSES.
ONLY CONTRACTORS CURRENTLY HOLDING GOVERNMENT QUARRY CONTRACTS OR THOSE WHO HAVE BEEN INVITED TO TENDER FOR THE OPERATION OF THE QUARRY AT TAI SHEUNG TOK, ANDERSON ROAD, WILL BE ELIGIBLE TO TENDER.
MR. DICK PILLING, P.W.D’S CHIEF GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER OF THE MATERIALS DIVISION, SAID THAT THE SAND, WHICH WOULD BE MANUFACTURED FROM ROCK, WOULD BE SOLD TO THE PUBLIC THROUGH THE GOVERNMENT SAND MONOPOLY AS AT PRESENT.
+THERE HAS BEEN A HEAVY DEMAND FOR ALL BUILDING MATERIALS, INCLUDING SAND, AND THE LETTING OF THIS CONTRACT SHOULD HELP MEET THE INCREASING DEMAND,+ HE SAID. +WE ARE SELLING ALL THE MANUFACTURED SAND WE CAN GET JUST NOW.+
REFERRING TO THE QUALITY OF MANUFACTURED SAND, MR. PILLING SAID THAT IT WAS SUPERIOR TO THE MARINE SAND IN CERTAIN ASPECTS.
+IT HAS THE ADVANTAGES OVER NATURAL SAND OF HAVING NO SALT CONTENT, NO SHELLS AND VERY CONSISTENT GRADING CHARACTER I ST ICS.
+THE MANUFACTURED SAND WE ARE SELLING NOW IS SUITABLE FOR CONCRETE AND WHAT WE ARE LOOKING FOR IN THE NEW CONTRACT IS THE TYPE OF SAND FOR PLASTERING AND MORTAR,+ HE ADDED.
- 0-----------
/4
SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 1978
4
77 NEW BUILDING PLANS APPROVED- LAST MONTH
******
A TOTAL OF 77 NEW BUILDING PLANS WERE APPROVED LAST MONTH (JANUARY) BY THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, COMPARED WITH 57 IN THE SAME MONTH LAST YEAR.
OF THE NEW PLANS APPROVED, 35 WERE FOR BUILDINGS ON HONG KONG ISLAND, 17 FOR KOWLOON AND 25 FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THEY INCLUDED PLANS FOR A SCHOOL IN SHA TIN NEW TOWN, A HOTEL ON CHEUNG CHAU AND AN ELECTRICITY SUB-STATION AT YUEN LONG.
THE TOTAL DECLARED COST OF NEW BUILDINGS COMPLETED DURING THE MONTH WAS $322.57 MILLION, COMPARED WITH $237.3 MILLION LAST YEAR.
THE TOTAL USABLE FLOOR AREA OF NEW BUILDINGS COMPLETED DURING LAST MONTH AMOUNTED TO 287,354.5 SQUARE METRES, COMPRISING 183,619.6 SQUARE METRES OF NON-DOMESTIC FLOOR AREA AND 103,734.9 SQUARE METRES OF DOMESTIC FLOOR AREA.
DURING THE MONTH, THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE GAVE CONSENT FOR WORK TO START ON 64 NEW BUILDING PROJECTS, INCLUDING A TEMPLE AT WONG TAI SIN, A CHURCH AND KINDERGARTEN AT TAI PO AND A BUS DEPOT AT PUI 0, LANTAU ISLAND.
A TOTAL OF 49 NEWLY COMPLETED BUILDINGS WERE CERTIFIED FOR OCCUPATION DURING THE MONTH, INCLUDING A HOTEL AT THE JUNCTION OF NATHAN ROAD AND KIMBERLEY ROAD, A TELEPHONE EXCHANGE IN CLEARWATER BAY ROAD, A SCHOOL AT KWAI CHUNG AND A SPORT CENTRE AT YUEN LONG.
THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE ALSO ASSENTED TO THE DEMOLITION OF 36 BUILDINGS.
OPENING OF NEW SECTION OF HOI BUN ROAD
******
A NEW SECTION OF HOI BUN ROAD,WEST OF LAI YIP STREET IN KWUN TONG WILL BE OPEN TO TRAFFIC FROM 10 A.M. ON TUESDAY (FEBRUARY 28).
WITH THE OPENING OF THIS SECTION OF THE ROAD, TRAFFIC FROM LAI YIP STREET TURNING INTO HOI BUN ROAD MUST GIVE WAY TO TRAFFIC ON HOI BUN ROAD.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS AND CARRIAGEWAY MARKINGS WILL BE PROVIDED TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
NEW AGREEMENT FOR SCHEME OF CONTROL WITH CHINA LIGHT AND EASTERN ENERGY ........................................ 1
FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION CAMPAIGN LAUNCHED .................. 2
$38M LAND FORMATION CONTRACT FOR TUEN MUN ................. 4
GOVERNOR LAYS FOUNDATION STONE FOR FANLING HOSPITAL EXTENSION ................................................ 4
LADY MACLEHOSE TO VISIT REHABILITATION AND CHILDREN’S CENTRES ................................................... 6
KCR TRAFFIC DURING CHINESE NEW YEAR ...................... 6
OPENING OF NEW FLYOVER ACROSS KWAI CHUNG ROAD ............. 7
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1978
1
NEW AGREEMENT FOR SCHEME OF CONTROL
VITH CHINA LIGHT AND EASTERN ENERGY
******
THE GOVERNMENT HAS REACHED AN AGREEMENT WITH CHINA LIGHT AMD EASTERN ENERGY ON A REVISED SCHEME OF CONTROL COVERING A 15 YEAR PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 1, 1978, FOR CHINA LIGHT, THE PENINSULA ELECTRIC POWER COMPANY AND A NEW COMPANY, THE KOWLOON ELECTRICITY SUPPLY COMPANY.
ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY (MONDAY) A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE MEW AGREEMENT REPLACES THE SCHEME OF CONTROL WHICH CAME I' TO EFFECT FROM OCTOBER 1, 1963 AND WHICH EXPIRES AT THE END OF SEPTEMBER.
+ THE ESSENTIAL FEATURES OF THIS SCHEME ARE TO ENSURE THAT THE SERVICE TO CONSUMERS CONTINUES TO BE ADEQUATE TO MEET DEMANDS AND IS PROVIDED AT THE LOWEST POSSIBLE TARIFFS.+
+THE TARIFFS, TOGETHER WITH THE PROFITS OF THE COMPANIES, WILL CONTINUE TO BE CONTROLLED,* HE SAID. +THE NEW SCHEME IS SIMILAR TO THE PRESENT ONE AND THE PERMITTED RETURN ON AVERAGE NET FIXED ASSETS BASICALLY WILL REMAIN AT 13-1/2 PER CENT.*
TO ENCOURAGE CONTINUED CONFIDENCE AND INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANIES, HOWEVER, IT HAS BEEN AGREED THAT THE PERMITTED RETURN CN FIXED ASSETS, ACQUIRED BY SHAREHOLDERS’ INVESTMENTS ASSOCIATED WITH NE.' GENERATING, TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES, SHOULD BE RAISED BY 1-1/2 PER CENT.
+ THE EFFECT ON TARIFFS OF THIS EXTRA 1-1/2 PER CENT WILL BE MINIMAL,* THE SPOKESMAN EMPHASISED. + IT WILL ENCOURAGE NEW AND EXISTING INVESTORS TO HAVE FULL CONFIDENCE IN THE COMPANIES AND TO HELP FINANCE FUTURE EXPANSION BY SUPPORTING NEW CAPITAL ISSUES* HE WENT ON. +IT WILL ALSO ENCOURAGE THE COMPANIES THEMSELVES TO RETAIN FUNDS IN THEIR OWN BUSINESS.*
ANY SURPLUS PROFITS WHICH ACCRUE AFTER MEETING DEPRECIATION AND THE PAYMENT OF CORPORATION AND OTHER TAXES ABOVE THE PERMITTED RETURN, WILL, AS AT PRESENT, BE TRANSFERRED TO THE DEVELOPMENT FUND.
INTEREST AT 8 PER CENT PER ANNUM WILL CONTINUE TO BE PAID BY CHINA LIGHT ON THE DEVELOPMENT FUND AND WILL EE PASSED ON TO THE CONSUMERS IN THE FORM OF A REBATE.
THE FINANCIAL POSITIONS OF THE COMPANIES WILL BE CLOSELY MONITORED BY THE GOVERNMENT AND, WITH THE FULL AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANIES, FINANCING AND ANNUAL AUDITING REVIEWS WILL BE CARRIED OUT TQ DETERMINE WHETHER ANY ADJUSTMENT TO TARIFFS IS JUSTIFIED.
/TH3 PRESENT .....
.’.IONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 197?
2 -
^HE PRESENT SITUATION IS THAT NO ADJUSTMENT TO THE BASIC AR IFF IS LIKELY BEFORE 1980.
IT PROVIDES INTERVALS.
A ”EW FEATURE CF THE SCHEME OF CONTROL IS THAT FOR A REVIE., AND POSSIBLE MODIFICATION AT FIVE-YEAR tu£T1£^AR ATTCN'T|°N '^1LL- 5E PAID BY THE GOVERNMENT TO SEE WHETHER ,ETURK’ ls STILL RELEVANT TO THE CIRCUMSTANCES
r E VA I L I' G I' 1983 AND 1988.
A1LURE To PLA'' IN A PRACTICAL WAY FOR FUTURE ELECTRICITY ,'=E3S I'l KOWLOO” AMD THE MEW TERRITORIES WOULD OBVIOUSLY HAVE THE ^‘-'SEQUENCES FOR HONG KONG’S INDUSTRIAL GROWTH AND PROSPERITY,* THE SPOKESMAN CONCLUDED.
FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION CAMPAIGN
*****
A COMMUNITY-WIDE CAMPAIGN GN FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION WAS LAUNCHED TODAY TO FOSTER *A "ORE HARMONIOUS RELATIONSHIP AMONG FAMILY MEMBERS AMD TO STRENGTHS, THE FAMILY AS A UNIT TO COMEAT SOCIAL PROBLEMS*.
ANNOUNCING THE LAUNCHING OF THE CAMPAIGN AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TODAY, THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR CF SOCIAL ..ELFARE, MISS ANNIE CHAN, SAIL THAT THE SOCIAL ..ELFARE DEPARTMENT, IN CO-OPERATION wITH VOLUNTARY WELFARE AGENCIES, HAD' DRAWN UP A PROGRAMME OF TALKS, SEMINARS AND FORUMS, COUNSELLING, EXHIBITIONS, CARNIVALS AND OTHER ITEMS DESIGNED TO INVOLVE THE FAMILY.
+ALL THESE ACTIVITIES ..ILL AIN TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF FAMILY LIFE AMONG MEMBERS BY ENHANCING THE UNDERSTANDING OF ONESELF SUCH AS HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT, AND OF HUMAN RELATIONSHIP SUCH AS THE QUESTION OF GENERATION GAP AND THE ROLE EACH FAMILY MEMBER PLAYS,+ SHE SAID.
+IT IS ALSO TO PREVENT FAMILY BREAKDOWN BY EQUIPPING INDIVIDUALS WITH KNOWLEDGE CO. SUCH MATTERS AS DATING AND COURTSHIP, MARRIAGE, CHILD CARE AND PERSONAL OESPONSIE ILITY IN ENRICHING FAMILY LIFE.*
MISS CHAN SAID THAT THE SOCIAL ..ELFARE DEPARTMENT *AS WORKING HAND-1'—..’ID WITH VOLUNTARY .-ELFARE AGENCIES TO PROMOTE THIS PROGRAM E.
+AS FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION IS A .IDE-RANGING CONCEPT EMBRACING FA IY ASPECTS AMD SUBJECTS, AND IF IT IS TO HAVE ANY IMPACT AT ALL, IT ' UST EE A LONG-TERM EDUCATIONAL PROCESS -I TH THE COMMUNITY AS THE TARGET.
+T-I S IS BEYOND THE CAPACITY CF ANY ONE WELFARE ORGANISATION Of GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT TO TACKLE ON ITS 0>»i\,+ SnE SAID.
/ccirarriNG .....
MONDAY, FEHBUABY 27, 1978
- 3 -
COMMENTING ON THE REASONS FOR THIS CAMPAIGN, MISS CHAN SAID;
+ IN AN EVER-CHANGING SOCIETY LIKE HONG KONG, ESPECIALLY IN THE PAST 20 YEARS, IT IS NO LONGER POSSIBLE FOR THE TRADITIONAL CHINESE FAMILY TO WITHSTAND THE IMPACT OF ALIEN INFLUENCES AND THE RAPID ECONOMIC PROGRESS WHICH HAVE BROUGHT ABOUT SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STRUCTURE AND CONCEPT OF THE FAMILY. AS A RESULT MANY SOCIAL PROBLEMS HAVE EMERGED IN THEIR NEW FORM AND CONTEXT.*
SHE MENTIONED SOME OF THESE PROELEMS AS GENERATION GAP, UNMARRIED MOTHERHOOD, MARITAL DISCORD, JUVENILE DELINQUENCY, DRUG .ADDICTION AND COMMUNITY DISORGANISATION.
MISS CHAN NOTED THAT FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION WAS NOT A NEW INVENTION.
+IN FACT, APART FROM THE 11 VOLUNTARY AGENCIES WHICH ARE NOW DIRtCTLY ENGAGED IN THIS SERVICE, MANY SOCIAL WORKERS HAVE ALSO BEEN DOING A GREAT DEAL OF THIS SERVICE EVERYDAY THROUGH THE ACTIVITIES IN THE FAMILY SERVICE SETTING, IN YOUTH AND COMMUNITY CENTRES AND IN PROGRAMMES WHICH INVOLVE LOCAL COMMUNITIES,* SHE SAID.
+ATTENTION HAS IN RECENT YEARS BEEN REFOCUSED ON THE CONCEPTS FOLLOWING THE PUBLICATION OF THE REPORT ON ’SOCIAL CAUSES OF VIOLENT CRIME AMONG YOUNG OFFENDERS IN HONG KONG’. ALTHOUGH NG SINGLE FACTOR WAS IDENTIFIED IN THE STUDY, THE VERY FIRST RECOMMENDATION MADE WAS ON FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION WHICH WAS REGARDED TO BE THE MOST IMPORTANT PREVENTIVE MEASURE,* MISS CHAN ADDED.
ELABORATING ON THE PROGRAMME OF THE CAMPAIGN THIS YEAR, MISS CHAN SAID THAT ALL PUBLICITY MATERIALS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO PROMOTE PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION CONCEPT.
APART FROM THE ANNOUNCEMENT OF PUBLIC INTEREST ON TELEVISION, RADIO MESSAGES AND POSTERS, A DRAMA SERIES CALLED ’UNDER THE SAME ROOF’ WILL BE PRODUCED AS A JOINT RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG-SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT VENTURE.
THE SERIES, COMPRISING TEN WEEKLY EPISODES BASED ON ACTUAL CASE HISTORY SUPPLIED BY THE DEPARTMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, a ILL BE SCREENED ON THE’CHINESE CHANNELS OF THREE TELEVISION STATIONS.
OTHER PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES .-.ILL INCLUDE A NUMBER OF VARIETY SHOWS TO BE STAGED DURING THE EASTER HOLIDAYS AT VARIOUS PUBLIC PARKS. THE SHOWS WILL INCLUDE SONGS, DANCES, MAGIC, ACROBATICS AND STAGE PLAYS WITH FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION THEMES FEATURING WELL-KNOWN TV ARTISTES.
A BOOKLET INTRODUCING FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION AND CONTAINING INFORMATION ON THE VARIOUS VOLUNTARY AGENCIES AND SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT OFFICES OFFERING THIS SERVICE HAS BEEN PRODUCED.
COPIES OF THE BOOKLET WILL BE AVAILABLE THROUGH THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICES IN THE UREAL AREA, DISTRICT OFFICES IK THE NE\> TERRITORIES AND THE COMMUNITY Af'D YOUTH OFFICES IN VARIOUS DISTR ICTS.
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1978
4
$38M LAND FORMATION CONTRACT FOR TUEN MUN SIGNED * * * *
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TODAY AWARDED A 538 MILLION CONTRACT
TC LEIGHTON CONSTRUCTION PTY. LTD. FOR THE FORMATION OF SOME 29 HECTARES OF LAND IN TUEN MUN.
THE CONTRACT IS PART OF THE SECOND STAGE DEVELOPMENT OF TUEN MUN NEW TOWN AND WAS FORMALLY SIGNED THIS MORNING.
THE WORKS INVOLVE EXCAVATING OVER A MILLION CUBIC METRES OF SOIL FROM AREAS TO THE WEST OF TUEN MUN AND USING IT TO FILL LOW-LYING AREAS TO THE NORTH OF THE NEW TOWN.
■R. STAN EARDEN, THE P.W.D. PROJECT MANAGER FOR TUEN MUN, SAID THAT THE LAND MADE AVAILABLE FROM THE EXCAVATION WOULD BE USED TO BUILD A PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE PROVIDING ACCOMMODATION FOR SOME 23,303 PEOPLE.
PART OF THE LAND OBTAINED BY FILLING THE LOW-LYING AREAS TO THE NORTH GF THE NEW TOWN WILL BE USED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW HOSPITAL TO SERVE THE WHOLE OF TUEN MUN AND MUCH OF THE ..ESTERN PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE REST OF THE FORMED LAND WILL BE USED FOR HOUSING DEVELOPMENT AND FOR A NUMBER OF GOVERNMENT, INSTITUTIONAL AND COMMUNITY FACILITIES WHICH WILL SERVE THE RESIDENTS OF TUEN MUN.
OTHER WORKS IN THE CONTRACT INCLUDE A MAJOR DRAINAGE SYSTEM TO SERVE THE NEWLY FILLED LAND AND ADJACENT AREAS, AS WELL AS T..C MAJOR RIVER CHANNELS DESIGNED TO PREVENT THE FLOODING OF LAI TEI AND FU TEI.
A ROAD BRIDGE AND FOUR PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES WOULD EE BUILT ACROSS THE RIVER CHANNELS TO IMPROVE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN VILLAGES IN THE AREA.
GOVERNOR LAYS FOUNDATION STONE FOR FANLING HOSPITAL EXTENSION ******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY THAT WITH IMPROVED COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE URBAN AND RURAL AREAS HE lXPECTED ECONOMIC ACTIVITY TO GROa AND OTHER SERVICES TO DEVELOP FAST IN THE NORTH EAST HE.. TERRITORIES.
UACPITAiEA-Jtcx,-TaIH^?«NDATI0N ST0!G LAYI,jg CEREMONY OF THE FANLING HOSPITAL pXTENdlON TODAY, Ht SAID THE EXPANDED HOSPITAL WOULD
*uV*?-_A BETTER MEDICAL SERVICE FC" SHEUNG SHU I, FANLING AMD AfjACxHT ARcAS .vHICH ALREADY HAV- A POPULATION OF 130,033.
/3Y 1982 ......
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1978
- 5 -
BY 1982 A COMPLETE RANGE CF SERVICES WILL HAVE BEEN BROUGHT NEARER TO FANLING BY THE COMPLETION OF THE REGIONAL HOSPITAL OF 1,400 BEDS AND POLYCLINIC AT SHATI.’.', HE SAIL.
SIR MURRAY SAID THE NEW COASTAL MOTORWAY FROM SHAT IN TO TAI PC WOULD ALSO BE COMPLETED BY 1982, AND THERE WOULD BE MUCH FASTER AND MORE FREQUENT TRAIN SERVICES WHEN THE LINE IS DOUBLE-TRACKED TO LO WU BY 1930.
+ IN HONG KONG PROSPERITY FOLLOWS IMPROVED COMMUNICATIONS, AND WITH A POPULATION OF 600,300 BETWEEN HERE AND THE LION ROCK BY DECEMBER 1983 I SHOULD EXPECT THE WHOLE NORTH EAST TO DEVELOP FAST,+ HE SAID.
+IT MUST BE THE DUTY OF YOUR GOVERNMENT, IN CO-OPERATION WITH LOCAL LEADERS, TO MATCH THAT DEVELOPMENT WITH THE SERVICES NECESSARY TO ENSURE A FULL AND HAPPY LIFE FOR ALL WHO LIVE HERE,+ HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY SAID THE FANLING HOSPITAL EXTENSION WAS YET ANOTHER +SPLENDID+ EXAMPLE OF THE CLOSE CO-OPERATION BETWEEN THE COMMUNITY AND GOVERNMENT TO IMPROVE MEDICAL SERVICES FOR THE COMMON GOOD.
HE THANKED THE FANLING HOSPITAL EXTENSION FUND RAISING COMMITTEE AND THE LOCAL RESIDENTS AS WELL AS THOSE MEMBERS OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY RESIDING OVERSEAS FOR THEIR +MAGNIFICENT+ CONTRIBUTION TOWARDS THE PROJECT.
DURING THE CEREMONY, THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR. K.L. THONG, ALSO PAID TRIBUTE TO THE COMMITTEE MEMBERS AND THE LOCAL RESIDENTS FOR THEIR +TREMENDOUS+ EFFORTS AND GENEROUS SUPPORT IN THS PROVISION OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES IN THE AREA.
HE SAID THE COST OF THE WHOLE EXTENSION PROJECT WAS ESTIMATED AT 36.3 MILLION, AND THE FUND RAISING COMMITTEE AIM TO ATTAIN THE TARGET OF 32,15'3,300 THE BALANCE TO EE MET BY THE GOVERNMENT.
CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEW EXTENSION WILL BE IN TWO STAGES. STAGE I CONSISTS OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN EXTENSION OF FIVE STOREYS TO THE EXISTING HOSPITAL WHICH WILL INCORPORATE SUCH FACILITIES AS A CASUALTY DEPARTMENT, AN X-RAY UNIT, A FAMILY HEALTH SERVICE CENTRE AND QUARTERS FOR DOCTORS, NURSES AND OTHER STAFF. WORK WILL COMMENCE EARLY THIS YEAR AND IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN SEPTEMBER 1979.
STAGE II OF THE PROJECT WILL CONSIST OF ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS TC THE EXISTING HOSPITAL BUILDING TO BRING IT UP TO A DISTRICT HOSPITAL CAPABILITY. ON COMPLETION CF THE ALTERATION WORKS, ADDITIONAL 48 BEDS WILL BE PROVIDED, THUS BRINGING THE TOTAL NUMBER OF BEDS IN THE HOSPITAL TO 102.
- 0 ----------
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1978
6
NOTE TO EDITORS
LADY MACLEHOSE TO VISIT REHABILITATION AND CHILDREN’S CENTRES
* * * *
LADY I'ACLEHOSE WILL VISIT THE ABERDEEN REHABILITATION CENTRE AND THE KAI CHI CHILDREN’S CENTRE OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT AT /ELFARE ROAD, WONG CHUK HANG, TOMORROW (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON.
LADY MACLEHOSE WILL BE MET ON ARRIVAL BY THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE- THE HEAD OF S.W.D.’S REHABILITATION DIVISION, MRS. ROSE GOODSTADT- THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE ABERDEEN REHABILITATION CENTRE, MRS. JUDITH MA- AND THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE KAI CHI CHILDREN’S CENTRE, MISS OPHELIA CHAN.
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER LADY MACLEHOSE’S VISIT WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 3 P.M. TOMORROW. PRESS TRANSPORT WILL EE PROVIDED. A GOVERNMENT NINE-SEATER VAN, AM2O65, WILL LEAVE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES’ CARPARK AT 2 P.M. SHARP.
KCR TRAFFIC DURING LUNAR NEW YEAR
******
THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CARRIED 143,063 PEOPLE TO LOWU IN THE 12 DAYS COVERING THE PERIOD OF THE CHINESE NEW YEAR — AN INCREASE OF TEN PER CENT OVER THE PREVIOUS YEAR AND 21 PER CENT OVER 1976.
THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PEOPLE TRAVELLING TO LOWU ON FEBRUARY 5 WAS 24,326, WHICH WAS THE HIGHEST FIGURE RECORDED BY KCR ON SUCH AN OCCASION.
IN ADDITION, THE NUMBER OF TRAINS RUN WAS INCREASED FROM 44 IN THE NORMAL TIMETABLE TO 54 ON THE BUSIEST DAY.
DURING THE FIRST FOUR DAYS OF THE LUNAR NEW YEAR, KCR SOLD 279,100 TICKETS — AGAIN A RECORD FIGURE.
MONDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 1973
- 7 -
OPENING OF NE.-. FLYOVER ACROSS
******
KWAI CHUNG ROAD
THE "E..LY COMPLETED FLYOVER ACROSS
KWAI CHUNG ROAD LINKING
TH- HOUS ING AREA ON LAI KING HEADLAND .. I TH THE INDUSTRIAL AREA TC~THE SOUTH WILL BE OPENED TO TRAFFIC IN BOTH DIRECTIONS FROM 13 . Ci. WEDNESDAY (MARCH 1).
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS HAVE BEEN SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
--------0 -
PR 33
DAILY INFORMATION
SUPPLEMENT
GOVERNOR LAYS FOUNDATION STONE FOR FANLING HOSPITAL EXTENSION
BULLETIN
Monday, February 27, 1978
The following Is the full text of the speech by the Governor, Sir Murray MacLehose, at the laying of the foundation stone for the Fanling Hospital Extension today :
I am indeed happy to be able to officiate at this ceremony.
This project is yet another splendid example of the close <9O-operaticn between the community and Government to improve medical services for the common gooa.
I must express my gratitude to the President, Mr. Cham, the Chairman, Mr. Cheung and other members of the Fanling Hospital Extension Fund Raising Committee and the local residents as well as those members of the local community residing overseas for their magnificent contribution towards this project.
As Mr. Cheung has pointed out, this new extension will provide a better medical service for Sheung Shui, Fanling and adjacent areas which already have a population of about 100,000. By 1982 a complete range of services will have been brought nearer to Fanling by the completion of the Regional Hospital of 1,400 beds and polyclinic at Shatin.
/I expect economic .....
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House. Hong Kong.Tel: 5-233191
- 2 -
I expect economic activity in the North East New Territories to grow. The new coastal motorway from Sha tin to Tai Po will be completed by 1982, and there ./ill be much.faster and more fsequent train services when the line is double-tracked to Lo tfu by 1980. In Hong Kong prosperity follows improved communications, and with a population of 600,000 betv/een here and the Lion Rock by December 19^3 I should expect the whole North East to develop fast. It must be the duty of your Governnent, in co-operation with local leaders, to match that development with the services necessary to ensure a full and happy life for all v/ho live here.
I therefore believe you have a bright prospect. So I am particularly pleased that Fanling and Sheung Shui should be so vzell endowed with public-spirited persons willing to think and work and give for the good of their fast-developing community.
I wish them and the community all success and happiness.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 1=>78
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
BUDGET DAY ON WEDNESDAY ............................. 1
POPULATION BOOM EXPECTED IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ..... 2
LADY MACLEHOSE VISITS REHABILITATION CENTRES ........ 4
NE.1/ PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT TOWN PLANNER APPOINTED ... 5
NEW YEAR ENTERTAINMENT A GREAT SUCCESS .............. 6
PRESS CONFERENCE ON PIRATED TAPES AND RECORDS ....... 7
INQUEST INTO DEATH OF STANLEY PRISONER .............. 7
GOVERNOR COMMUTES DEATH SENTENCE .................... 7
FIRE PREVENTION SURVEY TO BE HELD AT JORDAN VALLEY TOMORROW NEW OPENING HOURS FOR GPO BOX LOBBIES ..............
TEMPORARY VATER CHARGES COLLECTION CENTRES IN NT ...
Issued by Government Information Services, Beaconsfield House, Hong Kong. Tel: 5-233191
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1973
1
BUDGET DAY ON WEDNESDAY * * * *
HONG KONG’S BUDGET FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR 1978-79 WILL BE PRESENTED TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).
THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, MR. PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, WILL MOVE THE SECOND READING OF THE APPROPRIATION BILL 1978 AT 2.33 P.M. DURING WHICH HE WILL OUTLINE HONG KONG’S ESTIMATED REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE FOR 1978-79.
THE ESTIMATED HEADS OF EXPENDITURE WILL BE SET OUT IN THE SCHEDULE OF THE BILL TO BE PUBLISHED IN A GAZETTE EXTRAORDINARY AT 2.33 ?.N. ON WEDNESDAY.
DEBATE ON THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL WILL BE ADJOURNED AND RESUMED ON MARCH 29 WHEN UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL SPEAK ON THE FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC STATE OF HONG KONG AND THE GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF GOVERNMENT POLICY AND ADMINISTRATIONS AS INDICATED EY THE BILL AND THE ESTIMATES. IF NECESSARY, THE DEBATE WILL CONTINUE CL MARCH 33.
ON APRIL 12 AND 13, THE OFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL REPLY TO POINTS RAISED EY THEIR UNOFFICIAL COLLEAGUES, FOLLOWED EY COMMITTEE STAGE AND THE FORMAL THIRD READING OF THE BILL.
AS IK PREVIOUS YEARS, THE PROCEEDINGS WILL BE COMPREHENSIVELY COVERED BY RADIO AND TELEVISION STATIONS.
THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY’S SPEECH AT WEDNESDAY’S SITTING WILL BE BROADCAST LIVE OVER RADIC TELEVISION HONG KONG’S CHINESE (RTHK 2) AND ENGLISH (RTHK 3) SERVICES. THE SAME CHANNELS WILL ALSO BROADCAST ALL THE OTHER BUDGET DEBATES LIVE.
COMMERCIAL RADIC’S CHINESE SERVICE '..ILL BROADCAST THE FIRST BUDGET SITTING LIVE ON CHANNEL ONE.
0 - - - -
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1978
2
NEW TERRITORIES POPULATION BOOM OVER NEXT THREE YEARS ******
THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES, SAID TODAY HE EXPECTED THAT BETWEEN 120,000 AND 150,000 PEOPLE WILL BE ADDED EACH YEAR TO THE POPULATION OF THE NEW TERR I TOR IES OVER THE NEXT THREE YEARS.
+THE PROOF OF THIS IS THERE FOR ALL TO SEE, FOR NO SOONER IS THE SEA BEING RECLAIMED THAN THE PILE DRIVERS OF THE HOUSING ESTATES ARE HARD ON THE HEELS OF THE BULLDOZERS OF RECLAMATION,* HE TOLD A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE FEDERATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRIES.
+AND, IF YOU ARE SURPRISED BY THE DEVELOPMENT THAT IS TAKING PLACE NOW, YOU WILL BE STAGGERED BY WHAT YOU SEE IN 1980-81, IN THE TRANSFORMATION OF SHA TIN AND TUEN MUN, AND EVEN IN TAI PO, WHERE AN ESTATE FOR 33,000 PEOPLE IS ALREADY BEING DEVELOPED.*
MR. AKERS-JONES SAID THAT APART FROM THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATES AT YUEN LONG AND TAI PO, LARGE AREAS OF INDUSTRIAL LAND WOULD BECOME AVAILABLE OVER THE NEXT TWO YEARS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES SO THAT THE INCOMING RESIDENTS COULD FIND WORK LOCALLY.
ABOUT HALF A MILLION SQUARE FEET OF INDUSTRIAL LAND WOULD COME ON THE MARKET THIS YEAR AND ANOTHER MILLION SQUARE FEET THE FOLLOWING YEAR.
+IN 1980/81 AN AREA ON THE EAST COAST OF &HA TIN COVE WILL HAVE BEEN RECLAIMED FROM THE SEA AND WILL BE COMING ON STREAM FOR DEVELOPMENT,* HE SAID.
HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT ABOUT 5.5 MILLION SQUARE FEET OF FLATTED FACTORY SPACE WOULD BECOME AVAILABLE AT KWAI CHUNG, TUEN MUN AND SHA TIN IN 1978/79.
MOST OF THIS WOULD BE ON LAND DEVELOPED UNDER THE LAND EXCHANGE SYSTEM WHICH HAS BEEN OPERATING IN THE NEW TERRITORIES FOR THE LAST 20 YEARS, HE SAID.
HE SAID THAT THE EXCHANGE SYSTEM, ALTHOUGH A MYSTERY TO FOREIGN INVESTORS, HAD WORKED WELL, ALTHOUGH IT WAS NOW IN NEED OF AN OVERHAUL.
IN ADDITION TO THE DEVELOPMENTS THAT HAD ALREADY TAKEN PLACE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, HE CITED THE DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRIAL KWAI CHUNG, SHA TIN AND TUEN MUN AS OUTSTANDING EXAMPLES OF THE SYSTEM WORKING SUCCESSFULLY.
MR. AKERS-JONES SAID THAT ABOUT 40 MILLION SQUARE FEET OF PRIVATE LAND HAD BEEN ACQUIRED F(DEVELOPMENT SINCE THE SYSTEM. WAS INTRODUCED.
/HE EXPLAINED THAT .....
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1978
- 3 -
HE EXPLAINED THAT THE SYSTEM CARRIED AN EXCHANGE RATIO OF TWO SQUARE FEET OF DEVELOPMENT LAND FOR EACH FIVE SQUARE FEET OF PRIVATE LAND ACQUIRED.
ORIGINALLY THE TWO SQUARE FEET OF LAND REPRESENTED THE ROUGH PROPORTION OF LAND AVAILABLE FOR PRIVATE DEVELOPMENT AFTER THE PROVISION OF ROADS, DRAINAGE AND OTHER PUBLIC FACILITIES, SUCH AS SCHOOLS, POLICE STATIONS AND THE LIKE.
+IN OTHER WORDS, FOR A TOTAL LAND AREA OF 500 ACRES, 300 ACRES WOULD BE REQUIRED FOR PUBLIC USE AND 200 ACRES COULD BE RE-ALLOCATED TO THE PRIVATE SECTOR,+ HE SAID.
BUT HE ADDED THAT THE 5:2 RATIO OF 20 YEARS AGO HAD NOW BECOME OUTMODED BECAUSE OF THE VAST INCREASE IN THE AMOUNT OF LAND REQUIRED FOR PUBLIC HOUSING, FOR MORE SCHOOLS, POLICE STATIONS, ROADS, FLYOVERS AND OTHER PUBLIC FACILITIES.
+WE HAVE THEREFORE BEEN FALLING BEHIND IN THE RATE AT WHICH WE HAVE BEEN ABLE TO MAKE LAND AVAILABLE TO MEET THE EXCHANGE COMMITMENT, TO AN EXTENT THAT THE PRIVATE SECTOR HAD BEEN DEPRIVED, ALTHOUGH NECESSARILY DEPRIVED OF LAND IT WANTED TO HAVE FOR PRIVATE COMMERCIAL, RESIDENTIAL OR INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT,* HE SAID.
ADDING THAT THE SYSTEM NEEDED AN OVERHAUL, HE POINTED OUT THAT A WORKING GROUP IS AT PRESENT ENGAGED IN SEEING WHAT ADJUSTMENTS TO IT ARE NEEDED IN THE LIGHT OF PRESENT CIRCUMSTANCES AND OUR FUTURE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES.
- - 0 - -
A
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1978
. 4 .
LADY MACLEHOSE VISITS REHABILITATION CENTRES
* * * * *
LADY MACLEHOSE SPENT THIS (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON VISITING THE ABERDEEN REHABILITATION CENTRE AND THE KAI CHI CHILDREN’S CENTRE OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT AT WELFARE ROAD, WONG CHUK HANG.
ON ARRIVAL AT THE ABERDEEN CENTRE, LADY MACLEHOSE WAS MET BY THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE = THE HEAD OF SWD’S REHABILITATION DIVISION, MRS. ROSE GOODSTADT= THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE ABERDEEN REHABILITATION CENTRE, MRS. JUDITH MA AND THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE KAI CHI CHILDREN’S CENTRE, MISS OPHELIA CHAN.
DURING THE TOUR, LADY MACLEHOSE WAS BRIEFED ON THE FACILITIES AND SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE TWO INSTITUTIONS.
THE ABERDEEN REHABILITATION CENTRE, OPERATED BY SWD’S REHABILITATION DIVISION, IS AIMED AT PROVIDING SOCIAL AND VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION FOR DISABLED PERSONS IN THE FORM OF MEDICAL CARE, RECREATION, EVENING ADULT EDUCATION, AND SHELTERED WORKSHOPS. IT HAS AN ENROLMENT OF ABOUT 230.
THE KAI CHI CHILDREN’S CENTRE, WHICH IS IN THE SAME COMPOUND, WAS FORMERLY THE CHILDREN’S SECTION OF THE ABERDEEN REHABILITATION CENTRE BEFORE 1972. IT PROVIDES DAY AND RESIDENTIAL TRAINING FACILITIES TO 140 MODERATELY MENTALLY RETARDED CHILDREN AGED BETWEEN SIX AND 15.
THE CHILDREN ARE TRAINED IN SIMPLE SELF-CARE SKILLS, TAUGHT GENERAL KNOWLEDGE, LEARNING HABITS AND WORK TOLERANCE. IN ADDITION, SOME FORM OF EDUCATION , INCLUDING SIMPLE READING, WRITING, KNOWLEDGE OF NUMBERS AND SOCIAL MANNERS IS GIVEN.
AT THE END OF THE TOUR, LADY MACLEHOSE HAD TEA WITH TRAINEES FROM BOTH CENTRES, DURING WHICH SOME OF THEM DISPLAYED THEIR TALENTS WITH MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS, IN SINGING AND MARTIAL ARTS.
- - 0 - -
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 197c
5
NEW PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT TOWN PLANNER APPOINTED * * * *
THE PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT TOWN PLANNER, MR. A.F. MEYERS, WILL GO ON PRE-RETIREMENT LEAVE NEXT MONTH (MARCH) AFTER SERVING THE GOVERNMENT FOR 16 YEARS.
HE WILL BE SUCCEEDED BY MR. CHAU CHAM-SON, GOVERNMENT TOWN PLANNER.
MR. MEYERS FIRST JOINED THE GOVERNMENT IN SEPTEMBER 1959 AS A PLANNING OFFICER AND BECAME A SENIOR PLANNING OFFICER IN JUNE 1964. HE WAS PROMOTED THREE YEARS LATER TO ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT OF CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY, WHICH WAS RETITLED AS GOVERNMENT TOWN PLANNER IN FEBRUARY 1970, AND TO HIS PRESENT RANK IN AUGUST 1973.
MR. CHAU, AGED 45, WAS FIRST APPOINTED AS AN ASSISTANT PLANNING OFFICER IN 1960. HE WAS PROMOTED TO PLANNING OFFICER IN 1962, TO SENIOR PLANNING OFFICER IN 1967 AND TO CHIEF PLANNING OFFICER IN 1970. HE BECAME GOVERNMENT TOWN PLANNER IN AUGUST 1973-
ON PROMOTION TO PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT TOWN PLANNER, MR. CHAU WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO THE DIRECTOR OF LANDS AND SURVEY FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE TOWN PLANNING OFFICE.
MR. CHAU IS MARRIED AND HAS TWO SONS.
- - 0
/6
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1978
- 6 -
NEW YEAR ENTERTAINMENT A GREAT SUCCESS
******
THE SPECIAL ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMME OF RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS EVENTS ORGANISED FOR THE FIRST TIME FOR THE PUBLIC DURING THE CHINESE NEW YEAR PERIOD BY VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS WAS +A GREAT SUCCESS*.
COMMENTING ON THIS TODAY, MR. NORMAN OEI, CHAIRMAN OF THE CENTRAL CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE FOR YOUTH RECREATION, SAID: +SIMILAR ACTIVITIES WILL BE ORGANISED AGAIN NEXT YEAR WITH MORE EMPHASIS ON PROGRAMMES TO SUIT THE WHOLE FAMILY.*
+THIS YEAR A LARGE VARIETY OF EVENTS WERE HELD BUT IT WAS THE ACTIVITIES ORGANISED FOR FAMILIES, LIKE THE FAMILY SPORTS CAMPS AT THE SAI KUNG OUTDOOR RECREATION CENTRE, AND EVENTS INVOLVING MASS PARTICIPATION PROVED TO BE THE MOST POPULAR,* MR. OEI SAID.
+THIS IS QUITE UNDERSTANDABLE, BECAUSE TRADITIONALLY, THE CHINESE NEW YEAR PERIOD IS THE TIME OF YEAR WHEN FAMILIES GET TOGETHER TO ENJOY THEMSELVES.*
+OTHER OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES, LIKE PICNICS, SOCIAL GATHERINGS, FUN FAIRS, ALSO PROVED TO BE POPULAR AND WERE WELL-ATTENDED DESPITE THE FACT THAT MANY PEOPLE, INCLUDING YOUNG FACTORY WORKERS, SPENT THEIR HOLIDAYS ABROAD,* MR. OEI ADDED.
IN SUPPORT OF THE ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMME, THE GIS MOBILE STREET THEATRE STAGED A TOTAL OF 10 LIVE SHOWS AT VARIOUS PLACES IN HONG KONG, KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES DURING THE LUNAR NEW YEAR PERIOD BETWEEN FEBRUARY 4 AND 12.
ONE DAY-SHOW AND ONE NIGHT-SHOW WERE HELD ON NEW YEAR DAY AND THE FOLLOWING DAY ON BOTH SIDES OF THE HARBOUR.
THE CO-ORDINATOR OF THE STREET THEATRE SAID THAT THE SHOWS, WHICH INCLUDED PERFORMANCES BY WELL-KNOWN TV ARTISTES, LION DANCES AND DISTRIBUTION OF FREE GIFTS, HAD ATTRACTED LARGE HOLIDAY CROWDS.
+AT THE SAME TIME, MESSAGES OF VARIOUS GOVERNMENT PUBLICITY CAMPAIGNS LIKE FIGHT CRIME, CLEAN HONG KONG, ANTI-DRUGS AND ROAD SAFETY JERE WELL RECEIVED BY THE PUBLIC,* HE SAID.
- - 0
/7
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1978
- 7
PRESS CONFERENCE ON PIRATED TAPES AND RECORDS *****
A PRESS CONFERENCE WILL BE HELD ON THURSDAY (MARCH 2) AT 3 P.M. AT THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE COPYRIGHT SUB-DIVISION OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE AT THE SIXTH FLOOR, CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES IN KOWLOON.
THE CONFERENCE WILL EXPLAIN TO THE MEDIA THE SERVICES PROPOSED PLAN OF ACTION AGAINST PEOPLE TRADING IN PIRATED CASSETTE TAPES AND RECORDS.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE CONFERENCE.
-----o------
INQUEST INTO DEATH OF STANLEY PRISONER * * * *
AN INQUEST WILL BE HELD INTO THE DEATH OF WONG HON-FAI, A PRISONER WHO DIED AT STANLEY PRISON ON FEBRUARY 6, A GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (TUESDAY).
HE SAID THE INQUEST WILL BE HELD BY THE CORONER AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
HE POINTED OUT THAT A CORONER’S INQUIRY BEFORE A JURY OF THREE IS A STATUTORY REQUIREMENT WHENEVER A PERSON DIES IN OFFICIAL CUSTODY.
+MEANWHILE, THE CASE IS SUB-JUDICE AND NO FURTHER OFFICIAL COMMENT CAN BE MADE.+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
GOVERNOR COMMUTES DEATH SENTENCE * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, AFTER TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION THE ADVICE OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, HAS DECIDED THAT THE DEATH SENTENCE PASSED ON TONG HOK-SUM ON JUNE 10 LAST YEAR SHOULD BE COMMUTED TO 15 YEARS IMPRISONMENT.
TONG WAS CONVICTED OF THE MURDER OF CHIU MING-CHAU AT DIAMOND HILL ON NOVEMBER 10, 1976.
-----o------
/8
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 19??
NOTE TO EDITORS:
8 -
CHECKS or: FIRE hazards
******
THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT ..ILL CARRY OUT A FIFE PREVEi.'TIO; SURVEY aT JORDAM VALLEY HOUS IUG ESTATE IK MGAU TAU KOK TOMORROW (Wednesday) m.of \ i::g.
THE PURPOSE CF THE VISIT IS TO CHECK DOMESTIC PREMISES FOR OBSTRUCT!’ . T2 -Ai.3 OF ESCAPE AND OTHER FIRE HAZARDS SUCH Ai STORAGE OF DANGEROUS GOODS ..ITHCUT .. LICENCE.
YOU -IE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE VISIT. PRESS REPRESENTATIVES ARE ASKED TO ASSEMBLE CUTSIDE BLOCK 13 OF THE ESTATE AT 9.33 A.". DIVISIONAL CFFICEF KE’. NODSKUS .<ILL EE C” ri A .0 TO ASSIST THE PRESS.
- - o -
NEW OPENING HOURS FOR GPO BOX LOBBIES
******
THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FROM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) THE NEW OPENING HOURS OF THE POST OFFICE BOX LOBBIES IN THE GENERAL POST OFFICE WILL BE FROM 7 A.M. TO 8 P.M. DAILY, INCLUDING SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.
THE EXISTING OPENING HOURS OF THE LOBBIES ARE FROM 8 A.M. TO 6 P.M., ON MONDAY TO SATURDAY, AND FROM 9 A.M. TO NOON ON PUBLIC HOLIDAYS. THEY ARE CLOSED ON SUNDAY.
THE EXTENSION OF OPENING HOURS OF THE LOBBIES IS TO ALLOW '"ORE TIME FOR P.O. BOX HOLDERS OF THE GENERAL POST OFFICE TO COLLECT THEIR MAILS.
- - 0 -
COLLECTION OF WATER CHARGES IN NT
******
THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE WILL BE SETTING UP TEMPORARY COLLECTION CENTRES NEXT WEEK AT FAN LING AND SHEUNG SHU I FOR THE COLLECTION OF WATER CHARGES FOR THE THIRD PERIOD, 1977.
THE FAN LING COLLECTION CENTRE WILL BE LOCATED AT FAN LING RURAL COMMITTEE OFFICE AT LUEN WO HUI AND WILL OPERATE ON MARCH 6 AND 7. THE SHEUNG SHU I CENTRE WILL BE AT THE SHEUNG SHUI PUBLIC ENQUIRY CENTRE, SHEK WU HUI AND WILL OPERATE ON MARCH 8 AND 9.
THE HOURS OF BUSINESS ON THESE DAYS WILL BE FROM 9 A.M. TO 1 P.M.
RESIDENTS OF THE DISTRICTS ARE URGED TO MAKE USE OF THESE FACILITIES WHICH ARE SPECIALLY PROVIDED FOR THEIR CONVENIENCE.
- - 0 -